Skip to main content

Full text of "Psyche"

See other formats


psy 

' ' • f • 


HARVARD  UNIVERSITY 


LIBRARY 

OF  THE 


Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 


i 


i 


I 

I 

i 


PSYCHE 

A Journal  of  Entomology 


Volume  60 
1953 


Editorial  Board 

Frank  M.  Carpenter,  Editor  P.  J.  Darlington,  Jr. 
Charles  T.  Brues  Joseph  C.  Bequaert 


Published  Quarterly  by  the  Cambridge  Entomological  Club 
Editorial  Office;  Biological  Laboratories 
Harvard  University 
Cambridge,  Mass.,  U.  S.  A. 


The  numbers  of  Psyche  issued  during  fhe  past  year  were 
mailed  on  the  following  dates : 


Vol.  59,  no.  4,  Dec.,  1952:  April  27,  1953 
Vol.  60,  no.  1,  March,  1953:  June  26,  1953 
Vol.  60,  no.  2,  June,  1953:  September  28,  1953 
Vol.  60,  no.  3,  Sept.,  1953:  January  8,  1954 


APR  2 9 1954 


PSYCHE 

A JOURNAL  OF  ENTOMOLOGY 

Established  in  1874 


Vol.  60  March,  1953  No.  1 


MBS.  COMP.  200U 
UBR&RY 

JUN  2 6 1953 

tmm 

BW5f£fsnrr 


TABLE  OF  CONTEXTS 

Three  New  Ants  Related  to  Strumigenys  louisianae  Roger.  W.  L. 
Brown,  Jr 1 

Observations  on  the  Reproduction  of  the  Giant  Cockroach,  Blaberus 
craniifera  Burm.  W.  L.  Nutting 6 

Nemestrinidae  (Diptera)  of  Iowa  and  Missouri.  J . Bequaert  . . 14 

On  Flanders’  Hypothesis  of  Caste  Determination  in  Ants.  E.  0.  Wilson  15 

Two  New  Species  of  Water  Beetles  from  Florida  (Coleoptera: 


Dytiscidae).  F.  N.  Young 21 

The  Biology  of  Brachypanorpa  (Mecoptera),  F.  M.  Carpenter  . . 28 

Two  New  Oregon  Chilopods  of  the  Order  Geophilida.  R.  V. 

Chamberlin 37 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 


Officers  for  1952-53 


President  . 
Vice-President  . 
Secretary  . 

Treasurer  . 

Executive  Committee 


. T.  Eisner 
W.  L.  Brown,  Jr. 
E.  0.  Wilson 
F.  M.  Carpenter 
. H.  S.  Fuller 
. S.  K.  Harris 


EDITORIAL  BOARD  OF  PSYCHE 

F.  M.  Carpenter  — editor 

C.  T.  Brues 

p.  J.  Darlington,  Jr. 

J.  Bequaert 


PSYCHE  is  published  quarterly,  the  ldvTcl"%Tu>  fubS!rs 

and  December.  Subscription  price,  ^ $3  35  single  copies,  85  cenhs. 

Club  Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard  University,  address  etc 

sh?ui"L‘sLrto\irEdftorole="“orP?^  Jboratorles,  Harvard 

University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

IMPORTANT  NOTICE  TO  CONTRIBUTORS 

$10.00  each;  smaller  sizes  in  proportion. 

AUTHOR’S  SEPARATES 

by  the  Editor  on  application. 


The  December,  1952,  Psyche  (Vol.  59,  No.  4)  was  mailed  a\pril  27,  1953 


EATON  PRESS  INC.,  WATERTOWN,  MASS, 


PSYCHE 


Vol.  60 


March,  1953 


No.  1 


THREE  NEW  ANTS  RELATED  TO  STRUMIGENYS 
LOUISIANAE  ROGER! 

By  William  L.  Brown,  Jr. 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University 

In  this  time  of  high  printing  costs,  the  difficulty  of  pub- 
lishing in  one  large  work  the  results  of  my  studies  on  the 
ant  tribe  Dacetini  has  forced  me  to  break  up  what  would 
otherwise  be  a revision  in  one  piece  into  many  smaller 
treatments.  It  is  hoped  that,  with  the  publication  after 
each  large  natural  group  of  a concise  key  and  other  general 
information,  the  effect  of  a revision  within  the  same  covers 
will  be  approached. 

Below  are  described  three  new  species  closely  related  to 
Strumigenys  louisianae  Roger,  the  latter  being  a common 
and  well-known  form  ranging  from  Tennessee  and  Arizona 
south  through  the  West  Indies  and  Central  America  and 
reaching  Bolivia  and  northern  Argentina.  S.  louisianae  has 
been  known  under  several  names  in  different  parts  of  its 
range  (S.  bruchi  Forel,  S.  infidelis  Santschi,  S.  eggersi 
cubaensis  Mann  and  S,  louisianae,  various  subspecies  and 
varieties),  but  all  of  these  names  are  treated  as  synonyms 
in  an  extended  discussion  of  this  form  at  present  in  press. 
A distributional  peculiarity  of  S.  louisianae  seems  to  be 
pointed  up  by  the  lack  of  records  from  the  rainforest  areas 
of  the  Amazon-Orinoco  Basins  and  from  the  extensively 
collected  Panamanian  localities  centering  on  Barro  Colorado 
Island. 

The  descriptions  given  are  all  strictly  comparative  ones 
^ Published  with  a grant  from  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
at  Harvard  College. 


1 


2 


Psyche 


[March 


drawn  against  S,  louisianae.  Relationships  to  other  species 
have  not  been  overlooked,  however,  as  each  of  the  three 
forms  has  been  compared  with  all  other  neotropical  species 
of  Strumigenys  known  to  me,  both  described  and  unde- 
scribed, except  S.  fusca  and  S.  unidentata,  two  species  to  be 
placed  among  the  species  inquirendae. 

The  measurements  given  are  stated  in  the  way  standard 
in  recent  publications  dealing  with  the  dacetine  ants.  Ab- 
breviations: TL,  “total”  or  synthetic  aggregate  length  of 
body,  including  mandibles ; HL,  maximum  measurable 
length  of  head  proper;  ML,  exposed  length  of  mandibles; 
WL,  (Weber’s)  diagonal  length  of  alitrunk,  lateral  view; 
Cl,  cephalic  index,  or  maximum  head  width  expressed  as  a 
percentage  of  hl;  mi,  mandibulocephalic  index,  or  exposed 
length  of  mandibles  expressed  as  a percentage  of  HL. 

Material  studied  originated  from,  and  is  redeposited  in, 
the  W.  M.  Mann  and  National  Museum  Collections,  United 
States  National  Museum  (USNM)  ; Borgmeier  Collection, 
Petropolis,  Brazil;  series  are  also  placed  by  exchange  in 
the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University 
(MCZ).  Thanks  are  due  Father  Thomaz  Borgmeier,  Dr. 
W.  M.  Mann  and  Dr.  M.  R.  Smith  for  the  privilege  of  exam- 
ining the  above-mentioned  series. 

All  three  species,  like  S.  louisianae,  belong  to  the  nomin- 
ate subgenus  of  Strumigenys. 

Strumigenys  clasmospongia  new  species 

Holotype  worker:  TL  2.57  mm.,  HL  0.60  mm.,  ml  0.39 
mm.,  WL  0.58  mm..  Cl  74,  Ml  65. 

Similar  to  S.  louisianae,  but  differing  in  its  larger,  dis- 
tinctly more  slender  body  and  relatively  much  longer  man- 
dibles, and  also  in  the  following  details: 

(1)  Promesonotum  with  a fine  but  distinct  median 
longitudinal  carinula;  lateral  carinuliform  margins  also 
more  distinct,  and  on  each  side  of  the  mesonotum  forming 
a low,  rounded  translucent  flange ; posterior  to  each  of  these 
flanges  is  a second  smaller,  but  similar  flange  at  each  pos- 
terior mesonotal  corner.  Homologous,  but  much  less  dis- 
tinct flanges  may  sometimes  be  seen  in  S.  louisianae 
workers. 


1953] 


Brown  — Strumigenys 


3 


(2)  Metanotal  groove  as  distinct  as  in  S.  louisianae 
or  slightly  more  so;  posterior  mesonotal  region  a bit  more 
strongly  concave  and  slightly  more  distinctly  constricted. 

(3)  Petiolar  node  with  a more  slender  peduncle  and 
the  anterior  face  not  so  strongly  obliquely  depressed,  the 
summit  rather  evenly  rounded  in  profile  seen  from  the 
side;  node  only  slightly  broader  than  long  seen  from  above. 

(4)  Dorsum  of  postpetiole  for  the  most  part  smooth 
or  nearly  so,  definitely  shining.  Gastric  dorsum  at  base 
with  a few  feeble  costulae,  basal  tergite  only  feebly  reticu- 
late (covered  with  a whitish  dried  film  possibly  represent- 
ing a secretion)  and  with  anterior  part  subopaque,  but 
sides  and  posterior  half  moderately  but  definitely  shining. 
Sculpture  over  entire  body  a trifle  weaker  than  in  S. 
louisianae. 

(5)  Pilosity  in  general  a little  less  abundant  and  con- 
spicuous; ground  pilosity  vestigial  on  alitruncal  dorsum. 
Color  ferrugineous. 

Holotype  (Borgmeier  Coll.)  taken  at  Petropolis,  State 
of  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil;  “gesiebt.  Nr.  5884”  (T.  Borg- 
meier leg.) 

Paratypes:  5 workers  (Borgmeier  Coll.,  USNM,  MCZ) 
with  data  as  for  holotype.  TL  2.54-2.76  mm.,  HL  0.60-0.65 
mm.,  ML  0.39-0.41  mm.,  WL  0.58-0.62  mm..  Cl  71-76,  MI 
63-66. 


Strumigenys  producta  new  species 
Holotype  worker:  TL  2.91  mm.,  HL  0.65  mm.,  ML  0.45 
mm.,  WL  0.70  mm..  Cl  81,  mi  69. 

Very  similar  to  S.  louisianae,  but  larger,  more  slender, 
and  with  much  longer  mandibles.  Dentition  as  in  S.  louisu 
anae  and  S.  clasmospongia,  that  is,  with  a single  small 
preapical  tooth  and  two  acute  intercalary  denticles  to  the 
apical  fork.  Also  the  following  differences  from  S.  louisi- 
anae : 

(1)  Propodeal  spines  more  slender  and  acute,  rather 
strongly  elevated,  divergent,  longer  than  the  distance  be- 
tween the  centers  of  their  bases. 

(2)  Gastric  tergite  I with  fine  basal  costulae  extending 


4 


Psyche 


[March 


1/3  its  length,  remainder  of  its  surface  only  very  feebly 
and  superficially  reticulate,  definitely  shining. 

(3)  Petiole  slender,  with  a long,  slender  peduncle  and 
subglobose  node;  posterior  spongiform  collar  vestigial; 
cariniform. 

(4)  Ground  pilosity  of  alitrunk  reduced  and  mostly 
inconspicuous.  Color  light  ferrugineous ; appendages,  etc. 
and  base  of  gaster  lighter,  more  yellowish. 

Holotype  (Mann  Coll.,  USNM)  one  of  a series  of  15 
workers  in  the  type  series,  taken  at  Rurrenabaque,  Rio 
Beni,  Bolivia  (W.  M.  Mann  leg.) 

Paratypes:  (USNM,  Coll.  Borgmeier,  MCZ)  Remaining 
14  workers  of  type  series,  same  data.  TL  2.85-3.06  mm., 
HL  0.65-0.70  mm.,  ML  0.45-0.48  mm.,  WL  0.69-0.74  mm.. 
Cl  78-82,  MI  69-70.  Color  varying  from  yellowish-  to 
medium-ferrugineous. 

Strumigenys  mixta  new  species 

Holotype  ivorker:  TL  2.32  mm.,  HL  0.54  mm.,  ML  0.31 
mm.,  WL  0.54  mm.,  Cl'83,  Ml  57. 

Differs  significantly  from  S.  louisianae  only  in  the  fol- 
lowing details: 

(1)  Inner  mandibular  border  with  an  extra  minute 
denticle  slightly  basad  of  the  apical  third  of  the  ML. 

(2)  Pilosity  decidedly  narrower  and  less  conspicuous, 
especially  on  the  posterior  cephalic  dorsum.  Paired,  out- 
standing hairs,  one  on  each  lateral  occipital  border,  each 
humeral  angle  and  each  side  of  the  mesonotum  are  all 
finely  flagelliform,  whereas  in  S.  louisianae,  the  lateral  oc- 
cipital and  mesonotal  hairs  are  stiff  and  spatulate  towards 
their  apices. 

(3)  Metanotal  groove  completely  or  very  nearly  com- 
pletely obsolete;  in  profile  from  lateral  view,  the  posterior 
alitruncal  dorsum  continuous  in  outline,  not  interrupted  by 
the  notch  at  the  metanotal  groove  as  in  S.  louisianae. 

Color  light  ferrugineous  yellow. 

Holotype  (USNM)  one  of  15  workers  taken  at  Escuintla, 
Guatemala  (W.  M.  Mann  leg.). 

Paratypes : 14  workers  from  type  nest  series,  same  data 


1953] 


Brown  — Strumigenys 


5 


as  for  holotype,  and  5 workers  from  orchid  plants  (Cattleya 
bowringeana)  shipped  from  San  Jose,  Guatemala  and  in- 
tercepted in  U.S.  Plant  Quarantine  at  San  Francisco,  Cali- 
fornia (SF  20739  Supl. ; 46-5348).  Deposited  in  USNM 
and  MCZ.  tl  2.14-2.49  mm.,  HL  0.51-0.59  mm.,  ML  0.28-0.32, 
WL  0.51-0.60,  Cl  80-84,  Ml  54-60.  The  Escuintla  (type  nest) 
series  is  made  up  of  mostly  smaller,  yellow  individuals, 
while  that  from  San  Jose  contains  workers  mostly  in  the 
upper  part  of  the  size  range  given  and  medium  ferrugineous 
or  deep  burnt-orange  in  color.  Means  of  dimensions,  but 
not  of  proportions,  differ  slightly,  but  there  is  also  an 
absolute  overlap.  The  color  difference  is  not  considered 
taxonomically  significant  in  the  face  of  similar  variation 
seen  in  many  other  dacetine  species.  The  name  mixta  re- 
fers to  the  intermediate  characters,  seemingly  linking  S. 
louisianae  and  S.  emeryi  Mann,  but  also  distinguishing  this 
species  from  both. 


OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  REPRODUCTION  OF 
THE  GIANT  COCKROACH, 

BLABERUS  CRANIIFERA  BURM. 

By  W.  L.  Nutting 

Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard  University 

In  his  Embryology  of  the  Viviparous  Insects,  H.  R.  Hagan 
(1951)  cites  nine  species  of  roaches  recorded  as  exhibiting 
some  type  of  viviparity,  or  oviparity  approaching  vivi- 
parity. Chopard  (1950)  and  Van  Wyk  (1952)  have  furn- 
ished two  additional  examples  of  viviparous  blattids.  Much 
of  the  evidence  for  viviparity  has  been  indirect;  that  is,  it 
has  been  based  on  dissections  of  gravid  females,  while  in 
scarcely  half  the  cases  has  the  birth  process  actually  been 
witnessed.  Among  the  species  mentioned  by  Hagan  are 
the  West  Indian  Blabera  fusca  Brunner  (Saupe,  1929),  and 
a Bolivian  Blabera  species  (Holmgren,  1903).  (Blabera 
fusca  Brunner  can  probably  be  referred  to  craniifera  Burm. 
according  to  Rehn  and  Hebard  (1927).)  Over  the  past 
seven  years  I have  had  the  opportunity  to  observe  rather 
closely  a flourishing  culture  of  Blaberus  craniifera  Burm., 
originally  started  from  Florida  specimens  by  Prof.  C.  T. 
Brues.  (This  roach  is  limited  to  Cuba  in  the  West  Indies 
and  ranges  from  southern  Mexico  to  British  Honduras  on 
the  mainland;  it  has  undoubtedly  been  introduced  to  Key 
West  from  Cuba.)  During  this  period  I have  found  newly 
hatched  nymphs  dozens  of  times,  but  only  recently  have  I 
observed  parturition  itself.  Before  recounting  this  event, 
it  seems  appropriate  to  include  available  information  on 
mating,  the  little-known  spermatophore,  and  other  relevant 
details  on  the  reproductive  habits  of  this  large  laboratory 
roach. 

Blaberus  is  rarely  active  during  the  daytime,  even  in  the 
laboratory,  and  I have  never  seen  courting  behavior.  How- 
ever, Saupe  (1929)  described  the  one  case  of  love  play  and 
copulation  for  B.  fusca  which  he  observed  during  daylight. 
The  actions  were  generally  much  like  those  detailed  for 


6 


1953]  Nutting  — Reproduction  in  Blab er us  7 

some  of  the  more  common  roaches  (see  Roth,  1952),  except 
that  no  dorsal  glands  are  known  which  attract  and  engage 
the  female  as  in  Blattella.  The  male  vibrates  his  antennae 
and  goes  through  brisk  quivering  motions,  sometimes  raised 
up  on  his  legs.  After  contact  stimuli  from  the  interested 
female  he  raises  his  wings,  while  the  female  advances  over 
his  abdomen  as  far  as  his  raised  wings  to  the  “female  supe- 
rior pose”.  As  the  male  makes  contact  with  the  female’s 
genitalia,  they  simultaneously  turn  in  opposite  directions 
to  complete  copulation  in  the  “false-linear  position”  which 
is  typical  for  the  roaches.  The  pair  observed  by  Saupe  re- 
mained together  for  80  minutes,  but  I have  noted  many 
pairs  together  for  four  hours  and  more  which  is  much 
longer  than  is  usual  for  most  roaches. 

Many  texts  list  the  occurrence  of  spermatophores  in  cer- 
tain members  of  the  Thysanura,  Odonata,  Neuroptera,  Lep- 
idoptera,  Coleoptera,  and  several  subgroups  of  the  Orthop- 
tera.  Until  recently,  oddly  enough,  it  was  not  generally 
known  that  this  method  of  sperm  transfer  is  also  used  by 
at  least  some  of  the  blattids.  Zabinski  (1933)  first  described 
and  figured  the  spermatophore  for  Blatta  orientalis,  while 
Qadri  (1938)  reported  some  conflicting  observations  on 
spermatophore  formation  for  the  same  species.  Hagan 
(1941)  mentioned  the  genital  pouch  as  a receptacle  for 
the  spermatophore  in  Diploptera,  but  did  not  describe 
it.  The  spermatophore  of  Periplaneta  americana  was  de- 
scribed and  figured  in  position  by  Gupta  (1947).  The 
formation  of  the  spermatophore  of  Blattella  germanica  is 
described  and  discussed  by  Khalifa  (1950).  Roth  (1952) 
presented  notes  on  the  spermatophores  of  Blattella,  Blatta, 
and  Periplaneta.  Recently  Van  Wyk  (1952)  described  the 
spermatophore  of  Leucophaea  maderae.  The  present  obser- 
vations on  Blaberus  now  make  a total  of  five  subgroups  of 
the  Blattaria  which  are  known  to  form  spermatophores. 
This  strengthens  Khalifa’s  presumption  that  spermato- 
phores are  of  general  occurrence  among  the  roaches. 

Figs.  1 and  2 show  the  position  of  the  spermatophore 
(Sph)  in  Blaberus  shortly  after  copulation.  The  freshly 
deposited  spermatophore  is  a tailed,  pearly-white  spheroid, 
about  3.5  mm.  in  diameter.  A clear,  jelly-like  mass  fills 


8 


Psyche 


[March 


the  vestibule  (Ve)  and  cements  (stippled  area)  the  sperm- 
atophore  into  the  genital  pouch.  According  to  Qadri  the 
spermatophore  of  Blatta  contains  a number  of  sperm  cap- 
sules, while  Khalifa  and  Van  Wyk  described  two  sperm 
sacs  in  those  of  Blattella  and  Leucophaea.  In  Blaberus  the 
spermatophore  is  irregularly  divided  into  a small  and  a 
large  compartment,  while  two  sperm  ducts  lead  from  the 
larger  one  to  oppose  the  spermathecal  orifices.  Whereas 
most  of  the  roaches  previously  noted  have  not  retained 
their  spermatophores  longer  than  24  hours  before  dropping 
them,  one  Blaberus  female  was  noted  to  retain  her  sperma- 
tophore intact  for  five  days,  when  on  the  sixth  day  a mass 
of  chalky  fragments  and  greyish  jelly  was  observed  in  her 
genital  pouch. 

As  in  the  other  roaches  which  retain  their  eggs  for  a 
considerable  time,  the  ootheca  resembles  a thin,  transparent 
plastic  bag  drawn  tightly  about  the  eggs.  It  is  quite  smooth 
and,  as  it  varies  in  thickness,  a dull  ochreaceous  to  a bright 
chestnut  in  color.  A point  which  has  previously  been  over- 
looked in  Blaberus  is  that  the  ootheca  is  not  complete,  so 
that  the  micropylar  end  of  each  egg  is  plainly  visible 
through  a slit  usually  wider  than  one  egg.  The  extremely 
delicate  ootheca  of  Diploptera  as  described  by  Hagan,  never 
covers  more  than  half  of  each  oocyte,  and  may  not  even 
cover  the  older  eggs.  Although  Blaberus  does  not  approach 
this  extreme,  the  pro-  and  mesothorax  of  each  embryo  are 
virtually  free  of  the  ootheca  shortly  before  birth.  This  open 
type  of  ootheca  may  be  of  some  importance  to  embryonic 
respiration  within  the  brood  pouch  as  suggested  by  Hagan. 
The  elaborate  arrangement  of  air  tubes  through  the  keel 
of  the  conventional  armored  roach  ootheca  (Lawson,  1951) 


Explanation  of  Plate  1 

Fig.  1.  Blaberus  craniifera  Burm.  Ventral  dissection  of  female  repro- 
ductive system  showing  spermatophore  (Sph)  cemented  (stippled  area) 
into  the  genital  pouch  over  the  gonopore.  The  posterior  ventral  wall 
of  the  genital  chamber  has  been  removed.  Pig.  2.  Sagittal  section 
through  region  shown  in  Fig.  1.  AG,  accessory  gland;  An,  anus;  BrS, 
brood  sac;  C,  colon;  Od,  oviduct;  Ov,  ovary;  Ovp,  ovipositor;  R,  rectum; 
S,  sternite;  Sph,  spermatophore;  T,  tergite;  Ve,  vestibule;  Vul,  vulva. 


Psyche,  1953 


VoL.  60,  Plate  1 


Nutting  — Blaberus  craniifera 


10 


Psyche 


[March 


would  certainly  be  unnecessary,  if  not  actually  impractical 
here. 

One  of  the  largest  oothecae  I have  seen  contained  45  eggs 
and  measured  8 x 35  mm.,  while  an  unusually  small  one 
containing  23,  probably  from  an  old  female,  measured  4 x 
16  mm.  The  average  number  of  eggs  found  in  14  oothecae 
was  36.4.  Saupe  (1929)  gave  an  average  of  23.25  eggs  for 
8 oothecae,  ranging  from  11  to  38  per  ootheca  in  B.  fusca. 
Stewart  (1925)  reported  an  ootheca  14.  x IV2  inches  con- 
taining 44  eggs  from  a specimen  of  B.  ciibensis  Saussure. 
(Rehn  and  Hebard  (1927)  refer  this  species  to  B.  discoidal- 
is  Serville.)  Two  oothecae  of  the  Central  American  B. 
trapezoideus  Burm.  measured  7 x 35  and  4.5  x 31  mm., 
and  contained  40  and  41  eggs  respectively.  Diploptera, 
which  has  been  more  thoroughly  studied  than  any  of  the 
viviparous  roaches,  exhibits  a pseudoplacental  type  of  vivi- 
parity and  forms  an  ootheca  normally  containing  but  12 
eggs.  All  other  known  viviparous  roaches  produce  many 
more  eggs  at  a time,  the  numbers  per  ootheca  generally 
falling  within  the  limits  reported  for  these  three  species 
of  Blaberus. 

While  in  the  brood  sac,  all  the  eggs  in  an  ootheca  have 
the  micropylar  ends  directed  toward  the  left.  The  smallest 
eggs  found  in  newly  formed  oothecae  measured  1.7  - 2.0  x 
4.5  - 5.0  mm. ; the  largest,  shortly  before  hatching,  2.5  x 8.2 
mm.  In  the  young  germ  band  stage  the  pleuropodia  re- 
semble short,  thick-stalked,  immature  mushrooms,  and  pro- 
ject back  to  the  posterior  margin  of  the  second  abdominal 
segment.  In  the  chitinized  embryo,  shortly  before  they  are 
resorbed,  they  appear  as  long,  thin-stalked  mushrooms  ex- 
tending to  the  middle  of  the  third  abdominal  segment. 
They  consist  of  a base  and  bulb  only;  there  is  no  evidence 
of  any  pleuropodial  extension  as  found  in  Diploptera.  The 
eggs  contain  a large  amount  of  yolk,  and  a considerable 
amount  is  present  shortly  before  hatching.  In  the  absence 
of  any  embryological  studies  on  Blaberus,  little  more  can 
be  said  concerning  embryonic  nutrition ; it  does  not  seem 
likely  that  the  mother  provides  any  more  than  the  original 
yolk. 

Many  times  I have  seen  females  with  a newly  formed 


1953] 


Nutting  — Reproduction  in  Blaberus 


11 


ootheca  protruding  about  two-thirds  of  its  length  from  the 
brood  sac.  Some  of  these  females  were  segregated,  and 
their  oothecae  were  usually  completely  returned  into  the 
brood  sac  within  a short  time.  This  act  apparently  signals 
the  completion  of  an  ootheca  and  the  beginning  of  the 
incubation  period,  as  has  been  observed  in  Gromphadorhina 
by  Chopard  (1950).  Neither  the  duration  of  gestation  nor 
the  span  of  female  reproductive  life  is  known  for  any  of 
the  species  of  Blaberus,  although  the  former  may  last  for 
more  than  two  months.  Females  sometimes  discard  an 
ootheca;  this  has  occurred  most  notably  after  the  roaches 
have  been  disturbed  and  handled  during  cage-cleaning. 
Except  in  two  cases  noted  below,  none  of  these  oothecae 
has  been  known  to  hatch. 

Recently  a relatively  inactive  female  was  found  with 
about  half  the  length  of  her  ootheca  extruded  from  the 
brood  sac.  At  least  the  pro-  and  mesothorax  of  each  visible 
embryo  were  free  of  the  ootheca.  The  ensuing  events  of 
hatching  were  observed  under  a low-power  dissecting  micro- 
scope. All  of  these  embryos  were  rapidly  swallowing  air, 
and  the  bubbles  could  easily  be  seen  passing  through  the 
head  capsule  into  the  enlarging  crop.  Within  2 or  3 min- 
utes the  embryonic  cuticle  on  one  individual  had  split; 
after  60  to  90  seconds,  with  some  side  to  side  struggling, 
it  was  free.  Although  the  abdominal  movements  of  the 
female  indicated  that  she  was  trying  to  expel  the  ootheca, 
she  was  unable  to  extrude  more  than  three-fourths  of  its 
length.  I therefore  removed  the  egg  case,  and  within  10 
minutes  all  but  four  unfertile  eggs  had  hatched. 

On  becoming  free  the  embryos  gradually  stopped  swal- 
lowing air;  at  this  point  they  were  cylindrical  and  about 
10  mm.  long.  They  began  telescoping  their  abdominal  seg- 
ments and  within  a few  seconds  they  had  assumed  a flat- 
tened roach-like  appearance  measuring  about  7 mm.  long. 
The  air  is  probably  expelled  through  the  mouth.  The  young 
roaches  do  not  leave  the  mother  but  swarm  over  the  ootheca 
practically  consuming  it  in  a short  time.  Saupe  (1929) 
suspected  the  mother  of  devouring  the  oothecal  remains. 
A degree  of  maternal  solicitude  is  exhibited  by  this  roach, 
for  many  times  I have  observed  the  female  to  remain 


12 


Psyche 


[March 


motionless  for  an  hour  or  more  with  her  unpigmented 
brood  clustered  around  and  beneath  her  body.  The  nymphs 
are  completely  pigmented  in  about  6 hours.  I have  recorded 
the  next  molt  as  occurring  within  15  to  36  days  for  four 
different  broods. 

Although  deposited  oothecae  generally  do  not  hatch,  a 
mature  one,  picked  up  two  days  after  the  cage  had  been 
cleaned,  did  hatch  after  considerable  handling.  While  ex- 
amining another  ootheca  six  days  after  its  deposition,  it 
was  noted  that  the  embryos  were  swallowing  air.  Slight 
pressure  on  the  ootheca  while  held  between  the  fingers 
finally  resulted  in  the  successful  hatching  of  14  normal 
nymphs.  Two  more  nymphs  were  obtained  from  this  same 
ootheca  upon  considerable  manipulation  ten  days  after 
its  deposition.  On  numerous  other  occasions  mature 
oothecae  have  been  kept  in  humid  petri  dishes  for  two  or 
three  weeks  without  hatching.  The  hearts  of  these  embryos 
continued  beating  until  they  finally  died  from  mold  or 
desiccation.  These  observations  strongly  suggest  that  the 
pressure  exerted  by  the  female  on  the  ootheca  during  ex- 
trusion supplies  the  necessary  hatching  stimulus.  Unless 
some  such  stimulus  is  applied  to  initiate  the  air-swallowing, 
mature  embryos  remain  helplessly  encased  until  death. 

The  fine  line  separating  ovoviviparity  from  viviparity 
seems  to  be  whether  or  not  the  embryos  hatch  before  deposi- 
tion. By  strict  definition,  this  single  reported  observation  on 
the  birth  of  Blaherus  nymphs  would  qualify  it  as  an  ovovi- 
viparous  insect.  Many  more  observations  would  be  required 
to  determine  whether  the  female  generally  retains  the 
ootheca  while  the  majority  of  the  embryos  hatch;  it  ap- 
pears to  me  quite  impossible  for  the  event  to  take  place 
within  the  confines  of  the  brood  sac  itself.  Although  this 
categorizing  is  relatively  unimportant,  the  features  which 
place  this  fine  laboratory  insect  between  the  more  common 
oviparous  roaches  and  the  viviparous  Diploptera  are  worth 
noting. 

The  ovarioles  have  not  been  reduced  in  number  (16  to 
23  per  ovary  as  opposed  to  6 in  Diploptera)  y and  the  ac- 
cessory glands  are  not  as  highly  modified  as  in  Diploptera. 
Even  though  each  ootheca  contains  a large  number  of  eggs. 


1953] 


Nutting  — Reproduction  in  Blaberus 


13 


the  period  between  oothecae  may  be  measured  in  weeks 
rather  than  in  days  as  in  Periplaneta  (Gould  and  Deay, 
1940).  The  brood  sac  is  very  large,  and  the  development 
of  the  genital  pouch  approaches  that  of  Diploptera.  Lastly, 
the  ootheca  is  soft,  thin,  and  open,  and  is  retained  in  the 
brood  sac  until  hatching.  In  summary,  the  major  modifi- 
cations toward  viviparity  in  Blaberus  have  occurred  in  the 
mother  and  not  in  the  embryo. 

Bibliography 

Chopard,  L. 

1950.  Sur  I’anatomie  et  la  developpement  d’une  blatte  vivipare.  Proc. 
8th  Int.  Cong.  Enit.  Stockholm,  218-222. 

Gould,  G.  E.  and  H.  O.  Deay 

1940.  The  biology  of  six  species  of  cockroaches  which  inhabit  build- 
ings. Purdue  Univ.  Agric.  Exp.  Sta.  Bull.  451,  31  pp. 

Gupta,  P.  D. 

1947.  On  copulation  and  insemination  in  the  cockroach  Periplaneta 
americana  (Linn.).  Proc.  Nat.  Inst.  Sci.  India,  13:65-71. 
Hagan,  H.  R. 

1941.  The  general  morphology  of  the  female  reproductive  system 
of  a viviparous  roach,  Diploptera  dytiscoides  (Serv.) . Psyche, 
48:1-9. 

1951.  Embryology  of  the  viviparous  insects.  New  York,  Ronald  Press. 
472  + xiv  pp. 

Holmgren,  N. 

1903.  Ueber  vivipare  Insecten.  Zool.  Jahrb.  Abt.  Syst.,  19:  431-468. 
Khalifa,  A. 

1950.  Spermatophore  production  in  Blattella  germanica  L.  (Orthop- 
tera:Blattidae) . Proc.  Roy.  Ent.  Soc.  London,  25A:53-61. 

Lawson,  F.  A. 

1951.  Structural  features  of  the  oothecae  of  certain  species  of  cock- 
roaches (Blattidae).  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  44:269-285. 

Qadri,  M.  a.  H. 

1938.  The  life-history  and  growth  of  the  cockroach  Blatta  orientalis 
Linn.  Bull.  Ent.  Res.,  29:263-276. 

Rehn,  J.  a.  G.  and  M.  Hebard 

1927.  The  Orthoptera  of  the  West  Indies:  Blattidae.  Bull.  Amer. 
Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  54:pp.257-262. 

Roth,  L.  M.  and  E.  R.  Willis 

1952.  A study  of  cockroach  behavior.  Amer.  Mid.  Nat,,  47:66-129. 


14 


Psyche 


[March 


Saupe,  R. 

1929.  Zur  Kenntnis  der  Lebensweise  der  Riesenschabe  Blahera  fusca 
Brunner  und  der  Gewachshausschabe  Pycnoscelus  surinamensis 
L.  Zeitschr.  f.  angew.  Ent.,  14:461-500. 

Stewart,  A.  M. 

1925.  Blahera  cuhensis  (Orthoptera)  and  its  odtheca.  Entomologist, 
58:57-58. 

Van  Wyk,  L.  E. 

1952.  The  morphology  and  histology  of  the  genital  organs  of  Leiico- 
phaea  maderae  (Fabr.)  (Blattidae,  Orthoptera) . J.  Ent.  Soo. 
S.  Africa,  15:1-62. 

Zabinski,  J. 

1933.  Fonotionnement  des  diiferentes  parties  des  appareils  copula- 
teurs  chitines  males  et  femelles  de  la  Blatte  (Periplaneta 
orientalis  L.) . C.  R.  Soc.  Biol.,  112:598-602. 


Nemestrinidae  (Diptera)  of  Iowa  and  Missouri.  — 
A small  collection  recently  sent  by  Mr.  Jean  L.  Laffoon,  at 
Iowa  State  College,  contains  a male  of  N eorhynchocephalus 
sackenii  (Williston)  collected  at  Sioux  City,  Woodbury  Co., 
Iowa,  June  10,  1949,  by  J.  A.  Slater  and  J.  L.  Laffoon.  It 
was  taken  immediately  above  the  mouth  of  the  Sioux  River, 
on  top  of  the  loess  hills  which  border  the  Missouri  River 
in  western  Iowa.  Mr.  Laffoon  points  out  to  me  that  this 
area  contains  some  plants  and  animals  ordinarily  found 
only  farther  west.  It  is  the  first  record  for  any  of  the 
Nemestrinidae  in  Iowa.  Specimens  of  N.  sackenii  were 
also  collected  at  Washington  University  Farm,  7 miles 
southwest  of  Clarksville,  Pike  Co.,  Missouri,  by  Mr.  Robert 
A.  Dietz,  of  the  University  of  Tennessee.  N.  sackenii  is 
now  recorded  from  British  Columbia  and  the  states  of 
Washington,  Oregon,  Montana,  California,  Idaho,  Wyom- 
ing, Utah,  Arizona,  Colorado,  New  Mexico,  Kansas,  Okla- 
homa, Arkansas,  Missouri,  Iowa,  Michigan,  and  Illinois.  I 
have  seen  specimens  from  Huachuca  Canyon,  Cochise  Co., 
Arizona,  August  17,  1950  (R.  L.  Langston).  It  is  remark- 
able that  there  are  as  yet  no  records  from  Mexico.  — J. 
Bequaert,  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Cambridge. 


ON  FLANDERS’  HYPOTHESIS  OF  CASTE 
DETERMINATION  IN  ANTS* 


By  Edward  0.  Wilson 
Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard  University 

S.  E.  Flanders  (1945,  1952)  has  recently  advanced  a 
hypothesis  concerning  caste  determination  in  ants  which 
has  gained  wide  recognition.  According  to  Flanders,  the 
nutritive  material  available  to  the  female  embryo  in  the 
egg  determines  the  developmental  path  it  will  follow  as  a 
larva,  producing  finally  a queen  or  one  of  the  worker 
subcastes.  The  available  nutritive  material  is  assumed  to 
be  a function  of  the  degree  of  ovisorption,  since  this  has 
been  shown  to  be  the  basis  of  discontinuous  variation  in 
several  terebrant  Hymenoptera.  The  degree  of  ovisorption 
in  turn  is  assumed  to  be  a function  of  one  or  more  environ- 
mental influences  affecting  the  queen.  One  of  the  ways  the 
environment  can  act  is  through  its  effect  on  the  rate  of 
oviposition,  which  is  probably  inversely  related  to  the 
degree  of  ovisorption. 

What  appears  to  be  the  crux  of  Flanders’  hypothesis  is 
stated  as  follows  in  his  1952  paper:  “Since  the  worker 
caste  is  characteristic  of  all  non-parasitic  ants,  irrespective 
of  the  wide  variation  in  the  larval  nutrition  of  the  various 
species,  it  is  evident  that  any  trophic  influence  on  caste 
formation  must  be  made  effective  through  an  agency  com- 
mon to  all  ant  colonies.  Such  an  agency  is  most  likely  to 
consist  of  a set  of  conditions  resident  in  the  queen.  Morph- 
ological differentiation  would  be  initiated  therefore  prior 
to  egg  deposition.” 

* Dr.  Flanders  has  recently  published  the  paper  read  at  the  December 
1952  meeting  of  the  American  Section  of  the  Internaitional  Union  for 
the  Study  of  Social  Insects  (Scientific  Monthly,  76:  142-148,  1953). 
This  contains  an  extensive  elaboration  of  his  hypothesis,  wifih  heavy 
emphasis  on  examples  drawn  from  the  terebrant  Hymenoptera,  but 
presents  no  new  experimental  evidence  bearing  on  ants  and  does  not 
take  into  account  the  objections  raised  by  myself  at  the  original  read- 
ing and  presented  once  again  in  the  following  paper. 


15 


16 


Psyche 


[March 


From  the  onset  this  line  of  reasoning  appears  weak, 
since  it  is  obvious  that  the  environment  of  the  ovary  is  by 
no  means  the  only  condition  affecting  individual  develop- 
ment which  is  common  to  all  ant  colonies.  Colonial  organi- 
zation and  the  details  of  individual  postembryonic  develop- 
ment are  fundamentally  the  same  for  all  ants  and  are 
amenable  to  the  establishment  of  any  number  of  physio- 
logical mechanisms  controlling  caste  differentiation.  To 
settle  on  one  specific  mechanism  without  supporting  evi- 
dence is  to  engage  in  almost  pure  speculation.  Since  a great 
deal  of  new  information  bearing  on  this  subject  has  been 
brought  to  light  in  the  past  decade,  a reevaluation  of 
Flanders’  suggestions  and  of  the  literature  pertinent  to 
them  is  warranted  at  the  present  time. 

One  does  not  need  to  look  far  to  find  that  Flanders’ 
hypothesis  is  contravened  by  a considerable  body  of  evi- 
dence, much  of  it  resting  in  the  literature.  While  it  is  pos- 
sible that  the  differences  in  yolk  content  which  are  pre- 
sumed to  underlie  caste  differentiation  may  be  so  subtle 
as  to  escape  the  eye  of  the  casual  myrmecological  observer, 
it  still  should  be  taken  as  significant  that  variation  in  egg 
size  and  content  have  rarely  been  recorded  in  the  liter- 
ature and  then  have  been  shown  definitely  not  to  correlate 
with  caste  differentiation  (Eidmann  1931,  Ledoux  1950). 
Some  effort  has  actually  been  made  to  demonstrate  caste 
differences  at  the  level  of  the  egg,  as  in  the  work  of  Bhat- 
tacharya  (1943)  on  Oecophylla  smaragdina  (Fabricius), 
but  with  negative  results.  Direct  evidence  against  the 
hypothesis  may  be  supplied  by  the  work  of  Ledoux  (1949, 
1950)  on  Oecophylla  longinoda  (Latreille).  In  this  species 
the  workers  act  as  supplementary  reproductives  and  can 
produce  males,  queens,  and  major  and  minor  workers  with 
equal  facility.  Two  sizes  of  eggs  are  laid,  averaging  in 
length  0.6  mm  and  1.1  mm  respectively.  The  larger  size 
yields  males,  the  smaller,  any  of  the  three  female  castes. 
The  fecundated  female,  on  the  other  hand,  lays  eggs  all  of 
the  same  size,  averaging  1.2  mm  in  length,  from  which 
proceed  either  workers  (at  least)  or  males.  Ledoux  has 
offered  the  logical  explanation  that  the  smaller  worker 
eggs  produce  females  and  not  males,  as  would  be  expected 


1953] 


Wilson  — Caste  Determination 


17 


from  unfertilized  eggs,  because  they  are  laid  prematurely 
and  at  least  some  time  before  the  first  meiotic  division. 
But  whatever  the  explanation,  the  important  point  con- 
sidered here  is  that  workers  can  develop  from  eggs  of  either 
of  the  two  different  sizes,  whereas  queens  develop  from  at 
least  the  smaller  of  the  two  sizes.  While  it  is  true  that  the 
size  of  the  Oecophijlla  egg  may  not  absolutely  determine 
yolk  content,  yet  it  seems  very  probable  that  the  differences 
in  yolk  content  between  two  such  markedly  distinct  egg 
sizes  would  greatly  outweigh  the  very  slight  differences 
that  must  be  assumed  to  determine  caste  in  the  worker- 
laid  egg  if  Flanders’  hypothesis  is  correct. 

The  preponderance  of  available  evidence  seems  to  in- 
dicate that  the  caste  of  female  individuals  is  determined 
in  the  larval  period,  without  regard  to  the  original  condi- 
tion of  the  egg.  The  work  of  Wesson  (1940),  Goetsch 
(1937) , and  many  others  in  the  past  half  century  has  shown 
that  larval  feeding  plays  a major  role;  an  excellent  review 
of  this  work  is  presented  by  Light  (1942-43) . Gregg  (1942) 
has  shown  that  the  major-minor  ratio  in  colonies  of  Pheid- 
ole  morrisi  Forel  affects  significantly  the  ratio  of  these 
castes  appearing  in  the  brood,  and  he  has  offered  as  the 
simplest  explanation  that  this  condition  originates  through 
trophic  influences,  possibly  ectohormonal,  on  the  develop- 
ing larvae.  Recently,  Brian  (1951)  has  outlined  his  pre- 
liminary results  from  current  work  on  caste  determination 
in  Myrmica  ruhra  L.  The  threshold  for  queen-worker 
divergence  is  reported  to  be  in  the  larval  period;  in  order 
to  attain  queenness  an  overwintering  larva  must  reach  by 
a certain  time  a weight  of  about  6.5  milligrams.  It  must 
then  race  to  reach  another  threshold  in  order  to  become  a 
fully  developed  queen;  if  it  fails,  it  ends  its  development 
abnormally  small  or  as  an  intercaste.  Ledoux  (op.  cit.) 
presents  convincing  evidence  that  in  Oecophylla  longinoda 
the  threshold  for  queen-worker  divergence  is  in  very  early 
larval  life,  while  the  threshold  for  major-minor  divergence 
is  at  some  time  in  the  second  larval  stadium.  In  the  work  of 
both  Brian  and  Ledoux  it  is  especially  noteworthy  that 
larval  nutrition  and  larval  size  are  apparently  the  major 
factors  involved. 


18 


Psyche 


[March 


The  present  writer  (Wilson  1953)  has  shown  that  all 
stages  of  polymorphism  in  ants  can  be  explained  on  the 
basis  of  simple  or  modified  adult  allometry  and  correlated 
changes  in  the  frequency  distribution  of  size.  The  greater 
part  of  the  differential  growth  underlying  this  allometry 
must  occur  no  sooner  than  the  prepupal  stage,  when 
the  gross  adult  form  is  laid  down  by  the  proliferation 
and  deployment  of  the  pupal  hypodermis.  Certain  finer 
details  of  allometry  may  not  become  apparent  until  later 
at  the  onset  of  adult  development.  The  allometric  character 
of  the  castes  is  obscured  in  the  case  of  complete  dimorphism, 
or  queen-worker  and  major-minor  segregation,  in  which 
the  intermediates  drop  out  and  the  log-log  allometric  re- 
gression curves  of  the  two  castes  become  disaligned.  Di- 
morphism can  be  explained  simply  on  the  basis  of  abrupt 
changes  in  the  specific  growth  rates  of  the  imaginal  discs 
of  various  organs  at  critical  sizes  or  under  certain  physio- 
logical influences,  a phenomenon  which  has  been  demon- 
strated to  be  fundamental  in  the  ontogenetic  growth  of 
many  other  groups  of  animals  (Teissier  1934,  Yasumatsu 
1946).  Queen-worker  divergence,  preceding  in  ontogeny 
the  allometric  differentiation  of  the  worker  subcastes,  prob- 
ably is  initiated  at  a critical  time  by  the  fixing  in  the 
imaginal  discs  of  one  of  two  alternative  specific-growth-rate 
potentials ; this  is  attended  by  an  approximate  regulation  of 
the  course  of  larval  development.  A second  threshold  of 
this  type  may  be  introduced  at  a later  stage  of  larval 
development  in  the  case  of  major-minor  dimorphism.  As 
stated  previously,  the  important  specific-growth-rate  po- 
tentials are  completely  expressed  only  at  or  after  the  onset 
of  pupal  development  prior  to  the  last  larval  ecdysis.  This 
means  that  differentiation  of  female  castes  at  all  levels  is 
probably  a function  of  size,  whether  in  the  attainment  of  a 
threshold  size  in  larval  development,  in  the  case  of  di- 
morphism, or  in  the  relation  of  gradient  allometric  growth 
to  the  total  size  reached  at  the  termination  of  larval  develop- 
ment, in  the  case  of  the  more  elementary  stages  of  poly- 
morphism. 

If  an  attempt  is  made  to  fit  Flander’s  hypothesis  to  this 
concept,  it  seems  to  force  the  proposition  that  the  nutritive 


1953] 


Wilson  — Caste  Deter minatioyi 


19 


material  in  the  egg  determines  caste  by  predetermining 
exactly  the  size  reached  by  a larva  at  various  stages  of  its 
development.  Such  a proposition  would  be  wrong,  of  course, 
since  it  is  a commonly  observed  fact  that  the  growth  of 
larvae  can  be  changed  greatly  by  simply  varying  the  amount 
and  kind  of  food  supplied  the  colony.  It  appears  to  the 
present  writer  that  Flanders’  explanation  has  a good 
chance  of  holding  only  under  certain  conditions  of  com- 
plete dimorphism.  It  is  not  impossible  that  in  extreme 
cases  the  critical  developmental  time  mentioned  above  can 
be  pushed  back  in  ontogeny  all  the  way  through  the  larval 
period  and  to  the  embryonic  period  within  the  egg,  so  that 
the  imaginal  disc  potentials  are  already  fixed  at  the  time  of 
eclosion  from  the  egg.  On  the  other  hand,  ovisorption 
might  exercise  a subsidiary  infiuence  in  caste  determina- 
tion by  statistically  affecting  the  chances  of  a larva  attain- 
ing the  important  size  levels  during  its  growth;  existing 
data  on  larval  development  are  not  complete  enough  to 
evaluate  this  particular  aspect.  Whether  ovisorption  ever 
actually  plays  these  two  roles  remains  to  be  seen,  but  at 
the  present  time  this  outstanding  fact  must  be  accepted: 
there  is  no  direct  evidence  upon  which  to  base  such  an 
assumption. 


Literature  Cited 

Bhattacharya,  G.  C. 

1943.  Reproduction  and  caste  determination  in  aggressive  red-ants 
Oecophylla  smaragdina  Fab.  Bose -Research  Institute,  Calcutta. 

Brian,  M.  V. 

1951.  Caste  determination  in  a myrmicine  ant.  Experientia,  7:  1-4. 

Eidmann,  H. 

1931.  Die  Koloniegriindung  von  Lasius  flavus  F.  nebst  weiteren 
Untersuchungen  tiber  die  Koloniegriindung  der  Ameisen.  Biol. 
Zentralbl.,  51:  657-677. 

Flanders,  S.  E. 

1945.  Is  caste  determination  in  ants  a function  of  the  rate  of  egg 
deposition?  Science,  101:  245-246. 

1952.  Ovisorption  as  the  mechanism  causing  worker  development 
in  ants.  Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  45:  37-39. 

Goetsch,  W. 

1937.  Die  Entstehung  der  “Soldaten”  im  Ameisenstaat.  Naturwis- 
sensch.,  hrsg.  A.  Berliner,  25:  803-808. 


20 


Psyche 


[March 


Gregg,  R.  E. 

1942.  The  origin  of  castes  in  ants  with  special  reference  to  Pheidole 
morrisi  Forel.  Ecology,  23:  295-308. 

Ledoux,  a. 

1949.  La  ponte  des  ouvrieres  de  la  fourmi  fileuse  Oecophylla  longinoda 
(Latr.).  C.  R.  Acad.  Sci.,  Paris,  228:  1154-1155. 

1950.  Recherche  sur  la  biologie  de  la  fourmi  fileuse  (Oecophylla 
longinoda  Latr.).  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Zool.,  12:  312-461. 

Light,  S.  F. 

1942-1943.  The  determination  of  the  castes  of  social  insects.  Quart. 
Rev.  Biol.,  17:  312-326;  18  : 46-63. 

Teissier,  G. 

1934.  Dysharmonies  et  discontinuities  dans  la  croissance.  Herman 
and  Co.,  Paris.  39  pp. 

Wilson,  E.  O. 

1953.  The  origin  and  evolution  of  polymorphism  in  ants.  Quart. 
Rev.  Biol.,  in  press. 

Yasumatsu,  K. 

1946.  Some  analyses  on  the  growth  of  insects  with  special  reference 
to  a phasmid,  Phraortes  kumamotoensis  Shiraki  (Orthoptera) . 
Jour.  Dept.  Agric.  Kyushu  Imp.  Univ.,  8:  1-579. 


TWO  NEW  SPECIES  OF  WATER  BEETLES 
FROM  FLORIDA 
(COLEOPTERA:  DYTISCIDAE)* 

By  Frank  N.  Young 

The  two  new  species  of  Dytiscidae  described  below  were 
encountered  during  the  course  of  the  writer’s  investigations 
of  the  species  comprising  the  genera  represented  in  the 
Florida  fauna. 

The  new  Hydrovatus  is  remarkable  in  that  it  is  apparent- 
ly confined  to  the  peninsular  region  of  Florida  and  may 
represent  an  endemic  form  originally  isolated  on  the  Pleis- 
tocene Islands.  Examination  of  the  type  of  Hydrovatus 
indianensis  Blatchley  convinces  me  that  it  is  not  that  species 
although  the  two  are  similar.  The  occurrence  of  “giant” 
forms  within  the  limits  of  the  populations  of  H.  pustulatus 
Melsheimer  and  compressus  Sharp  respectively  suggests 
the  possibility  that  they  may  represent  mutant  or  even 
polyploid  species. 

The  new  Copelatus  has  stood  on  our  lists  for  many  years 
as  C.  dehilis  Sharp,  but  a comparison  of  Blatchley’s  speci- 
mens with  true  dehilis  indicates  that  the  two  are  distinct. 
The  form  is  probably  not  restricted  to  the  Florida  Keys, 
unless  those  islands  represent  the  remnants  of  a land  mass 
more  ancient  than  we  now  suspect. 

Hydrovatus  peninsularis  sp.  nov. 

Diagnosis  : A moderately  large,  dark  colored  Hydrovatus 
resembling  in  general  H.  indianensis  Blatchley,  but  differ- 
ing from  that  species  in  color  pattern  and  in  punctation. 
From  H.  major  Sharp  or  horni  Crotch  it  differs  in  lacking 
conspicuous  sulci  on  the  sides  of  the  el3rtra.  From  H.  pustu- 
latus Melsheimer  and  compressus  Sharp  it  differs  in  its 
* Contribution  No.  513  from  the  Department  of  Zooloigy,  Indiana 
University.  Aided  by  a grant  from  the  National  Science  Foundation 
and  published  with  a grant  from  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
at  Harvard  College, 


21 


22 


Psyche 


[March 


larger  size,  different  coloration,  and  in  the  structure  of 
the  male  genitalia.  Total  length  ranges  from  2.9  to  3.1 
mm.;  greatest  width  from  about  1.9  to  2.1  mm.  Average 
size  based  on  measurements  of  eight  specimens  about  2.98 
by  1.96  mm.  H.  compressus,  the  only  species  so  far  taken 
in  company  with  peninsularis , averages  about  2.31  by  1.58 
mm.  Peninsularis  may  represent  a form  of  indianensis, 
but  that  species  is  still  so  rare  in  collections  that  I have 
had  no  material  available  for  comparison  except  the  unique 
female  type. 

Holotype  male:  Form  broadly  oval,  nearly  hemis- 
pherical. Outline  of  body  when  viewed  from  above  broadest 
at  base  of  elytra,  not  much  narrowed  anteriorly,  but  nar- 
rowing posteriorly  from  the  humeri  with  a slight  sinuation 
near  the  middle  of  the  elytra  beyond  which  the  elytra 
narrow  again  to  the  acuminate  tips.  Strongly  convex  above 
and  below.  Total  length  2.92  mm. ; greatest  width  1.98  mm. 
Width  at  base  of  pronotum  1.81  mm.;  width  at  apex  of 
pronotum  1.13  mm.;  length  of  pronotum  at  midline  0.76 
mm.  Length  from  base  of  prosternal  process  to  apex  of 
coxal  lamina  1.43  mm.  Width  between  eyes  0.73  mm.  Head: 
Microreticulate  with  some  irregularly  spaced,  moderately 
fine  punctures.  (Coarser  punctures  along  inner  margin  of 
eyes  and  on  front  in  usual  position  for  genus.)  Clypeus 
inconspicuously  margined.  Microsculpture  of  vertex  with 
meshes  regular  and  rather  deeply  impressed.  Pronotum: 
Microsculpture  much  as  on  head.  Punctation  much  coarser 
than  on  head,  coarse  and  dense  along  anterior  and  posterior 
margins  but  somewhat  finer  and  sparser  on  disk  and 
toward  sides.  Punctures  at  apex  and  base  of  pronotum 
with  some  tendency  to  coalesce  to  form  vermiculate  sculp- 
ture. Elytra : Microsculpture  less  deeply  impressed  than 
on  either  the  head  or  the  pronotum  (surface  appearing 
more  strongly  polished).  Punctation  coarser  than  on  pro- 
notum and  arranged  in  roughly  regular  rows  or  striae 
running  from  base  toward  apex.  (Three  striae  of  hair 
bearing  punctures  vaguely  discernible  on  each  elytron). 
Apices  and  lateral  margins  of  elytra  less  densely  and  more 
finely  punctate  than  disk.  A number  of  coarse  punctures 
extending  posteriorly  from  the  humerus  of  each  elytron 


1953] 


Young  — Water  Beetles 


23 


apparently  occupy  the  same  position  as  the  sulcus  seen  in 
major  and  horni.  Below  these  punctures  there  is  a vague 
longitudinal  ridge  above  the  epipleura.  Venter:  Metas- 
ternum slightly  more  coarsely  and  irregularly  punctate 
than  the  elytra.  Hind  coxal  plates  with  very  large  punctures 
separated  from  one  another  by  less  than  their  own  diameter 
and  in  part  confluent  (punctures  much  coarser  than  those 
of  elytra;  about  as  coarse  as  those  of  elytra  in  indianensis) . 
Two  basal  abdominal  sternites  with  a few  coarse  punctures ; 
other  sternites  with  microsculpture  but  not  conspicuously 
punctate  (two  basal  abdominal  sternites  very  coarsely  and 
confluently  punctate  in  indianensis).  Terminal  abdominal 
sternite  mucronate  but  without  a median  ridge  (with  a 
blunt  projecting  ridge  and  not  strongly  pointed  in  the 
female  type  of  indianensis).  Epipleurae  with  some  coarse, 
irregularly  spaced  punctures.  Anterior  and  middle  tarsi: 
Moderately  strongly  dilated.  Anterior  protarsal  claw 
slightly  broader  and  blunter  than  its  fellow.  Genitalia: 
Similar  to  those  of  compressus  and  pustulatus,  but  with  the 
parameres  more  evenly  rounded  at  the  tips,  and  with  the 
aedeagus  with  the  constricted  apical  portion  relatively 
longer,  stouter,  and  less  strongly  curved  down  at  the  tip. 
Color:  Head  nearly  uniformly  reddish  brown.  Pronotum 
with  disk  dark  reddish  brown  and  the  lateral  margins 
lighter;  base  and  apex  somewhat  darker,  but  no  lighter 
cross-bar  between  them  as  in  indianensis.  Elytra  dark  red- 
dish brown,  each  with  a transverse  sub-basal  yellowish 
brown  spot  which  reaches  the  lighter  margin  at  the  side 
but  does  not  attain  the  suture,  a postmedian  yellowish 
brown  spot,  and  the  apices  yellowish  brown.  Venter  red- 
dish brown  with  the  metasternum  and  hind  coxal  plates 
darker.  Color  pattern  similar  to  that  of  indianensis  but 
differing  in  the  narrower  sub-basal  spot  and  the  larger 
postmedian  spot,  as  well  as  in  the  lack  of  a light  cross-bar 
on  the  pronotum. 

Allotype  female:  Similar  to  the  male  but  somewhat 
more  regularly  oval,  somewhat  darker  in  general  color,  the 
elytra  less  polished  and  with  the  anterior  and  middle  tarsi 
less  strongly  expanded.  Total  length  2.93  mm. ; greatest 
width  1.97  mm.  Width  at  base  of  pronotum  1.62  mm. ; 


24 


Psyche 


[March 


width  at  apex  of  pronotum  1.16  mm.;  length  of  pronotum 
at  midline  0.76  mm.  Length  from  base  of  prosternum  to 
apex  of  coxal  lamina  1.48  mm.  Width  between  eyes  0.78  mm. 

Variation  : Paratypes  differ  somewhat  from  the  types 
in  coloration  and  in  the  coarseness  of  punctation.  The 
punctation  of  the  pronotum  in  some  is  coarser,  in  others 
finer  than  in  the  types. 

Type  locality  : Holotype  and  allotype  from : Florida  : 
Alachua  County,  Lake  Newman  east  of  Gainesville,  Sept. 
27,  1939  F.  N.  Young.  Paratypes  from:  Florida:  Alachua 
County,  Bivan’s  Arm  of  Payne  Prairie  south  of  Gainesville, 
Feb.  1939  F.  N.  Young  (49);  Lake  Wauberg  near  Mican- 
opy,  Apr.  30,  1938,  F.  N.  Young  (1  9 ) ; Polk  County,  Saddle 
Creek  Canal,  1 mi.  north  of  Bartow,  Nov.  1,  1951  Ellis 
Lanquist  (1  5 ) ; and  Brighton  (Okeechobee),  June  16,  1929, 
P.  J.  Darlington  Jr.  (10  exs.). 

Location  of  types  : Holotype,  allotype  and  two  female 
paratypes  are  in  the  University  of  Michigan,  Museum  of 
Zoology,  Ann  Arbor.  One  male  paratype  is  in  the  collection 
of  Ellis  Lanquist  at  the  Department  of  Biology,  University 
of  Florida,  Gainesville.  One  female  paratype  is  in  the  col- 
lection of  H.  B.  Leech  at  the  California  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences, and  another  in  the  W.  S.  Blatchley  collection  at 
Purdue  University,  Lafayette,  Indiana.  The  Brighton  para- 
types are  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  (Type 
No.  29,018),  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

Copelatus  blatchleyi  sp.  nov. 

1919  Copelatus  debilis  Blatchley,  not  of  Sharp,  Bull.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  History,  41  (4)  :312. 

1932  Copelatus  debilis  Blatchley,  not  of  Sharp,  “In  Days 
Agone  . . Nature  Publishing  Co.,  Indianapolis, 
p.  293. 

The  Copelatus  recorded  by  Blatchley  from  Florida 
(see  above)  represents  a species  resembling,  but  very  dis- 
tinct from  debilis  Sharp  as  represented  by  specimens  from 
Texas,  Mexico,  and  Central  America.  Blatchley  (1932) 
states  that  his  specimens  were  sifted  from  among  dead 
leaves  about  200  yards  from  tidal  pools  near  the  cemetery 
at  Key  West.  He  surmises  that  the  species  may  be  a 


1953] 


Young  — Water  Beetles 


25 


brackish  water  form,  but  from  the  situation  cited  blatchleyi 
will  more  likely  be  found  associated  with  the  ephemeral 
rain  pools  which  form  in  the  broadleaved  evergreen  jungle 
hammock  associes  of  the  Keys.  It  will  probably  also  be 
found  in  the  West  Indies. 


Fig.  1.  Lateral  outline  of  aedeagus  of  holotype  of  Copelatus  blatchleyi 
from  Key  Wesit,  Florida.  Fig.2.  Lateral  outline  of  aedeagus  of  Copelatus 
debilis  from  Brownsville,  Texas.  (Both  figures  drawn  to  same  scale) 


Copelatus  cubaensis  Schaeffer  (Jour.  New  York  Ent. 
Soc.,  16:  18,  1908)  seems  from  the  description  to  be  very 
similar  to  blatchleyi,  but  is  described  as  having  a sub- 
marginal and  six  other  striae  on  each  elytron.  A compari- 
son of  the  male  genitalia  should  help  to  determine  the  re- 
lationships of  several  forms  which  we  now  place  in  differ- 
ent groups  almost  entirely  on  the  number  of  striae  on  the 
elytra.  The  genitalia  of  debilis  and  blatchleyi  are  of  a sim- 
ilar type  radically  different  from  those  of  glyphicus  or 
chevrolati.  C.  chevrolati,  the  only  other  Copelatus  so  far 
taken  at  Key  West,  is  easily  distinguished  from  blatchleyi 


26 


Psyche 


[March 


by  having  a submarginal  and  eight  other  striae  on  each 
elytron. 

Diagnosis  : A small,  ovate,  moderately  convex  Copelatus 
with  a distinct  submarginal  and  five  other  distinct  striae 
on  each  elytron  (Sharp’s  Group  9).  The  structure  of  the 
male  aedeagus  is  diagnostic  (Fig.  1)  and  indicates  the  re- 
lationship of  the  species  to  debilis  Sharp  (Fig.2).  The  lat- 
ter, however,  is  smaller,  more  elongate,  less  convex,  less 
coarsely  punctate,  and  the  aedeagus  differs  in  structure. 
Average  length  4.63  mm. ; average  width  at  middle  of 
elytra  2.43  mm. 

Holotype  male  : Elongate  oval,  greatest  width  at  about 
middle  of  elytra,  moderately  convex  dorsally.  Total  length 
4.73  mm.;  greatest  width  2.43  mm.  Width  at  base  of  pro- 
notum  2.19  mm.;  width  at  apex  of  pronotum  1.30  mm.; 
length  of  pronotum  at  midline  0.86  mm.  Length  of  pro- 
sternal  process  0.76  mm.;  length  from  apex  of  prosternal 
process  to  apex  of  coxal  laminae  1.57  mm.  Width  between 
eyes  0.78  mm.  Head:  Microreticulate  and  moderately  finely 
punctate,  punctures  on  vertex  separated  by  from  2 to  3 
times  their  diameter  (coarser  punctures  in  usual  position 
for  genus).  Pronotum:  Microreticulation  and  punctation 
on  disk  about  as  on  head ; coarser  punctures  along  anterior 
margin,  laterally,  and  in  two  depressions  near  the  base  on 
either  side  of  middle.  Elytra : Microreticulation  coarser 
and  more  irregular  than  on  head  and  pronotum;  punctures 
along  suture  and  between  the  impressed  striae  coarser  and 
denser  than  on  head  or  pronotum.  Each  elytron  with  a sub- 
marginal and  five  other  distinct,  deeply  impressed  striae; 
no  sutural  stria ; first  discal  stria  about  twice  as  distant 
from  the  suture  as  from  the  second  stria;  first  and  second 
striae  a little  shorter  at  base  than  outer  three;  second  and 
fifth  striae  somewhat  abbreviated  toward  the  apex  (the 
fifth  showing  a tendency  to  turn  inward  and  almost  join 
the  fourth  toward  the  apex)  ; submarginal  stria  originating 
just  before  middle  of  elytra  and  extending  a little  beyond 
termination  of  the  5th  discal  stria.  Venter:  Metasternum, 
coxal  plates,  and  abdominal  sternites  microreticulate  and 
with  some  parallel  scratches,  but  not  conspicuously  punc- 
tate in  any  part.  Prosternal  process  similar  to  that  of 


1953] 


Young  — Water  Beetles 


27 


debilis,  but  relatively  stouter  and  more  expanded  behind 
the  anterior  coxae.  Anterior  and  middle  tarsi  moderately 
dilated;  protarsal  claws  simple.  Anterior  tibiae  constricted 
at  base  as  in  debilis.  Genitalia : Parameres  similar  to  those 
of  debilis.  Aedeagus  distinctive  (see  Fig.  1).  Color:  Head 
reddish  brown,  eyes  dark.  Pronotum  dark  reddish  brown 
to  fuscous  on  disk,  lighter  yellowish  brown  at  anterior 
angles  and  along  margins.  Elytra  very  dark  reddish  brown 
to  fuscous  with  a narrow,  transverse  yellowish  brown  area 
at  base  not  quite  reaching  the  suture;  margins  and  apices 
diffusely  lighter.  Appendages  and  undersurface  nearly 
uniformly  reddish  brown,  a little  darker  along  sutures  and 
on  abdominal  sternites. 

Allotype  female  : Similar  to  male  except  that  specimen 
is  teneral  and  almost  uniformly  light  yellowish  brown  above 
and  below.  The  specimen  is  in  poor  condition,  but  the 
structural  characters  are  distinct.  The  anterior  and  mid- 
dle tibiae  and  tarsi  are  simple.  Total  length  4.59  mm. ; 
greatest  width  2.40  mm.  Width  of  pronotum  at  base  2.11 
mm.;  width  of  pronotum  at  apex  1.24  mm.;  length  of  pro- 
notum at  midline  0.81  mm.  Length  of  prosternal  process 
0.70  mm. ; length  from  apex  of  prosternal  process  to  apex 
of  coxal  laminae  1.51  mm.  Width  between  eyes  0.78  mm.. 

Variation  : The  series  of  specimens  before  me  is  rela- 
tively uniform.  Both  of  the  females  are  teneral  and  lighter 
in  color,  but  do  not  seem  to  differ  significantly  otherwise. 
The  largest  male  measures  4.75  by  2.54  mm.;  smallest 
female  4.56  by  2.38  mm. 

Type  locality:  Holotype,  allotype,  two  male  and  one 
female  paratypes,  all  from  Florida:  Monroe  County,  Key 
West,  Mar.  3,  1919,  W.  S.  Blatchley.  (These  apparently 
represent  all  but  four  of  the  specimens  collected  by  Blatch- 
ley and  recorded  by  him  as  debilis.) 

Location  of  types:  Holotype  and  allotype  in  the  W.  S. 
Blatchley  Collection  at  Purdue  University.  One  male  and 
one  female  paratype  in  the  University  of  Michigan  Museum 
of  Zoology,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan.  One  male  paratype  in 
the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  (Type  No.  29,019), 
Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 


THE  BIOLOGY  OF  BRACHYPANORPA 
(MECOPTERA)i 

By  F.  M.  Carpenter 
Harvard  University 

The  Genus  Brachypanorpa,  as  now  known,  consists  of 
only  three  species,  all  confined  to  the  United  States : one  in 
the  southern  Appalachian  region  and  two  in  the  north- 
western region.  The  distinctive  features  of  the  genus  are 
the  absence  of  the  long  rostrum  characteristic  of  other 
Mecoptera  and  the  reduction  of  the  wings  in  the  females. 
The  most  closely  related  genus — and  indeed  the  only  one 
which  shows  any  affinities  at  all  with  Brachypanorpa — is 
Panorpocles,  known  only  from  Japan.  The  species  of  the 
latter,  however,  possess  a distinct  rostrum  and  fully  de- 
veloped wings  in  both  sexes. 

Virtually  nothing  has  been  known  of  the  general  biology 
of  either  of  these  two  genera.  Japanese  entomologists  have 
attempted  to  rear  larvae  of  Panorpodes,  but  without  suc- 
cess. During  the  past  two  years  Dr.  F.  Y.  Cheng  and  I 
have  made  observations  on  the  habits  of  Brachypanorpa 
carolinensis , both  in  the  field  and  laboratory,  and  have  been 
able  to  work  out  part  of  its  life-history.  The  present  paper 
includes  our  observations  on  the  adults  of  this  insect  and 
brings  together  some  notes  on  the  distribution  of  all  three 
species  of  the  genus.  In  another  paper  Dr.  Cheng  will  give 
an  account  of  the  larva  of  carolinensis. 

Brachypanorpa  carolinensis  (Banks) ^ 

This  species  was  first  taken  by  William  Beutenmiiller  in 
the  Black  Mountains,  North  Carolina,  on  May  26,  1903, 
and  was  described  by  Banks  in  1905  (as  Panorpodes  caro- 
linensis) from  seven  males  in  Beutenmiiller’s  collection. 

^ Published  with  a grant  from  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
at  Harvard  College. 

For  the  nomenclature  of  Brachypanorpa,  see  my  ravision  of  the 
Nearctic  Mecoptera  (Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  72:205-277,  1931). 


28 


1953] 


Carpenter  — Biology  of  Brachypanorpa 


29 


The  exact  localities  in  the  Black  Mountains  at  which 
Beutenmiiller  found  his  specimens  are  not  known,  but  it 
is  clear  from  a short  note  published  in  1903  that  his  col- 
lecting was  done  in  the  southern  half  of  the  Black  Moun- 
tain range.  On  subsequent  trips  he  took  many  additional 
specimens  of  the  species  in  that  range.  In  late  May,  1905, 
Nathan  Banks  made  a trip  to  the  same  region,  but  most 
of  his  collecting  was  done  along  the  North  Fork  of  the 
Swannanoa  River,^  a few  miles  north  of  the  town  of  Black 
Mountain  and  just  east  of  Craggy  Knob,  in  the  Craggy 
Mountain  range.  At  this  locality  Banks  collected  a great 
many  specimens  of  carolinensis , including  the  first  females. 
The  latter  he  mentioned  in  a paper  published  in  1911, 
stating  that  they  had  very  short  wings,  were  unable  to  fly, 
and  hopped  about  very  lively.  Additional  females  were 
subsequently  taken  by  Beutenmiiller  in  the  Black  Moun- 
tains. 

Other  localities  for  the  species  were  added  by  R.  W. 
Leiby,  who  found  it  abundant  near  the  top  of  Mt.  Mitchell, 
the  highest  peak  (6700')  in  the  Black  Mountains  (July, 
1919),  and  who  also  collected  it  in  the  Craggy  Mountains 
(June,  1920)  about  six  miles  from  the  Black  Mountains 
and  only  three  miles  from  Banks’  locality  along  the  North 
Fork  of  the  Swannanoa.  It  was  also  found  by  F.  Sherman 
at  Linville  Falls  (4000',  late  May  and  June,  1920)  in  the 
Blue  Ridge  Mountains,  twenty  miles  northeast  of  the 
Black  Mountain  range. 

So  far  as  I am  aware,  carolinensis  was  not  collected  again 
for  about  thirty  years,  until  May,  1951,  when  Dr.  Cheng, 
Dr.  W.  Nutting,  Dr.  K.  Christiansen  and  I secured  many 
specimens  at  Carolina  Hemlock  Camp  on  the  edge  of  the 
Black  Mountains,  and  brought  back  alive  150  males  and 
seven  females  to  Cambridge  for  study.  By  what  is  certainly 
a striking  coincidence,  at  about  this  same  time  (May  17, 
1951),  several  specimens  were  collected  by  Dr.  P.  W.  Fattig 
at  Unicoi  Gap  in  Georgia  (near  the  town  of  Robertson).  In 
May,  1952,  Dr.  Cheng  and  I again  visited  the  Black  Moun- 
^ Banks’  labels  for  this  locality  read,  “Black  Mt.,  North  Fork  Swan- 
nanoa’’. It  should  be  noted  that  the  town  of  Black  Mountain  is  not 
in  the  Black  Mountains,  but  is  about  itwenty  miles  south  of  that  range. 


30 


Psyche 


[March 


tains.  Both  sexes  of  carolinensis  were  active  when  we 
reached  Carolina  Hemlock  Camp  on  May  15.  The  males  re- 
mained abundant  until  June  1,  but  the  females  were  numer- 
ous only  on  May  20th.  Specimens  of  both  sexes  were  collected 
at  many  places  in  the  Black  Mountains,  including  Cobert 
Creek,  towards  Deep  Gap;  along  White  Oak  Creek;  along 
Laurel  Fork,  near  Busick;  along  South  Toe  River  towards 
Bald  Knob  Ridge;  at  Potato  Knob  and  Stepp  Gap  (Beuten- 
miiller’s  localities).  Specimens  were  also  found  at  Craggy 
Gardens,  in  the  Craggy  Mountains.  On  May  23,  24  and  25, 
P.  W.  Fattig  and  I found  many  specimens  at  Unicoi  Gap, 
at  Henson  Gap,  and  on  Blue  Mountain,  Georgia  (all  be- 
tween 3600'  and  4000'  elevation). 

The  history  of  the  collecting  of  this  insect  has  been  given 
in  detail  above  because  it  contributes  significant  evidence 
to  our  understanding  of  a change  that  seems  to  have  taken 
place  in  the  female  population.  As  stated  above,  the  fe- 
males of  the  three  known  species  of  Brachypanorpa  have 
smaller  wings  than  the  males  (see  Plate  2).  The  real 
notable  aspect  of  the  record  of  carolinensis  is  that  all  of  the 
females  (20  specimens)  known  to  me  to  have  been  col- 
lected from  1903  to  1920  have  wings  which  do  not  reach 
to  the  end  of  the  abdomen  (see  Plate  2,  fig.  B)  and  which 
were  so  small  in  area  that  the  insects  (according  to  Banks) 
were  flightless  and  could  only  hop  about;  whereas  all  the 
females  (80  specimens)  which  Dr.  Cheng  and  I collected 
in  1951  and  1952  at  the  previous  localities,  as  well  as  new 
ones,  have  wings  which  extend  beyond  the  end  of  the  ab- 
domen (see  Plate  2,  fig.  C)  and  which  have  such  an  area 
that  the  insects  were  able  to  fly  distances  of  several  feet. 

Since  the  males  taken  over  the  entire  period  show  no 
differentiation  and  the  females  exhibit  no  differences  ex- 
cept in  wing  size,  I believe  we  are  dealing  here  with  a 
single  species,  the  female  population  of  which  has  under- 

Explanaticn  of  Plate  2 

Brachypcmorpa  carolinensis  (Banks).  A.  Drawing  cf  male  from 
Carolina  Hemlock  Camp,  North  Carolina.  B.  Drawing  cf  female  from 
Black  Mt.,  N.  Fork  of  Swannanoa,  North  Carolina  <1905).  C.  Drawing 
of  female  from  Carolina  Hemlock  Camp,  North  Carolina  (1951).  All 
drawings  are  to  scale. 


Psyche,  1953  Vol.  60,  Plate  2 


Carpenter  — Brachypanorpa  carolinensis 


32 


Psyche 


[March 


gone  a marked  change  in  the  past  thirty  years.  Although 
the  long  winged  females  may  have  been  present  as  a small 
minority  in  the  population  before  1920,  they  are  now  clearly 
the  majority  in  the  same  population.  The  reverse  applies, 
of  course,  to  the  short  winged  females.  It  is  conceivable 
that  the  long  winged  females,  which  are  able  to  fly  short 
distances  and  which  might,  therefore,  more  readily  find 
males,  have  a definite  selective  advantage  over  the  flightless 
females.  This  could  account  for  such  a change  taking  place 
in  the  course  of  a maximum  of  30  generations. 

The  distribution  of  carolinensis  presents  some  interest- 
ing features.  Its  most  northern  record  is  now  Linville 
Falls,  North  Carolina,  and  its  most  southern  near  Unicoi 
Gap,  Georgia.  The  species  seems  to  be  confined  to  the  nar- 
row strip  of  mountainous  country,  about  120  miles  long, 
between  these  two  places.  However,  even  in  this  area,  the 
species  appears  to  be  local  except  for  the  Black  Mountains, 
where  it  occurs  more  generally.  With  the  possible  excep- 
tion of  one  individual  (the  data  on  which  are  questionable), 
all  specimens  of  the  species  so  far  known  to  me  have  been 
collected  at  elevations  between  3000  and  6700  feet.  At  the 
lower  elevations,  as  at  Carolina  Hemlock  Camp  (3000'), 
both  male  and  female  adults  occur  as  early  as  May  15,  but 
virtually  all  disappear  by  June  4.  At  higher  elevations 
(such  as  6000'),  the  adults  do  not  appear  until  early  July; 
both  sexes  have  been  taken  as  late  as  July  18  on  the  top  of 
Mt.  Mitchell  (6700'). 

The  species  occurs  only  in  shady  woods,  where  the  soil 
is  moist,  though  without  any  definite  plant  associations. 
Galax,  Rhododendron,  Jack-in-the-Pulpit,  jewel  weed,  asters 
and  May  apple  occur  commonly  where  carolinensis  is  found, 
but  these  plants  are  characteristic  of  nearly  all  moist  woods 
in  the  southern  Appalachian  region.  Some  of  them,  how- 
ever, may  be  necessary  as  food  for  the  adults  of  carolinen- 
sis. Our  first  efforts  to  keep  the  adults  alive  in  cages  failed 
completely  because  we  did  not  find  anything  on  which  they 
would  feed.  Bits  of  animal  flesh  or  of  dead  insects,  which 
Panorpa  and  Neopanorpa  readily  consume,  were  not  eaten 
by  carolinensis.  Subsequent  observation  showed  that  they 
fed  on  the  epidermis  of  soft  leaves,  such  as  those  of  aster 


1953] 


Carpenter  — Biology  of  Brachypanorpa 


33 


and  jewel  weed,  by  scraping  the  surface  of  the  leaves  with 
their  mouth-parts.  Caged  specimens  furnished  with  fresh 
leaves  lived  through  the  life  span  of  adults  in  their  natural 
environment. 

The  males  of  carolinensis  fly  much  like  those  of  Panorpa, 
though  usually  not  quite  so  far.  The  females,  after  pupal 
ecdysis,  crawl  up  the  stems  of  low-growing  plants,  and 
spend  much  of  the  time  on  the  ventral  surface  of  the  leaves. 
This  undoubtedly  explains  why  so  relatively  few  females 
have  been  found.  When  disturbed,  the  females  will  fly, 
usually  downward,  to  another  leaf  or  to  the  ground.  Mating 
takes  place  on  the  leaves,  usually  on  the  upper  surface. 
Complicated  courtship,  like  that  in  Panorpa,  is  entirely 
absent;  the  male  quickly  approaches  and  grasps  the  female 
with  his  terminal  forceps.  Mating  usually  occurs  in  the 
evening,  but  may  take  place  anytime  during  the  day.  A 
day  or  two  after  mating,  the  female  works  the  tip  of  her 
abdomen  into  the  soil  and  lays  a loose  mass  of  white  eggs. 
Details  of  egg  structure  and  development  will  be  given  by 
Dr.  Cheng  with  his  account  of  the  larva. 

Brachypanorpa  oregonensis  (MacLachlan) 

This  species  was  first  collected  on  Mt.  Hood,  Oregon,  in 
1881,  and  was  described  by  MacLachan  the  same  year  from 
males  only.  The  males  differ  from  those  of  carolinensis 
chiefly  by  having  several  long  ocellar  bristles,  absent  in 
the  latter.  The  females,  first  described  by  Carpenter  (1931), 
are  flightless,  the  wings  being  only  as  long  as  the  thorax 
(Text  fig.  IB). 

B.  oregonensis  has  now  been  found  at  many  localities  in 
the  western  half  of  Oregon,  in  the  area  extending  nearly 
the  full  width  of  the  state  and  about  130  miles  inland  from 
the  coast.  Unlike  carolinensis,  which  has  been  found  only 
at  relatively  high  elevations,  oregonensis  occurs  all  the  way 
from  about  sea-level  {e.g.,  Glenada  and  Walport)  to  as 
high  as  7000  feet  at  Crater  Lake.  Also  the  seasonal  range 
of  the  adults  is  much  greater  than  for  carolinensis.  At 
relatively  low  elevations  (up  to  1000'),  the  adults  have 
been  found  from  April  20  to  June  22;  at  higher  elevations 
(3000-7000'),  from  June  19  to  August  4.  Although  there 


34 


Psyche 


[March 


are  no  observations  on  the  occurrence  of  oregonensis  over 
a period  of  several  weeks  at  any  one  locality,  the  foregoing 
records  suggest  either  a longer  period  of  adult  life  than 
in  carolinensis  or  a greater  seasonal  period  of  emergence 
from  the  pupae. 

A few  specimens  of  this  insect  have  been  found  outside 
the  state  of  Oregon.  One  male  (now  in  the  Museum  of 
Comparative  Zoology)  was  collected  on  the  northern  Cali- 
fornian coast  (Patrick’s  Point  State  Park,  Humboldt  Co., 
June  2,  1950,  W.  L.  Nutting  and  F.  Werner)  ; another  (in 
the  California  Academy  of  Sciences)  was  taken  in  northern 
Idaho,  almost  at  the  Canadian  border  (Coolin,  Priest  Lake, 
July  15,  1927,  E.  C.  Van  Dyke.^  The  most  surprising  record 
is  a male  (in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum)  from  eastern 
Utah  (Neola,  near  Vernal,  July  13,  Harmston).  A more 
extensive  series  of  specimens  of  Brachypanorpa  from  these 
northwestern  states  may  show  that  more  than  one  species 
is  involved  in  this  population,  though  structural  details 
of  both  sexes  seem  notably  constant. 

Brachypanorpa  montana  Carp. 

This  species  was  originally  based  on  nine  males  from  Mt. 
McLoughlin,  Klamath  Co.,  Oregon,  8000-9000  feet  eleva- 
tion (July  19,  1930,  H.  A.  Scullen).  They  were  specifically 
separated  from  oregonensis  chiefly  on  their  darker  color, 
since  the  males  of  Bi'achypanorpa,  like  those  of  Panorpodes 
(Japan),  appear  to  show  no  marked  structural  differences 
between  species.  Subsequent  examination  of  more  speci- 
mens of  Brachypanorpa  from  Oregon  convinced  me  that 
the  coloration  was  not  a reliable  characteristic  and  that 
montana  was  a synonym  of  oregonensis.^  Since  then  a 
female  Brachypanorpa,  having  a very  dark  body  and  wings 
which  extend  beyond  the  abdomen  (Text-fig.  1,  A),  has 
been  collected  at  Lake  of  the  Woods,  Klamath  Falls,  Oregon 

* I am  indebted  to  Dr.  E.  S.  Ross  for  the  loan  of  this  specimen. 

5 Records  and  Notes  of  Nearctic  Mecoptera  and  Raphidiodea,  Bull. 
Brooklyn  Ent.  Soc.,  34(3)  :163  (1939). 


1953] 


Carpenter  — Biology  of  Brachypanorpa 


35 


(5100',  July  5,  1946,  B.  Malkin).®  There  are  several  rea- 
sons for  considering  this  female  a representative  of  a 
species  distinct  from  oregonensis;  and  since  it  was  collected 
near  the  type  locality  of  montana,  as  pointed  out  by  Miss 
Parfin,  I now  believe  it  advisable  to  re-instate  the  latter  as 


Text-figure  1.  A,  Brachypanorpa  montana  Carp,,  drawing  of  female 
from  Mt.  McLoughlin,  Oregon.  Actual  length  of  specimen,  8.7  mm.  B. 
Brachypanorpa  oregonensis  (McLach.) , drawing  of  female  from  Mary’s 
Peak,  Oregon.  Both  drawings  are  to  scale. 

® I am  indebted  to  ithe  U.  S.  National  Museum  for  the  loan  of  this 
specimen,  which  was  briefly  noted  by  S.  Parfin  (Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash- 
ington, 49:258,  1947). 


36 


Psyche 


[March 


a valid  species  and  tentatively  to  assign  this  female  there. 
Additional  collecting,  or  better  still,  rearing  experiments, 
will  undoubtedly  clarify  the  relationship  of  this  female, 
of  the  males  described  as  montana,  and  of  oregonensis.  The 
most  interesting  aspect  of  this  female,  and  my  reason  for 
mentioning  it  here,  is  its  analogy  with  the  long  winged 
females  of  carolinensis , described  above.  There  clearly 
exist  or  have  existed  in  both  the  eastern  and  western  popu- 
lations of  Brachypanorpa  long  winged  and  short  winged 
females.  The  collecting  data  on  carolinensis,  given  in  some 
detail  above,  suggest  that  the  long  winged  female  is  now 
the  dominant,  if  not  the  only,  form  in  existence  in  the 
eastern  population.  Comparable  data  on  the  western  fe- 
males have  not  been  obtained,  but  I believe  the  occurrence 
of  even  the  single  long  winged  female  shows  that  a similar 
genetical  trend,  (i.e.,  towards  the  development  of  both 
short  winged  and  long  winged  females)  has  existed  in  both 
populations.  More  intensive  collecting  of  Brachypanorpa 
in  Oregon,  especially  at  one  locality  over  a whole  season, 
might  furnish  data  indicating  even  further  similarities. 


TWO  NEW  OREGON  CHILOPODS  OF 
THE  ORDER  GEOPHILIDA 


By  Ralph  V.  Chamberlin 
University  of  Utah 

Representatives  of  the  two  new  centipeds  described  be- 
low were  found  in  a collection  belonging  to  the  Oregon 
State  College  and  submitted  to  me  for  study  through  the 
courtesy  of  Vincent  D.  Roth  of  that  institution. 

Himantariidae 

The  genus  Stenophilus  was  proposed  several  years  ago 
by  the  writer  for  several  species  of  this  family  occurring 
in  western  America  which,  while  obviously  related  closely 
to  the  European  genera  Meinertophilus  and  Latzel’s  Stig- 
matogaster  (Haplophilus  Cook),  present  some  characters 
which  would  require  substantial  emendation  of  those  genera 
to  permit  inclusion  of  the  American  forms.  I am,  therefore, 
retaining  for  our  species  the  name  Stenophilus,  emended 
now  from  the  original  definition  in  the  light  of  new  species 
subsequently  discovered.  Stenophilus  as  far  as  now  known 
differs  from  the  European  genera  mentioned  in  lacking 
conspicuous  sclerotic  or  chitinous  lines  on  the  prosternum 
and  in  lacking  all  paratergites.  In  Stenophilus  ventral 
pores  may  be  absent,  present  on  a few  anterior  sternites, 
or  on  sternites  of  approximately  the  anterior  half  of  the 
body  (rothi  n.  sp.).  Sternal  pouches  such  as  are  present  in 
nearly  all,  if  not  all,  European  species  of  the  genera  men- 
tioned, have  been  detected  in  American  forms  only  in  S. 
coloradanus  Chamb.,  in  which  they  occur  on  segments  25 
to  35. 

American  species  referred  to  Stenophilus  are  now  known 
from  Colorado,  Idaho,  Montana,  Oregon  and  California. 
They  seem  to  be  replaced  farther  south  by  species  of  Gosi- 
philus  which  are  common  in  Mexico  and  the  border  states 
from  California  to  Louisiana.  From  these  species  those  of 
Stenophilus  are  readily  distinguished  by  the  deeper,  more 
angular,  embayment  of  the  labrum  with  its  much  stouter 


37 


38 


Psyche 


[March 


teeth  as  well  as  by  the  details  of  the  coxopleural  region  at 
caudal  end. 


Body  and  legs  yellow  throughout,  the  head  but  little 
darker.  Head  much  wider  than  long  (ad  11.5:9)  and  of 
the  form  shown  in  fig.  1.  Antennae  flattened,  contiguous 
at  base,  the  articles  proportionately  short  and  broad,  the 
last  one  subequal  to  the  two  preceding  taken  together. 

Median  excavation  in  labrum  cutting  through  to  base, 
the  eight  median  teeth  large  and  strongly  sclerotized  and 
laterad  from  these  one  or  two  weaker  teeth  or  serrations 
on  each  side  as  show  in  fig.  2.  Coxosternum  of  second 
maxillae  with  anterior  indentation  or  excision  of  form 
shown  in  fig.  3. 


2 

Stenophilus  rothi  n.  sp.  Fig.  1.  Head  in  outline.  Fig.  2.  Labrum,  with 
lateral  ends  omitted.  Fig.  3.  Second  maxillae. 

Dorsal  plates  plainly  bisulcate  but  the  sulci  not  sharply 
impressed.  Ventral  pores  in  a transverse,  narrowly  oblong 
and  clearly  limited  area  behind  middle  of  sternites  of  an- 
terior half  of  body.  Last  sternite  narrowly  trapeziform; 
prepleurites  present  on  last  segment.  Coxal  pores  small 


Stenophilus  rothi  new  species 


3 


1 


1953] 


Chamberlin  — Oregon  Chilopods 


39 


and  numerous,  present  over  entire  surface.  Anal  legs  in- 
flated in  the  male,  the  last  article  conically  tapered.  Pairs 
of  legs,  73. 

Length  of  male  holotype,  41  mm. 

Localities.  — Oregon : Marion  Co.,  Silver  Creek  Falls, 
male  holotype  taken  by  V.  Roth  on  May  12,  1951.  Montana: 
St.  Regis,  female  allotype  taken  Sept.  23,  1950,  also  by 
Roth. 


Geophilidae 

Brachygeophilus  tampophor  new  species 

Body  and  legs  yellow  throughout. 

Head  a little  longer  than  broad;  sides  over  middle  of 
length  gently  convex,  more  strongly  rounding  in  at  ends, 
the  caudal  margin  straight;  overlapping  the  basal  plate. 

Claws  of  the  prehensors  when  closed  reaching  distal 
end  of  first  antennal  article ; armed  at  base  with  a distinct 
acute  tooth ; the  other  articles  and  the  prosternum  unarmed. 
Prosternum  without  sclerotic  or  chitinous  lines. 

No  clypeal  areas.  Clypeus  with  three  pairs  of  submedian 
setae,  of  which  the  setae  of  the  anterior  pair  are  farther 
apart  than  those  of  the  median,  and  those  of  the  median 
pair  than  the  most  caudal.  Median  piece  of  clypeus  bearing 
typically  7 long  conical  teeth. 

Spiracles  all  circular.  Last  ventral  plate  moderately 
wide.  Coxal  pores  5 on  each  side,  the  two  innermost  of 
which  may  be  partly  covered  by  the  ventral  plate.  Anal 
pores  not  detected.  Pairs  of  legs  39  except  in  one  specimen 
in  which  there  are  47  pairs. 

Length,  15  to  20  mm. 

Locality.  — Oregon : Tombstone  Prairie,  Santiam  Pass. 
Seven  specimens  taken  Aug.  13,  1949,  by  V.  Roth. 

This  form  differs  from  other  western  American  species, 
excepting  B.  anonyx,  in  having  the  claw  of  the  prehensors 
armed  at  base.  From  B,  anonyx  it  differs  in  having  the 
anal  legs  armed  with  claws  as  well  as  in  the  smaller  num- 
ber of  legs. 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 


A regular  meeting  of  the  Club  is  held  on  the  second  Tues- 
day of  each  month  (July,  August  and  September,  excepted) 
at  8:00  p.m.  in  Room  B-455,  Biological  Laboratories,  Divin- 
ity Ave.,  Cambridge.  Entomologists  visiting  Boston  are 
cordially  invited  to  attend. 


BACK  VOLUMES  OF  PSYCHE 

The  Cambridge  Entomological  Club  is  able  to  offer  for 
sale  the  following  volumes  of  Psyche.  Those  not  mentioned 
are  entirely  out  of  print. 

Volumes  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  each  covering  a period  of  three 
years,  $5.00  each. 

Volumes  10,  12,  14,  17,  each  covering  a single  year,  $1.00 
each. 

Volumes  18,  19,  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25,  26,  each  covering  a 
single  year,  $1.50  each. 

Volumes  27  to  53,  each  covering  a single  year,  $2.00. 
Volumes  54  to  59,  each  covering  a single  year,  $3.00. 
Orders  for  2 or  more  volumes  subject  to  a discount  of 

10%. 

Orders  for  10  or  more  volumes  subject  to  a discount  of 

20%. 

All  orders  should  be  addressed  to 

F.  M.  Carpenter,  Editor  of  Psyche, 

Biological  Laboratories, 
Harvard  University, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 


FOR  SALE 

The  Ants  of  North  America,  by  Professor  Wm.  S. 
Creighton.  Published  in  April,  1950,  as  volume  104  of  the 
Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  with  585 
pages  and  57  plates.  Price  $10.00  (postpaid).  Send  orders 
to  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  College, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 


BLACK  STEEL  INSECT  PINS 

Trade  Mark  “Elephant”,  the  ideal  black  insect  pin.  Trade 
Mark  “Imperial”,  formerly  Czechoslovakia.  Both  types  in 
sizes  No.  000-7.  Also  Minuten  Nadeln.  Request  samples 
and  prices  from  the  manufacturer:  Emil  Arlt,  Spezial- 
NADELFABRIK,  SALZBURG,  2,  P.O.  BOX  76,  AUSTRIA. 


PSYCHE 

A JOURNAL  OF  ENTOMOLOGY 

Established  in  1874 


Vol.  60  June,  1953  No.  2 | 


MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL 
LIBRARY 

SEP  2 8 195: 
HARVARD 
UfliVERSlTY 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Tabanidae  from  the  State  of  Chiapas,  Mexico,  with  Descriptions  of 
Two  New  Species  (Diptera) . G.  B.  Fairchild  ....  41 

An  Australian  Trapeziopelta  (Hymenoptera:  Formicidae) . W.  L. 
Brown,  Jr.  ..........  51 

Australian  Carabid  Beetles  I.  Some  Clivina  from  Western  Australia. 

P.  J.  Darlington,  Jr 52 

Some  New  Diptera  with  Remarks  on  the  Affinities  of  the  Genus 
Pnyxia  Joh.  F.  R.  Shaw 62 

The  Biology  of  Euphasiopteryx  brevicomis  (Townsend)  (Diptera, 
Taohinidae) , Parasitic  in  the  Cone-headed  Grasshoppers 
(Orthoptera,  Copiphorinae) , W.  L.  Nutting  . . . . 69 

New  Data  on  the  Habits  of  Camponotus  (Myrmaphaenus)  ulcerosus 
Wheeler.  Wm.  S.  Creighton 82 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 


Officers  for  1952-53 


President  . 

. 

. 

. T.  Eisner 

Vice-President  . 

. 

. W. 

L.  Brown,  Jr. 

Secretary  . 

. 

E.  0.  Wilson 

Treasurer  . 

. 

. F. 

M.  Carpenter 

Executive  Committee 

) • 
1 . 

• 

H.  S.  Fuller 
S.  K.  Harris 

EDITORIAL  BOARD  OF  PSYCHE 

F.  M.  Carpenter  — editor 

C.  T.  Brues 

P.  J.  Darlington,  Jr. 

J.  Bequaert 


PSYCHE  is  published  quarterly,  the  Issues  appearing  in  March,  June,  September, 
and  December.  Subscription  price,  per  year,  payable  in  advance:  $3.00  to  subscribers 
in  the  United  States  and  Canada;  other  subscriptions  $3.35.  Single  copies,  85  cents. 

Cheques  and  remittances  should  be  addressed  to  Treasurer,  Cambridge  Entomological 
Club,  Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Orders  for  back  volumes,  missing  numbers,  notices  of  change  of  address,  etc., 
should  be  sent  to  the  Edi)k)rial  Office  of  Psyche,  Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard 
University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

IMPORTANT  NOTICE  TO  CONTRIBUTORS 

Manuscripts  intended  for  publication,  books  intended  for  review,  and  other  editorial 
matter,  should  be  addressed  to  Professor  F.  M.  Carpenter,  Biological  Laboratories, 
Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Authors  contributing  articles  over  8 printed  pages  in  length  will  be  required  to 
bear  a part  of  the  extra  expense,  for  additional  pages.  This  expense  will  be  that 
of  typesetting  only,  which  is  about  $3.00  per  page.  The  actual  cost  of  preparing 
cuts  for  all  illustrations  must  be  borne  by  com.’ributors;  the  expense  for  full  page 
plates  from  line  drawings  is  approximately  $8.00  each,  and  for  full  page  half-tones, 
$10.00  each;  smaller  sizes  in  proportion. 

AUTHOR’S  SEPARATES 

Reprints  of  articles  may  be  secured  by  authors,  if  they  are  ordered  before,  or  at 
the  time  proofs  are  received  for  corrections.  The  cost  of  these  will  be  furnished 
by  the  Elditor  on  application. 


The  March,  1953,  Psyche  (Vol.  60,  No.  1)  was  mailed  June  26,  1953 


EATON  PRESS  INC.,  WATERTOWN,  MASS. 


«!)S.  COMP.  2001 
^ IIBWRY 
S£P  2 8 195  3 


PSYCHE 


y?*Sv'ESS!TY 


Vol.  60 


June,  1953 


No.  2 


TABANIDAE  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  CHIAPAS, 

MEXICO,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  TWO  NEW 
SPECIES  (DIPTERA) 

By  G.  B.  Fairchild 
Gorgas  Memorial  Laboratory,  Panama 

A survey  for  Yellow  Fever  immunity  in  wild  animals, 
primarily  monkeys,  undertaken  by  members  of  the  staff 
of  the  Gorgas  Memorial  Laboratory  at  the  request  of  the 
Pan-American  Sanitary  Bureau  furnished  an  opportunity 
for  the  writer  to  visit  several  localities  in  the  State  of 
Chiapas,  Mexico.  Since  records  of  Tabanidae  from  Chiapas 
are  relatively  few,  it  is  believed  that  a report  on  the  col- 
lections made  may  be  of  interest.  Although  all  groups  of 
biting  insects  were  collected,  only  the  Tabanidae  will  be 
discussed  in  detail  here. 

While  we  were  in  Chiapas  about  5 weeks,  from  March 
20  to  April  25,  1951,  only  20  days  were  actually  spent  in 
the  field,  collections  being  made  in  the  following  localities. 

Tuxtla  Gutierrez.  This  town,  the  capital  of  the  state, 
was  our  headquarters  in  Chiapas.  It  lies  in  a broad  valley 
in  a rather  dry  limestone  area.  At  the  time  of  our  visit 
little  rain  had  fallen  for  some  time,  and  except  along  the 
few  streams,  the  scrubby  vegetation  was  mostly  leafless 
and  insects  little  in  evidence.  Collecting  along  the  banks  of 
the  Rio  Sabinal,  a small  highly  polluted  stream  on  the  out- 
skirts of  the  town,  yielded  a few  Phlebotomus  and  great 
numbers  of  Culex  from  hollows  in  large  mango  and  cypress 
trees.  SimuLium  were  annoying  at  times  around  the  hotel, 
especially  during  the  latter  part  of  our  stay,  and  a few 
tabanids  were  taken  on  the  windows  of  the  hotel. 


41 


42 


Psyche 


[June 


OCOSOCOAUTLA.  This  is  a small  town  about  50  km.  west 
of  Tuxtla  on  the  Pan  American  highway.  Collecting  was 
done  on  a forested  ridge  east  of  the  town.  The  forest  con- 
sisted mainly  of  evergreen  oaks  with  fair  numbers  of 
Bursera,  but  no  palms,  much  resembling  a South  Florida 
oak  hammock.  Epiphytes  were  very  abundant.  A good 
number  of  Phlebotomus  were  taken  here  from  shallow 
buttresses  and  hollow  trees,  and  a species  of  Tabanus  was 
fairly  abundant.  Larval  ticks  fairly  swarmed,  as  cattle 
had  access  to  the  forest.  Only  one  visit  of  a few  hours  was 
made  to  this  locality,  on  April  8. 

Palenque.  This  town  is  situated  in  the  north  eastern 
corner  of  the  state,  not  far  from  the  border  of  Tabasco. 
The  town  itself  is  small  and  primitive,  surrounded  by  nearly 
flat  sandy  country,  partly  forested  and  partly  open  grass- 
land. We  took  several  species  of  tabanids  and  Phlebotomus 
in  swampy  cut-over  forest  on  the  outskirts  of  the  town  on 
March  28.  From  that  date  to  April  4 we  were  encamped 
in  the  Maya  ruins  which  lie  about  9 km.  from  the  town  on 
the  slopes  of  a range  of  low  limestone  hills.  Here  we  were 
surrounded  by  practically  virgin  forest  of  Humid  Lower 
Tropical  Zone  type  with  abundant  palms.  Wild  animals 
were  quite  abundant  and  monkeys  of  two  genera,  Ateles  and 
Allouata  were  easily  secured.  Tabanids  were  very  abund- 
ant, and  good  numbers  of  Phlebotomus  and  mosquitoes 
were  taken. 

Santa  Maria.  This  is  a hacienda  about  51  km.  north  or 
north  east  of  Cintalapa  by  road,  about  35  km.  airline,  sit- 
uated on  the  Rio  Sta.  Maria,  a tributary  of  the  Rio  Grijalva. 
At  the  time  of  our  visit  there  was  a sawmill  operating  here, 
owned  by  the  Coabas  de  Chiapas,  S.A.  where  we  made 
headquarters  from  April  10  to  19.  The  sawmill  itself  is 
said  to  be  at  an  elevation  of  800  metres  and  is  in  a narrow 
valley  at  the  confluence  of  two  small  streams.  Immediately 
adjacent  to  the  sawmill  the  vegetation  is  of  Arid  Lower 
Tropical  Zone  type.  Across  the  Rio  Sta.  Maria,  the  land 
rises  steeply  to  a high  ridge,  the  slopes  clothed  with  heavy 
forest  of  Humid  Lower  Tropical  Zone  type  with  much 
mahogany  and  cedro,  which  was  being  cut  for  the  sawmill. 
We  made  camp  in  this  forest  at  a place  called  La  Puerta, 


1953] 


Fairchild — Mexican  Tabanidae 


43 


an  abandoned  lumber  camp  about  10  km.  from  the  sawmill 
and  said  to  be  at  the  same  elevation,  though  probably  some- 
what higher.  Here  the  forest,  although  considerably  cut- 
over, consisted  of  very  large  trees  with  many  palms.  It 
was  distinctly  dryer  than  Palenque,  though  some  rain  fell 
during  our  stay.  We  were  at  this  camp  from  April  10  to 
13.  Collecting  at  both  the  camp  and  the  sawmill  was 
excellent. 

Much  of  the  collecting  was  done  with  the  aid  of  a modi- 
fied Shannon  trap,  although  the  use  of  a horse  as  described 
by  Shannon  (1939,  Amer.  J.  Trop.  Med.  19  (2)  : 132-133) 
was  dispensed  with.  During  the  day  large  numbers  of 
Tabanidae  and  some  mosquitoes  entered  the  trap,  while 
at  night  a gasoline  lantern  placed  in  the  center  compart- 
ment attracted  nocturnal  mosquitoes  and  some  Phleboto- 
mus.  In  the  following  list  those  species  believed  to  be 
hitherto  unrecorded  for  Mexico  are  starred. 

*Assipala  melanoptera  (Hine).  19  $ Sta.  Maria,  taken 
attempting  to  bite  the  collector  at  La  Puerta  camp. 
None  were  taken  in  the  Shannon  trap.  Previously 
known  only  from  Guatemala. 

Chrysops  latifasciata  Bell.  3 $ Palenque,  taken  attempting 
to  bite  in  the  forest  around  the  ruins.  3 $ Sta.  Maria, 
attempting  to  bite  around  La  Puerta  camp. 

Chrysops  pachycnemia  Hine.  1 $ Sta.  Maria,  in  forest  near 
sawmill. 

Chrysops  scalarata  Bell.  1 9 Palenque,  in  swampy  forest 
near  village. 

Chrysops  variegata  de  Geer.  9 $ Palenque,  in  swampy 
forest  near  village  and  wet  forest  below  ruins. 
'^Chrysops  willistoni  Hine.  1 $ Palenque,  in  swampy  forest 
near  village.  Previously  known  from  Guatemala. 
Scione  aurulans  Wied.  25  $ Palenque,  very  abundant  at 
the  ruins,  biting  man  avidly  and  taken  in  Shannon 
trap  during  the  day.  9 $ Sta.  Maria,  abundant  at  La 
Puerta  camp,  but  less  annoying  than  at  Palenque. 
More  specimens  could  easily  have  been  taken  at  both 
localities. 


44 


Psyche 


[June 


Esenbeckia  iviedemanni  Bell.  10  $ Palenque,  attacking 
man,  attempting  to  bite  dead  monkeys,  and  in  the 
Shannon  trap  at  the  ruins.  2 9 Sta.  Maria,  in  trap  at 
La  Puerta  camp. 

Esenbeckia  illota  illota  Will.  1 9 Palenque,  attempting  to 
bite  man  in  the  forest  near  ruins. 

Diachlorus  ferrugatus  Fab.  4 9 Palenque,  in  Shannon  trap 
at  ruins. 

Lepiselaga  crassipes  Fab.  1 9 Palenque,  in  Shannon  trap 
at  ruins. 

Stenotabanus  minuscvXus  Krob.  2 9 Palenque,  in  Shannon 
trap  at  ruins.  The  tibiae  are  wholly  dark,  as  described, 
not  lighter  as  in  Panama  material,  but  I can  see  no 
other  difference. 

"^'Stenotabanus  n.  sp.  9 ^ 21  9 Sta.  Maria,  attempting  to 
bite  and  in  trap  at  La  Puerta  camp.  9 9 also  taken, 
mostly  in  Shannon  trap  at  sawmill.  Described  below. 

Dichelacera  pulchra  Will.  9 9 Palenque,  in  Shannon  trap 
at  ruins  and  attempting  to  bite  in  the  forest.  1 9 Sta. 
Maria,  in  trap  at  La  Puerta  camp.  Smaller  and  less 
contrastingly  marked  than  Guatemalan  specimens. 

Chlorotabanus  mexicanus  Linn.  1 5 Palenque,  attracted  to 
light  near  camp  in  ruins. 

Leucotahanus  leucaspis  Wied.  1 9 Sta.  Maria,  in  trap  at 
sawmill. 

"‘''Leucotabanus  canithorax  Fchld.  1 9 Palenque,  in  trap 
at  ruins. 

Tabanus  (Tabanus)  subruber  Bell.  2 ^ 42  9 Palenque, 
very  abundant  both  at  village  and  at  ruins,  attacking 
horses  in  swarms  and  humans  to  a lesser  extent,  enter- 
ing Shannon  trap  in  very  large  numbers,  where  hun- 
dreds could  have  been  collected.  7 9 Sta.  Maria,  present 
in  fair  numbers  both  at  camp  and  sawmill,  but  only  a 
few  collected. 

Tabanus  (Tabanus)  yucatanus  Towns.  6^29  Ocosoco- 
autla,  males  hovering  a few  feet  above  trails,  females 
flying  around  collector  and  seen  biting  cattle.  3 ^ 22  9 
Sta.  Maria,  males  hovering  over  small  stream,  females 


1953] 


Fairchild — Mexican  Tabanidae 


45 


in  trap.  1^1$  Tuxtla  Gutierrez,  on  hotel  windows. 
Tabanus  (Lophotabanus)  oculus  Walk.  1 $ Palenque,  in 
Shannon  trap  near  ruins. 

* Tabanus  {Lophotabanus)  piraticus  Fchld.  5 $ Palenque, 
in  forest  near  ruins  in  trap  and  attempting  to  bite. 
12  $ Sta.  Maria,  in  trap  and  attempting  to  bite  in 
forest  around  La  Puerta  camp.  This  species  somewhat 
crepuscular. 

Tabanus  {Taenio  tab  anus)  lineola  var.  carneus  Bell.  1 9 
Tuxtla  Gutierrez,  on  hotel  window. 

Tabanus  {Taenio  tab  anus)  amplifrons  Krob.  1 $ Tuxtla, 
on  hotel  window. 

Stenotabanus  (Stenotabanus)  chiapasensis  n.  sp. 

Fig.  1 

Female.  Length  7.5-10  mm.,  of  wing  7-8.5  mm.  Eyes 
bare,  in  life  purple  to  reddish  brown  with  three  narrow 
transverse  bands  of  green  or  bluish  green.  The  extreme 
upper  margin  is  greenish  purple  or  narrowly  greenish  blue. 
Frons  moderately  broad,  about  3 times  as  high  as  wide, 
light  yellowish  grey  pollinose.  Basal  callus  black,  nearly 
square,  as  wide  as  frons,  rather  protuberant  and  with  two 
pits  or  dimples  on  the  upper  margin.  No  median  callus  in 
undenuded  specimens,  though  rubbed  examples  may  show 
a denuded  streak  on  each  side  and  indications  of  a fine 
median  ridge.  Vertex  with  a rounded  fiat  shiny  area,  but 
without  swelling,  tubercle  or  vestiges  of  ocelli.  Subcallus, 
fronto-clypeus  and  genae  yellowish  grey,  paler  than  frons, 
the  last  two  with  long  pale  hairs.  Antennae  orange  yel- 
low, the  annulate  portion  of  third  segment  black.  Basal 
plate  longer  than  annulate  portion,  moderately  wide,  evenly 
rounded  above.  Palpi  yellowish,  white  pollinose,  beset  with 
white  hairs  basally,  black  hairs  apically,  rather  slender 
Proboscis  short,  hardly  exceeding  palpi,  the  labella  large 
and  membranous. 

Mesonotum  and  scutellum  dark  blackish  brown  with 
three  yellowish  pollinose  stripes  and  the  lateral  margins 
of  mesonotum  and  apex  and  margins  of  scutellum  also 


46 


Psyche 


[June 


yellowish  pollinose,  both  mesonotum  and  scutellum  beset 
with  sparse  shiny  yellowish  and  black  hairs.  Pleura  and 
sternum  steel  grey  pollinose,  thinly  white  haired.  Wings 
with  subepaulet  bare,  costa,  subcosta  and  first  vein  setose 
above,  subcosta  more  densely  setose  below;  a rather  long  ap- 
pendix on  upper  branch  of  third  vein.  Wings  hyaline,  all 
cross  veins  and  fork  of  third  vein  with  faint  to  quite  in- 
tense dark  clouds;  apices  of  2nd  (R2)  and  upper  branch  of 
3rd  (R3+4)  veins  with  dark  clouds  and  apices  of  cells  Ri,  R2 
and  R4  somewhat  dusky.  Stigma  yellow.  Fore  coxae  yel- 
lowish, grey  pollinose,  pale  haired.  Fore  femora  brown, 
dusky  at  apex,  mostly  dark  haired.  Fore  tibiae  yellowish 
and  yellow  haired  on  basal  half,  blackish  and  black  haired 
apically,  as  are  the  tarsi.  Mid  legs  yellowish  brown,  the  tips 
of  tibiae  and  tarsi  a little  darker,  mostly  pale  haired.  Hind 


Fig.  1.  Stenotahanus  chiapasensis  n.  sp.  Holotype.  Antenna,  frons 
and  palpus  x 22. 

femora  brown,  grey  pollinose,  pale  haired.  Hind  tibiae 
and  tarsi  yellowish,  black  haired  dorsally,  yellow  haired 
beneath. 

Abdomen  light  brown  with  the  following  pattern  in  yel- 
lowish and  dark  brown  pollinosity.  First  tergite  mainly 
dark  brown,  the  anterior  angles  somewhat  bluish,  the  pos- 
terior margin  narrowly  yellowish.  Second  to  sixth  tergites 
dark  brown  with  a narrow  yellowish  posterior  and  lateral 


1953] 


Fairchild — M exican  Tabanidae 


47 


borders,  broad  median  longitudinal  yellowish  bands  which 
reach  both  margins  but  are  narrower  anteriorly  and  small 
round  isolated  yellowish  dorsolateral  spots,  one  on  each 
side.  Seventh  tergite  brown  with  yellow  posterior  border. 
The  brown  areas  and  the  dorsolateral  spots  are  clothed  with 
black  hairs,  the  remaining  yellow  areas  with  yellowish 
hairs.  Beneath  the  abdomen  is  thinly  grey  pollinose,  wholly 
pale  haired. 

Male.  8-9  mm.,  of  wing  7-8  mm.  Head  enlarged,  eyes 
bare,  holoptic,  the  area  of  large  facets  somewhat  over  1/2 
total  eye  area,  the  two  types  of  facets  well  differentiated 
and  demarkated.  Large  facets  brown,  small  facets  purple 
with  two  narrow  green  bands  and  a small  segment  of  a 
third  band  at  extreme  outer  angle.  Tubercle  at  vertex 
deeply  sunk  between  eyes,  hardly  discernible.  Frontal  tri- 
angle yellowish  grey  pollinose.  Antennae  more  slender 
than  in  female,  yellow,  the  annulate  portion  black.  Palpi 
inflated,  porrect,  cylindrical  but  ending  in  a sharp  point, 
clothed  with  long  black  and  white  hairs.  Wings,  legs,  thorax 
and  abdomen  as  in  female,  except  that  the  abdominal  color 
pattern  is  less  sharply  marked,  the  pollinosity  sparser  and 
all  hairs  longer.  The  abdomen  is  also  very  much  more 
slender,  the  last  few  segments  narrowed  almost  to  a point. 

Holotype,  female.  Hacienda  Sta.  Maria,  on  Rio  Sta. 
Maria,  35  km.  north  of  Cintalapa,  Chiapas,  Mexico,  15 
April  1951. 

Allotype  male,  same  locality,  11  April  1951. 

Paratypes  28  females,  7 males,  same  locality,  11,  15  and 
18  April  1951,  attempting  to  bite  the  collectors  or  in  a 
Shannon  trap.  All  Fairchild  and  Hartmann  colls. 

This  little  species  appears  to  most  nearly  resemble  St. 
crihellum  0.  S.,  sharing  with  it  the  presence  of  a bare  patch 
at  vertex,  but  no  true  tubercle  and  having  a similar  frons 
and  callus.  In  rubbed  specimens  the  trident-shaped  median 
callus  shown  by  Stone  (1938)  for  cribellum  is  quite  evident. 
The  male,  however,  has  but  a vestige  of  a vertical  tubercle, 
deeply  sunk  between  the  eyes  and  difficult  to  detect  and 
the  facets  are  very  well  differentiated,  somewhat  in  con- 
trast to  the  male  of  cribellum  described  by  Philip  (1941,  p. 
11).  The  abdominal  pattern  and  spotted  wings  will  easily 


48 


Psyche 


[June 


separate  the  present  species  from  cribellum,  pumiloides 
Will.,  campechianus  Towns,  and  subtilis  Bell,  all  of  which 
appear  to  be  small  species  with  relatively  broad  frons  and 
a more  or  less  distinct  median  stripe  on  abdomen. 

This  species  appears  to  me  to  form  in  some  ways  a con- 
necting link  between  such  species  as  St.  littoreus  Hine,  and 
paitillensis  Fchld.  which  I would  place  in  Aegialomyia 
Philip,  and  the  more  typical  species  of  Stenotabanus  as 
represented  by  the  Genotype  taeniotes  Wied.  and  the  closely 
related  fulvistriatus  Hine.  The  latter  have  definite  vestiges 
of  ocelli  on  a small  vertical  tubercle,  and  the  vertical  tuber- 
cle of  the  male  of  at  least  fulvistriatus  is  quite  obvious  and 
on  a level  with  the  eyes.  The  eye  pattern  of  chiapasensis 
is  also  closely  similar  to  that  of  fulvistriatus.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  relatively  broader  frons,  lack  of  vertical  tubercle 
and  abdominal  pattern,  seem  to  indicate  relationship  to 
littoreus.  The  pattern  of  the  eye  in  life  seems  to  be  of  little 
help  in  grouping  these  species,  as  fulvistriatus  has  a pat- 
tern very  much  like  jamaicensis  Newst.,  ananasi  Fchld. 
and  psamophilus  O.S.,  while  the  eyes  of  littoreus  Hine  have 
but  two  green  bands.  Paitillensis  Fchld.  is  intermediate, 
having  three  green  stripes,  but  the  middle  one  very  narrow. 

I take  this  opportunity  to  describe  the  following  new 
species  here,  since  part  of  the  material  is  from  Chiapas, 
though  it  was  not  taken  on  our  trip. 

Stenotabanus  (Stenotabanus)  litotes  n.  sp. 

Fig.  2 

Female.  Length  9-11.5  mm.,  of  wing  9-12  mm.  Eyes 
bare,  purple  with  two  transverse  green  bands  separated  by 
a purple  median  band  of  equal  width.  Frons  yellowish 
grey  pollinose,  the  basal  callus  dark  brown  to  black,  a little 
higher  than  wide,  not  quite  as  wide  as  frons,  prolonged 
above  in  a spindle-shaped  ridge  or  median  callus.  Vertical 
tubercle  small  but  discrete,  with  vestiges  of  ocelli  and  sur- 
rounded by  a discolored  patch  which  may  be  more  or  less 
bare.  Subcallus  yellowish  pollinose,  concolorous  with  frons, 
fading  to  steel  grey  on  genae  and  frontoclypeus.  Beard 
pale  grey.  Antennae  dull  yellowish  throughout,  the  first 


1953] 


Fah'chilcl — Mexican  Tabaniclae 


49 


two  segments  sparsely  pale  pollinose  and  black  haired,  the 
third  rather  slender  with  a weak  to  moderate  dorsal  angle. 
Palpi  moderately  inflated,  slender  tipped,  yellowish,  white 
pollinose,  mostly  black  haired  but  with  more  or  less 
white  hair  basally.  Proboscis  short,  hardly  exceeding  palpi, 
brown,  the  labella  fleshy. 


Fig.  2.  Stenotahanus  litotes  n.  sp.  Holotype.  Antenna,  frons  and 
palpus  X 22. 

Mesonotum  light  brown,  thinly  greyish  brown  pollinose 
and  with  two  slender,  rather  faint,  yellowish  pollinose 
stripes.  Both  mesonotum  and  the  concolorous  scutellum 
clothed  with  pale  hairs.  Pleura  and  sternum  pale  grey, 
sparsely  pale  haired.  Wings  with  subepaulet  bare,  costa, 
subcosta  and  first  vein  setose  above,  and  a short  to  moder- 
ate appendix  on  upper  branch  of  third  vein.  Wings  faintly 
yellowish  smoky,  but  without  distinct  clouds  or  streaks; 
costal  cell  not  darker,  stigma  yellow.  Legs  dull  yellowish 
brown,  the  tarsi  darker  and  fore  tibiae  obscurely  bicolored 
through  having  pale  hairs  on  basal  half,  black  hairs  distally. 

Abdomen  brown,  mainly  brown  pollinose,  but  the  hind 
and  lateral  margins  of  all  tergites  pale  yellowish  pollinose. 
There  are  also  indistinct  pale  pollinose  narrow  median  tri- 
angles, in  most  specimens  forming  a faint  to  clear  median 
stripe,  in  a few  interrupted  on  the  anterior  part  of  each 
tergite.  In  most  specimens  there  are  no  indications  of  dor- 


50 


Psyche 


[June 


solateral  spots,  but  in  a few  there  are  obscure  and  ill-defined 
paler  dorsolateral  patches  on  some  or  all  tergites.  Pale 
yellowish  hairs  clothe  the  pale  pollinose  areas,  dark  hairs 
the  dark  areas.  Beneath  the  abdomen  is  pale  grey,  wholly 
pale  haired 

Holotype  female,  labelled  “M.F.  4222  Vigi.  Chis.  20-V-35” 
probably  Finca  Vergel,  Chiapas,  Mexico. 

Paratypes,  2 females  same  locality  as  holotype,  labelled 
15-V-35  and  21-V-35;  4 females  Panajachel,  Guatemala,  6 
Aug.  1943,  and  1 female  Tzanjuyu,  Panajachel,  Guatemala, 
20  Aug.  1943,  D.  M.  Jobbins  coll.;  3 females  Antigua, 
Guatemala,  no  date,  J.  R.  de  Leon  coll. ; 4 females  Yepocapa, 
Dept.  Chimaltenango,  Guatemala,  11  Aug.  (1)  and  31  Oct. 
(3),  1949,  H.  T.  Dalmat  coll. 

The  holotype  and  the  two  other  Chiapas  specimens  are 
from  the  late  Dr.  A.  Dampf’s  collection,  labelled  in  his 
handwriting,  and  sent  to  me  by  Dr.  C.  B.  Philip.  The 
holotype  and  seven  paratypes  are  in  Dr.  Philip’s  collec- 
tion, the  remaining  paratypes  in  the  author’s  collection. 

This  obscurely  marked  little  species  was  tentatively  de- 
termined by  both  Dr.  Philip  and  myself  as  St.  pallipes 
Krober,  described  from  Brazil.  Krober’s  description  was 
drawn  from  a specimen  preserved  in  alcohol,  but  indicates 
a much  paler,  more  yellowish  insect,  and  the  wings  are 
described  as  absolutely  glass  clear.  Three  of  the  present 
series  were  also  alcoholics,  but  are  very  much  darker  than 
Krober’s  description  indicates.  The  present  species  also 
shows  differences  in  the  frons  and  a somewhat  broader 
third  antennal  segment  and  more  slender  palpi. 

From  the  description  of  Tabanus  siibtilis  Bell  the  present 
species  differs  in  having  wholly  pale  antennae  and  pale 
femora.  Dr.  Bequaert’s  notes  on  the  types  show  that  sub- 
tilbs  is  a Stenotabanus,  with  bare  subepaulets,  and  he  con- 
firms the  presence  of  a black  annulate  portion  to  the  third 
antennal  segment. 

Tabanus  pumiloides  Will,  differs,  according  to  the  de- 
scription, in  having  a much  more  marked  angle  on  the 
dorsal  aspect  of  the  third  antennal  segment,  and  also  in 
having  a black  annulate  portion  to  this  segment.  The  legs 
are  said  to  be  black  with  the  tibiae  basally  yellow.  It  seems 


1953] 


Fairchild — Mexican  Tabanidae 


51 


difficult  to  separate  pumiloides  and  subtilis  from  the  de- 
scriptions. Both  were  described  from  Mexico,  pumiloides 
from  Guerrero  and  Jalisco,  subtilis  from  Oaxaca.  Direct 
type  comparisons  will  be  needed  to  achieve  certainty  in 
this  difficult  group,  but  the  present  species  is  separable  on 
color  characters  at  least. 

References 

Stone,  A. 

1938.  Horseflies  of  the  subfamily  Tabaninae  of  the  Nearctic  region. 
U.S.D.A.  Misc.  Pub.  305:  1-171,  79  figs. 

Philip,  C.  B. 

1941.  Comments  oin  the  .supra -ispeciflc  categories  of  Nearctic 
Tabanidae.  Can.  Ent.,  73:  1-14. 


An  Australian  Trapeziopelta  (Hymenoptera:  Form- 
ICIDAE).  — Specimens  of  Trapeziopelta  collected  by  me  at 
Mt.  Dandenong  (2000  feet)  and  Olinda  (1600  feet)  under 
stones  in  grassy-floored  moist  sclerophyll  (eucalypt)  forest, 
Dandenong  Ranges,  Victoria,  Australia  compare  very 
closely  with  the  types  of  Myopias  tasmaniensis  Wheeler 
(1923,  Psyche,  30:  177-179,  fig.  1,  worker),  kept  in  the 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard  University. 
My  series  also  compared  equally  well  with  types  of  Trap- 
eziopelta diadela  Clark  (1934,  Mem.  Nat.  Mus.,  Melbourne; 
No.  8:  54-55,  pi.  4,  figs.  7,  8,  worker  and  female).  All  of 
the  specimens  concerned  belong  to  one  species,  which  is 
correctly  assigned  to  Trapeziopelta  on  the  basis  of  the 
clypeal  structure.  The  correct  name  of  the  species  is  there- 
fore Trapeziopelta  tasmaniensis  (Wheeler),  new  combin- 
ation, and  T.  diadela  Clark  is  its  new  synonym.  The  species 
is  now  known  from  widely  separated  localities  in  Tasmania 
and  southern  Victoria,  where  it  appears  to  prefer  higher- 
rainfall  sclerophyllous  forest. 

At  least  two  other  species  of  Trapeziopelta,  remaining 
unstudied,  occur  in  southeastern  and  northeastern  Queens- 
land. — W.  L.  Brown,  Jr.,  Museum  of  Comparative  Zo- 
ology, Harvard  University. 


AUSTRALIAN  CARABID  BEETLES  I. 

SOME  CLIVINA  FROM  WESTERN  AUSTRALIA^ 
By  P.  J.  Darlington  Jr. 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University 

This  is  the  first  of  what  I hope  will  be  a long  series  of 
papers  on  Australian  Carabidae.  The  papers  will  be  based 
chiefly  on  the  collection  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology.  The  Museum  possesses  much  material  secured  in 
Australia,  especially  in  eastern  and  southwestern  districts, 
by  myself  and  other  members  of  the  Harvard  Australian 
Expedition  of  1931-1932;  some  collected  by  myself  in  South 
Queensland  in  October  and  November  1943,  while  I was 
staging  with  the  26th  Malaria  Survey  Unit  of  the  Army  of 
the  United  States;  and  sets  of  duplicates  from  the  South 
Australian  Museum,  the  National  Museum  at  Melbourne, 
and  from  several  private  collectors;  and  recently  we  have 
received  additional  interesting  specimens  from  many  local- 
ities in  Australia  collected  in  1950-1951  by  Dr.  W.  L.  Brown, 
now  Assistant  Curator  of  Insects  at  the  M.  C.  Z.  I plan  to 
work  up  appropriate  portions  of  this  material  in  connection 
with  study  of  large  collections  of  New  Guinean  Carabidae 
secured  during  the  war.  The  present  paper  concerns  certain 
interesting  Western  Australian  species  of  the  nearly  cos- 
mopolitan genus  Clivina. 

My  intention  in  this  series  of  papers  is,  so  far  as  possible, 
to  describe  only  those  new  species  which  are  well  defined  and 
of  which  we  have  more  than  one  specimen,  and  to  return  at 
least  one  of  the  type  series  of  each  new  form  to  Australia. 
I am  particularly  anxious  that  a good  set  of  specimens  be 
deposited  at  Canberra,  with  the  collection  of  the  late  Thomas 
G.  Sloane,  who  did  so  much  fine  work  on  Australian 
Carabidae. 

The  papers  of  this  series  are  to  be  regarded  as  prelim- 
inary to  more  extensive  work  which  I plan  to  do  on  Aus- 

^ Published  with  a grant  from  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
at  Harvard  College. 


52 


1953] 


Darling  ton — Australian  Carabidae 


53 


tralian  Carabidae  after  (I  hope)  another  collecting  trip  to 
Australia  and  accumulation  of  much  more  material.  The 
later  work  is  planned  to  take  the  form  of  revisions  with 
comparative  illustrations.  Since  I cannot  foresee  the  exact 
forms  of  illustration  which  will  prove  most  useful  in  dif- 
ferent groups,  I do  not  plan  to  illustrate  the  present  pre- 
liminary series. 

All  statements  of  proportions,  e.  g.  the  relative  widths  of 
head  and  prothorax,  in  my  descriptions  are  based  upon 
actual  measurements  made  with  a ruled  ocular  in  a binocular 
microscope.  It  is  not  possible  to  estimate  proportions  accu- 
rately without  measuring.  Width  of  head  includes  the  eyes ; 
width  of  prothorax  is  greatest  width ; length  of  prothorax, 
length  at  middle  including  margins,  but  not  including  ad- 
vanced anterior  angles  or  the  peduncle;  width  of  elytra  is 
greatest  width;  length  of  elytra,  length  from  a transverse 
line  tangent  to  the  base  to  apex  at  suture,  with  the  specimen 
in  normal,  flat  position. 

Sloane’s  revision  of  Australian  Clivina  appeared  in  1896; 
his  supplementary  revision  of  certain  groups,  in  1904;  and 
additional  descriptions  in  1896,  1907,  1916,  1917,  and  1923 
(see  references).  These  papers  lay  the  groundwork  for 
classiflcation  of  the  Australian  species  of  the  genus,  but 
much  detailed  work  remains  to  be  done.  There  is  hardly  a 
species  which  does  not  need  to  be  redescribed  and  figured 
and  its  variations  studied.  Two  characters  deserve  special 
mention  here,  one  because  it  has  been  overstressed  by 
Sloane,  the  other  because  it  has  not  been  noticed  enough. 
The  transverse  impression  of  the  declivity  of  the  prosternal 
process  is  not  a trustworthy  taxonomic  character ; the 
impression  is  sometimes  both  present  and  absent  in  different 
specimens  of  series  of  single  species  from  single  localities. 
The  inner  or  flying  wings,  supposed  by  Sloane  (1896,  p.  145) 
always  to  be  present  in  Australian  Clivina,  are  actually 
vestigial  in  some  of  the  species,  including  one  of  the  new 
ones  described  below.  Dimorphism  of  inner  wings  may  occur 
too,  but  has  not  yet  been  demonstrated  in  any  Australian 
species  of  Clivina. 

The  new  species  of  Clivina  here  described  have  been 
checked  not  only  against  the  collection  of  the  Museum  of 


54 


Psyche 


[June 


Comparative  Zoology  and  the  literature,  but  against  the 
collection  of  the  British  Museum,  which  contains  Black- 
burn’s types  and  specimens  identified  by  Sloane.  The  present 
new  species  all  go  into  Clivina  in  the  strict  sense  in  Kult’s 
classification  {Acta  Soc.  Ent.  Cechosl.  [Czecholovakia] 
XLiv,  1947,  26-37). 

Clivina  frenchi  Sloane  (1896,  p.  159) 

Previously  known  from  North  Queensland  and  from  Lake 
Callabonna,  South  Australia.  I took  a series  of  specimens, 
which  agree  exactly  with  the  description,  near  WiLUNA, 
interior  of  Western  Australia,  September  28  to  October 
3,  1931,  some  on  the  shores  of  Lake  Violet  (near  Lake  Way) 
and  others  beside  water  holes  on  Mr.  Alfred  G.  Paterson’s 
station,  ‘‘Yandil”.  These  specimens  vary  in  size  from  about 
7.0  to  9.5  mm.,  and  in  color  from  dark  piceous  to  rufous 
with  head  and  prothorax  slightly  darker.  The  elytral  striae 
are  all  free  at  base  in  most  specimens,  but  the  basal  end  of 
the  5th  stria  is  very  close  to  that  of  the  6th  and  occasionally 
the  two  are  connected,  leaving  only  4 striae  free  at  base. 
This  is  an  example  of  the  sort  of  variation,  affecting  Sloane’s 
group  characters,  which  has  not  yet  been  properly  studied 
in  most  Australian’ and  which  must  be  understood 
before  the  species  can  be  finally  arranged  in  natural  groups. 
C.  frenchi  is  apparently  closely  allied  to  C.  obsoleta  Sloane 
(and  to  the  following  new  species),  although  Sloane  put 
f)‘cnchi  and  obsoleta  in  different  groups. 


Clivina  diluta  n.  sp. 

Parallel,  cylindrical,  but  not  more  slender  than  usual; 
head  very  large,  neck  wide;  shining,  head  and  prothorax 
piceous  or  castaneous,  elytra  more  or  less  dilute  brown; 
body  below  piceous  or  dark  rufous,  somewhat  paler  an- 
teriorly; anterior  legs  rufous,  antennae  and  middle  and 
posterior  legs  brownish  testaceous.  Head  7 8 or  slightly  less 
wide  as  prothorax  (by  measurement — to  the  eye,  the  head 
seems  virtually  as  wide  as  prothorax)  ; mandibles  rather 
short;  clypeus  with  middle  part  separated  from  wings, 
depressed,  and  rather  strongly  emarginate  at  middle,  with 


1953] 


Darlington — Australian  Carabiclae 


55 


angles  of  median  part  forming  strong  teeth ; clypeal  wings  al- 
most as  prominent  as  teeth  of  median  part,  with  outer  angles 
narrowly  rounded,  separated  from  supra-antennal  plates  by 
distinct  notches;  eyes  small,  only  slightly  more  prominent 
than  supra-antennal  plates,  but  not  enclosed  behind ; 2 
supra-orbital  setae  each  side  in  all  specimens;  front  not 
distinctly  separated  from  clypeus,  only  slightly  convex,  with 
frontal  sulci  recurved;  occiput  without  transverse  impressed 
line;  middle  of  front  and  usually  sides  and  vertex  also,  but 
not  occiput,  closely  punctate.  Prothorax  with  lateral  margins 
entire  or  nearly  so,  but  in  some  specimens  becoming  vague 
or  obsolete  just  before  reaching  basal  margin;  without 
longitudinal  foveae  on  episterna;  about  as  long  as  wide, 
with  sides  approximately  parallel;  front  margin  distinctly 
emarginate  (as  seen  on  a line  perpendicular  to  pronotum)  ; 
posterior  angles  broadly  rounded ; anterior  angles  acute 
except  finely  blunted  (as  usual)  ; disc  with  median  line  fine, 
but  distinct,  anterior  transverse  impression  more  or  less 
obsolete,  sub-basal  lateral  impressions  long,  reaching  to 
slightly  in  front  of  middle;  surface  of  disc  finely,  sparsely 
punctulate  and  with  a few  irregular  transverse  strioles; 
posterior  declivity  vaguely  rugose.  Elytra  parallel,  hardly 
1/20  wider  than  prothorax,  truncate  at  base;  4 inner  striae 
free  at  base,  5th  united  with  6th;  subhumeral  carina  short, 
not  very  distinct;  striae  almost  entire,  but  vague  or  obliter- 
ated just  before  apex,  punctulate;  intervals  nearly  flat,  3rd 
with  usual  4 distinct  setigerous  punctures  on  outer  edge, 
surface  of  intervals  with  some  fine,  irregular,  transverse 
strioles,  but  not  distinctly  punctulate.  Prosternal  process 
very  narrow  (attenuate)  between  anterior  parts  of  coxae; 
prosternal  episterna  and  lower  surface  of  head  and  abdo- 
men, especially  at  sides,  with  distinct  isodj' ^.metric  micro- 
sculpture; body  virtually  impunctate  below.  Anterior 
femora  rather  strongly  lobed  below;  anterior  tibiae  each 
strongly  4-dentate  externally,  and  with  upper  internal 
spine  somewhat  curved  and  thickened;  middle  tibiae  each 
with  a spur  about  1/3  from  apex  externally.  Length  about 
6.3-7.0;  width  about  1.7  mm. 

Holotj^e  (M.  C.  Z.  Type  No.  23,091)  and  7 paratypes  all 
from  Wiluna  and  vicinity.  Western  Australia,  most  from 


56 


Psyche 


[June 


Lake  Violet  but  a few  from  “Yandil”,  Sept.  28-Oct.  3,  1931 ; 
from  banks  of  ponds  and  water  holes. 

This  new  species  is  closely  related  probably  only  to 
Clivina  obsoleta  SI.  of  Cape  York  (see  Sloane’s  key,  1896, 
p.  162).  The  most  important  difference  is  probably  in  the 
form  of  the  anterior  angles  of  the  prothorax.  The  prothorax 
is  described  as  slightly  narrowed  anteriorly  in  obsoleta,  with 
anterior  margin  truncate  and  anterior  angles  obtuse ; while 
in  diluta  the  prothorax  is  parallel,  with  anterior  margin 
slighly  emarginate  and  anterior  angles  somewhat  acute 
except  that,  as  usual  in  this  genus,  they  are  slightly  blunted. 
Moreover,  the  head  is  probably  much  more  closely  punctate 
in  diluta  than  in  obsoleta,  the  front  of  the  clypeus  is  emarg- 
inate at  middle  (described  as  truncate  in  obsoleta),  and  the 
description  of  obsoleta  suggests  other  slight  differences.  I 
have  not  seen  specimens  of  obsoleta.  I believe  that  diluta  is 
distinct  from  it,  but  the  former  may  prove  to  be  only  a well- 
defined  western  subspecies  of  it  rather  than  a separate 
species.  The  present  new  species,  diluta,  resembles  C. 
frenchi  SI.  (as  obsoleta  too  is  said  to  do)  but  is  smaller, 
with  a (short)  subhumeral  carina,  relatively  longer  pro- 
thorax, and  clypeus  much  more  deeply  emarginate  at  middle. 
These  differences  are  not  sexual,  for  dissection  shows  that 
I have  both  sexes  of  both  species. 

Clivina  wiluna  n.  sp. 

Parallel,  cylindrical,  head  not  unusually  large ; brown, 
darker  (sometimes  blackish)  anteriorly.  Head  about  4/5 
width  prothorax;  mandibles  short;  clypeus  with  middle  part 
separated  from  wings,  angles  advanced  and  dentiform, 
clypeal  wings  angulate  or  sub-angulate  externally,  nearly  as 
prominent  as  angles  of  median  part,  separated  by  distinct 
notches  from  supra-antennal  plates ; latter  with  outer  angles 
somewhat  variable  in  form  but  usually  less  (never  more) 
prominent  than  angles  of  clypeal  wings;  eyes  prominent, 
much  more  so  than  supra-antennal  plates ; front  not 
distinctly  separated  from  clypeus,  more  or  less  (variably) 
impressed  at  middle,  frontal  sulci  recurved,  front  sparsely 
or  not  distinctly  punctate,  except  punctation  sometimes 
more  distinct  at  middle.  Prothorax  slightly  (1/20  or  1/10) 


1953] 


Darlington — Australian  Carabidae 


57 


longer  than  wide,  slightly  but  distinctly  narrowed  ant- 
eriorly; anterior  margin  approximately  truncate;  posterior 
angles  broadly  rounded,  anterior  ones  right  or  slightly 
obtuse,  blunted;  disc  with  middle  line  distinct,  anterior 
transverse  impression  obsolete  or  nearly  so,  sub-basal  lateral 
impression  short  and  vague;  surface  of  disc  smooth  except 
for  a few  transverse  strioles.  Elytra  only  1/10  or  1/20 
wider  than  prothorax,  parallel,  truncate  at  base;  4 inner 
striae  free  at  base,  5th  united  with  6th;  sub-humeral  carina 
short,  indistinct;  striae  entire  except  some  very  briefly 
obsolete  at  extreme  apex,  punctulate ; intervals  slightly 
convex,  3rd  with  usual  4 distinct  setigerous  punctures  on 
outer  edge.  Prosternal  process  very  narrow  (attenuate) 
between  anterior  parts  of  coxae;  prosternal  episterna  dull; 
body  impunctate  below.  Anterior  femora  stout,  lobed  below; 
anterior  tibiae  4-dentate  externally,  the  upper  tooth  much 
shorter  than  the  others  but  distinct  and  acute;  upper  in- 
ternal spine  of  front  tibia  somewhat  curved  and  thickened; 
middle  tibia  with  spur  about  1/3  from  apex  externally. 
Length  5. 7-6. 4;  width  about  1.6  mm. 

Holotype  (M.  C.  Z.  Type  No.  23,092)  and  14  paratypes 
from  Wiluna  and  vicinity.  Western  Australia,  most  at 
'‘Yandil”  but  1 from  Lake  Violet,  Sept.  28-Oct.  3,  1931 ; 
from  the  banks  of  ponds  and  water  holes. 

Apparently  closely  related  only  to  Clivina  cylindriformis 
SI.  from  the  Gulf  of  Carpentaria  (see  Sloane’s  key,  1896, 
p.  162).  The  most  important  differences  are  that  the  front 
femur  of  iviluna  is  4-dentate  externally  (described  as  3- 
dentate  in  cylindriformis)  and  that  in  iviluna  the  clypeal 
wings  are  angulate  and  at  least  as  prominent  as  and  usually 
more  prominent  than  the  angles  of  the  supra-aiitennal  plates 
(clypeal  wings  described  as  rounded  and  apparently  much 
less  prominent  than  the  angles  of  the  supra-antennal  plates 
in  cylindriformis) . As  compared  with  the  description  of 
cylindriformis,  wiluna  evidently  also  has  the  median  part 
of  the  clypeus  with  more  prominent  angles,  the  front  much 
less  punctate,  and  the  color  paler;  and  the  prosternum  is 
usually  not  sulcate  across  the  base  in  iviluna,  although 
this  is  not  a trustworthy  character.  I have  not  seen  speci- 
mens of  cylindriformis.  From  C.  obsoleta  SI.,  to  which 


58 


Psyche 


[June 


unluna  might  be  run  in  Sloane’s  key,  wilwna  differs  in 
having  a much  smaller  head,  with  relatively  more  prominent 
eyes. 

Clivina  suturalis  Putz. 

As  Sloane  has  pointed  out  (1920,  p.  122),  verticalis  Putz. 
and  dorsalis  Blackb.  seem  to  be  synonyms  of  this  species. 
The  species  is  extremely  variable  in  color.  A long  series 
from  Rottnest  Island  (near  Perth),  Western  Australia, 
taken  in  October,  1931,  varies  from  elytra  testaceous  with 
the  sutural  region  only  slightly  reddish  (these  specimens 
possibly  slightly  immature)  to  black  with  only  a short 
reddish  dash  behind  the  humerus,  the  dash  not  reaching  the 
middle  of  the  elytral  length,  and  all  stages  of  intermediates 
occur. 

Clivina  grata  n.  sp. 

Of  about  average  stoutness  for  Clivina,  convex  but  not 
cylindrical;  color  either  entirely  rufous  or  rufous  with 
elytra  piceous  black  and  lower  surface  posteriorly  rufo- 
piceous;  surface  above  moderately  shining.  Head  % or  a 
trifle  less  width  prothorax;  mandibles  rather  short  but 
acute ; clypeus  with-  median  part  evenly  slightly  emarginate, 
separated  from  wings  by  indistinct,  very  obtuse  notches; 
eyes  small,  enclosed  behind  by  convex  genae  about  as  long 
as  eyes  and  nearly  as  prominent;  front  not  distinctly 
separated  from  clypeus,  slightly  convex  between  broad 
facial  sulci ; vertex  slightly  impressed  at  middle ; vertex  and 
front,  but  not  clypeus,  rather  closely  punctate.  Prothorax 
1/10  (slightlyi)  longer  than  wide,  widest  about  1/3  from 
base,  thence  slightly  narrowed  anteriorly;  posterior  angles 
broadly  rounded,  finely  denticulate,  anterior  angles  minutely 
prominent;  disc  with  median  line  and  apical  transverse  line 
distinct,  surface  of  disc  entirely  covered  with  fine,  rather 
irregular  punctation.  Elytra  1/6  or  1/7  wider  than  pro- 
thorax, elongate  oval  rather  than  parallel,  with  humeri 
slightly  narrowed;  3 inner  striae  free  at  base,  4th  united 
with  external  striae;  subhumeral  carinae  distinct;  striae 
entire  except  partly  obliterated  at  extreme  apex,  impressed 
and  punctate  on  disc;  discal  striae  convex,  3rd  with  4 
distinct  setigerous  punctures  on  outer  edge.  Prosternum 


1953] 


Darlington — Australian  Carabiclae 


59 


transversely  sulcate  in  front,  prosternal  process  very  fine 
(attenuate)  opposite  front  margins  of  coxae;  prosternal 
episterna  closely  rugulose;  indistinct  traces  of  punctation 
at  sides  of  prosternum  (not  on  episterna)  ; hind  body  below 
roughened  at  sides  but  not  distinctly  punctate.  Inner  wings 
reduced  to  narrow  strips  about  V2  length  of  elytra;  metepi- 
sterna  shortened.  Anterior  femur  with  lower,  posterior 
margin  approximately  straight  (faintly  convex)  as  seen 
from  behind;  anterior  tibia  externally  with  three  long 
teeth  and  (above  them)  a small  triangular  projection; 
middle  tibia  with  a slender  spur  1/3  or  i/4  from  apex.  Length 
5 mm.  (or  slightly  less)  ; width  about  1.4  mm. 

Holotype  (M.  C.  Z.  No.  23,093)  and  2 paratypes  all  from 
near  the  town  of  Margaret  River,  southwestern  division 
of  Western  Australia,  October,  1931. 

This  species  finds  its  closest  relatives  in  the  Heterogena 
Group  of  Clivina.  In  Sloane’s  second  key  (1904,  p.  714)  it 
would  go  with  olliffi  SI.  and  blackhurni  SI.,  differing  from 
the  former  by  being  smaller  and  with  narrower  prothorax, 
and  from  the  latter  by  having  a distinct  anterior  transverse 
line  on  the  pronotum.  So  far  as  I can  judge  from  the 
descriptions  alone,  there  are  many  other  differences  too. 
The  separation  of  the  median  part  of  the  clypeus  from  the 
clypeal  wings  in  grata  is  so  slight  that  the  species  might 
easily  be  referred  to  the  Australasiae  Group,  where  it  would 
run  (in  Sloane’s  key,  1904,  p.  719)  to  ferruginea  or  to  nigra 
or  occulta,  but  it  probably  is  not  really  very  closely  related 
to  any  of  these. 

In  my  opinion,  this  new  species  {grata)  really  represents 
some  stock  close  to  heterogena  Putz.,  modified  as  a result 
of  reduction  of  the  wings.  The  other  characters  which 
distinguish  grata,  especially  the  more  oval  elytra  and 
shortened  metepisterna,  often  accompany  or  follow  wing- 
reduction  among  Carabidae  {cf.  Darlington  1936)  and 
occur  in  some  other  (unhplated)  flightless  Australian 
Clivina,  especially  in  the  Procera  Group.  Even  the  reduced 
eyes  of  grata  may  be  a secondary  result  of  wing  atrophy. 
I took,  also  at  Margaret  River,  a single  specimen  of  a 
Clivina  which  may  represent  the  winged  stock  from  which 
grata  has  been  derived.  It  is  bicolored  like  some  examples 


60 


Psyche 


[June 


of  grata  and  is  similar  also  in  many  ways  structurally,  but 
it  is  fully  winged,  with  elytra  parallel-sided,  metepisterna 
long,  and  eyes  relatively  large.  In  these  respects  it  is  very 
close  to  heterogena,  of  which  we  have  a series  from  Victoria. 
However,  the  Margaret  River  specimen  differs  from  both 
heterogena  and  the  present  new  species  (grata)  in  having 
the  abdomen  rugose-punctate,  most  strongly  so  on  the  apical 
segment.  The  differences  between  this  specimen  and  grata 
seem  too  great  for  them  to  be  forms  of  a single  dimorphic 
species.  This  specimen  very  likely  represents  a new  species, 
but  I do  not  care  to  describe  it  without  more  material. 

Clivina  sculpticeps  n.  sp. 

Rather  broad,  subparallel,  only  moderately  convex ; 
rufous,  not  very  shining.  Head  about  7/10  width  prothorax; 
mandibles  short;  clypeus  with  marginal  outline  as  in 
australasiae  and  its  immediate  allies,  broadly  emarginate 
at  middle,  with  median  part  not  at  all  separated  from  wings ; 
latter  rounded,  separated  from  supra-ocular  plates  by 
obtuse  notches;  eyes  prominent;  front  separated  from 
clypeus  by  a deep  and  conspicuous  transverse  impression, 
and  clypeus  before  impression  with  a broad  more  or  less 
semicircular  swelling;  front  and  usually  vertex  somewhat 
variably  longitudinally  impressed  at  middle,  and  usually 
also  with  oblique  irregular  impressions  at  sides;  frontal 
sulci  long,  recurved;  front  impunctate  or  virtually  so; 
occiput  with  a few  punctures  at  sides.  Prothorax  as  wide  as 
long  or  barely  wider,  moderately  narrowed  anteriorly; 
posterior  angles  broadly  rounded,  slightly  dentate ; anterior 
angles  also  rounded,  but  more  narrowly  so ; disc  with  median 
and  anterior  transverse  lines  distinct,  sub-basal  lateral 
impressions  faint  or  obsolete;  surface  of  disc  impunctate, 
with  a few  transverse  strioles.  Elytra  about  1/10  wider  than 
prothorax,  only  slightly  narrowed  anteriorly,  with  base 
subtruncate;  humeri  distinct,  rather  narrowly  rounded; 
only  3 striae  free  at  base;  sub-humeral  carinae  well 
developed;  striae  entire,  moderately  impressed  (less  so 
apically),  punctulate;  intervals  convex,  3rd  4-punctate  as 
usual.  Prosternum  more  or  less  sulcate  transversely  an- 
teriorly, with  episterna  striolate  and  rugulose,  not  punctate; 


1953] 


Darlington — Australian  Carahidae 


61 


prosternal  process  narrow  but  not  “attenuate”  between 
anterior  parts  of  coxae;  body  below  locally  rugulose  but 
not  punctate.  Anterior  femora  with  lower  posterior  margin 
slightly  convex;  anterior  tibiae  strongly  3-dentate;  middle 
tibia  with  a strong  spur  about  from  apex  externally. 
Length  7. 8-9.0;  width  2. 2-2. 5 mm. 

Holotype  (M.  C.  Z.  Type  No.  23,094)  and  4 paratypes  all 
from  Geraldton,  Western  Australia,  October,  1931.  Also 
1 specimen,  not  a type,  measuring  only  6.5  by  1.8  mm., 
from  Meekatharra,  Western  Australia  (nearly  300  miles 
inland  from  Geraldton),  Sept.  25,  1931. 

The  form  of  the  clypeal  margin  and  the  distinct  joining  of 
the  4th  and  5th  elytral  striae  at  base  put  this  new  species 
in  Sloane’s  Australasiae  Group.  In  Sloane’s  second  key 
(1904,  p.  719)  it  actually  runs  to  australasiae  and  the 
latter’s  close  relatives  lepida  Putz.  and  dingo  SI.,  but  the 
new  species  (scidpticeps)  differs  from  all  of  them  by  the 
conspicuous  and  rather  complex  sculpture  of  the  head.  The 
brown  rather  than  black  coloration  is  probably  also  a 
distinguishing  character  of  scidpticeps,  but  a relatively 
unimportant  one. 

References 

Darlington,  P.  J.  Jr. 

1936.  Variation  and  atrophy  of  flying  wings  of  some  carabid  beetles. 
Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  America,  29:136-176,  pis.  i-iii. 

Sloane,  T.  G. 

1896.  On  the  Australian  Clivinides.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  New  South 
Wales,  21:143-257,  275-280. 

1904.  Revisional  notes Clivinini.  Ibid.,  29:710-733. 

1905.  [Check-list  of  Clivina.l  Ibid.,  30  Suppl.:  4-8. 

1907.  [New  ClivinaJ  Ibid.,  32:346-350. 

1916.  [New  Clivina.l  Ibid.,  41:600-607. 

1917.  [New  Clivina.']  Ibid.,  42:406. 

1920.  [Tasmanian  Clivina.l  Ibid.,  45:122-123. 

1923.  [New  ClivinaJ  Ibid.,  48:18-19. 


SOME  NEW  DIPTERA  WITH  REMARKS  ON 
THE  AFFINITIES  OF  THE  GENUS  PNYXIA  JOH. 


By  F.  R.  Shaw 
University  of  Massachusetts 

In  a lot  of  material  sent  to  me  for  identification  bv  Dr. 
Peter  Bellinger,  while  a student  at  Yale  University,  I found 
some  specimens  of  unusual  interest.  Most  of  the  insects  fall 
in  the  genus  Bradysia^  of  the  family  Sciaridae.  There  were 
a few  Mycetophilidae. 

By  far  the  most  interesting  insects  were  small  Diptera 
resembling  Cecidomyiidae.  The  females  are  wingless  and 
lack  halteres.  The  males  have  antennae  similar  to  certain 
gall  midges.  At  first,  the  specimens  were  believed  to  fall 
in  the  genus  Peyerimhoffla  but  further  study  indicated 
that  their  affinities  were  not  with  this  group.  It  was  finally 
determined  that  the  insects  would  fall  within  the  genera 
Pnyxia  Johannsen  or  Epidapus  Haliday. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Alan  Stone  of  the  U.S.  National 
Museum,  I was  able  to  borrow  specimens  originally  de- 
scribed by  Hopkins  as  Epidapus  scabiei  but  subsequently 
placed  in  the  genus  Pnyxia  by  Johannsen.  Two  char">p'  ^rs 
used  to  recognize  Pnyxia  include  the  absence  of  the  dorsal 
eye-bridge  and  the  shape  of  the  palpi.  Since  the  dorsal  eye- 
bridge  is  greatly  reduced  in  the  females  I was  examining, 
I wondered  if  Hopkins  could  have  overlooked  this  structure. 
My  material  also  possesses  a one-segmented  maxillary 
palpus  as  is  characteristic  of  Pnyxia. 

A thorough  study  of  Pnyxia  scabiei  (Hopkins)  revealed 
the  complete  absence  of  an  eye-bridge.  The  palpi  although 
one-segmented  are  more  or  less  cup-shaped  and  possess  a 
great  number  of  small  peg-like  setae  on  the  concave  surface. 
Thes.^^are  entirely  lacking  in  the  specimens  I was  examining. 
Another  feature  I found  of  value  to  distinguish  my  material 

* I am  following  the  interpretation  of  Frey,  1948,  of  the  generic 
concepts  of  the  Sciaridae. 


62 


1953] 


Shaw  — New  Dipt  era 


63 


from  Pmjxia  is  that  in  Pnyxia  there  is  a snout-like  projec- 
tion  above  the  antennae. 

In  general  appearance,  the  males  of  my  specimens  closely 
resemble  those  of  Pnyxia  except  for  the  palpal  structure 
and  presence  of  an  eye-bridge.  The  eye-bridge  in  both  sexes 
IS  greatly  reduced  being  not  over  one  facet  wide  in  the 
male  and  possessing  a total  of  eight  facets  in  the  female 
In  the  female  most  of  the  facets  are  located  in  front  of  the 
ocelli  and  they  are  easily  overlooked. 

The  systematic  position  of  Pnyxia  has  been  somewhat 
uncertain.  Johannsen,  1912,  indicated  that  according  to 
Enderlein,  this  genus  would  be  placed  in  the  Mycetophilinae. 
Edwards,  1925,  placed  the  genus  in  the  Sciophilinae.  Frey, 
1942,  makes  the  following  statement  concerning  this  genus, 
'‘nicht  zu  den  Sciariden  gehdren  die  Gattungen  Pnyxia  Joh! 
und  Allostooma  Schmitz.’’  My  conclusions  concerning  this 
matter  are  that  Pnyxia  is  a sciarid.  The  thoracic  sclerites 
show  that  the  affinities  of  the  genus  are  closest  to  the 
Sciaridae.  The  reduced  eye-bridge  in  the  specimens  I am 
naming  as  a new  species  of  Epidapus  is  certainly  a step 
toward  the  loss  of  the  eye-bridge  in  Pnyxia. 

A total  of  four  new  species  was  found  in  the  course  of 
study  of  the  specimens.  These  include  Epidapus  johannseni, 
Zelmira  williami,  Bradysia  bellingeri  and  B.  farn.  Their 
descriptions  appear  herewith. 

Epidapus  johannseni  n.  sp. 

Male.  Length  1 mm.,  General  color  dark  brown,  legs 
and  abdomen  lighter.  Resembles  a cecidomyiid  in  general 
appearance. 

Head.  Antennae  about  1.5  the  length  of  the  body.  The 
basal  two  segments  compact,  the  second  bulb-like.  The 
flagellar  segments,  with  the  exception  of  the  terminal  one, 
attenuated  at  the  tip,  see  figure  1.  Antennal  hairs  more  or 
less  verticillate.  The  intermediate  antennal  segments  are 
about  0.16  as  broad  as  long-.  The  attenuated  portion  of  each 
of  the  segments  is  about  0.33  the  length  of  the  entire 
segment.  Compound  eyes  sparsely  hairy.  Eye-bridge  present, 
narrow,  for  the  most  part  possessing  a single  row  of  facets! 


64 


Psyche 


[June 


Ocelli  3,  prominent.  Maxillary  palpi  one-segmented,  some- 
what paler  than  rest  of  mouthparts. 

Thorax  dark  brown.  Wing  slightly  more  than  1 mm. 
long,  slender,  anal  angle  greatly  reduced.  Anterior  wing 
veins  most  evident.  Costa  extends  about  0.5  the  distance 
from  Rs  to  Mi +2.  Humeral  crossvein  present.  Only  the 
radius  with  macrosetae.  R1+2  ends  at  about  0.375  of  length 
of  wing.  Rs  ends  before  tip  of  M3  at  about  0.78  the  length 
of  the  wing.  Petiole  of  M indistinct.  Petiole  of  Cu  is  prac- 
tically absent.  In  some  specimens  the  anterior  branch  of  Cu 
appears  to  originate  from  the  petiole  of  M.  Halteres  pale 
brown,  about  0.25  the  length  of  the  wing.  Legs  dark  brown. 
Tibial  spurs  present,  paired  on  meso-  and  metathoracic 
legs.  Anterior  tibia  about  0.81  the  length  of  the  tarsus. 
The  basitarsus  is  about  0.40  the  length  of  the  tibia.  Tarsal 
claws  simple.  Pulvilli  and  empodium  with  prominent  hairs. 

Abdomen.  Brown  in  color,  somewhat  paler  at  tip.  Clasper, 
figure  2,  about  0.66  as  broad  as  long  has  about  6 spines 
on  the  mesal,  apical  surface  of  which  the  dorsal  one  is 
most  conspicuous.  Frey’s  key,  1948,  would  place  this 
species  near  E.  abieticola  Frey  described  from  N.  Esbo.  It 
differs  in  the  details  of  the  structure  of  the  hypopygium. 

Described  from  7 males  from  Mt.  Higby  Reservoir, 
Hartford  County,  Connecticut,  March — July  1951. 

Female.  Length  1.5-2  mm.  General  color  brown. 

Head.  Dark  brown.  Antennae  16-segmented,  segments  not 
attenuated  at  tip  as  in  males.  Antennal  hairs  somewhat  ver- 
ticillate.  Antenna  about  0.28  the  length  of  the  body. 
Compound  eyes  sparsely  hairy.  The  number  of  facets  is 
reduced.  Dorsal  bridge  present  but  the  number  of  facets 
not  over  8 mainly  located  in  area  of  bridge  anterior  to 
ocelli.  Ocelli  3,  prominent.  Mouthparts  small,  maxillary 
palpi  one-segmented  with  two  prominent  setae. 

Thorax.  Wings  and  halteres  absent.  Legs  pale  brown. 


Explanation  of  Plate  3 

Fig.  1.  Fifth  flagellar  segment  of  male  Epidapus  johannseni.  Fig,  2. 
Dorsal  view  of  male  hypopygium  of  Epidapus  johannseni.  Fig.  3.  Ven- 
tral view  of  male  hypopygium  of  Zelmira  williami.  Fig.  4.  Ventral  view 
of  male  hypopygium  of  Bradysia  hellingeri.  Fig.  5.  Ventral  view  of  male 
hypopygium  of  Bradysia  farri. 


Psyche,  1953 


VoL.  60,  Plate  3 


Shaw  — New  Diptera 


F IG.  5 


66 


Psyche 


[June 


Coxae  elongate,  not  especially  robust  as  in  Pnyxia  scabiei. 
Tibial  spurs  present.  Prothoracic  tibia  slightly  shorter 
than  tarsus.  Basitarsus  about  0.33  length  of  the  tibia. 

Abdomen  pale  brown.  Ovipositor  prominent. 

Described  from  35  specimens  from  Mt.  Higby  Reservoir, 
Hartford  County;  Middlefield;  and  Cathedral  Pines,  Litch- 
field County,  Connecticut,  January — August  1951.  Male 
and  female  holotypes  and  2 paratypes  in  my  collection, 
the  remainder  in  collection  at  Yale  University. 

I take  pleasure  in  naming  this  species  for  Dr.  0.  A. 
Johannsen,  an  outstanding  American  dipterist. 

Zelmira  williami  n.  sp. 

Male,  Length  6 mm.  General  color  brown. 

Head.  Dark  brown.  Antennae  short,  about  subequal  to 
length  of  the  thorax.  Ocelli  3.  prominent.  Maxillary  palpi 
3-segmented,  first  segment  darker  than  the  other  segments. 

Thorax.  Dark  brown.  Postnotum  with  bristles.  Pleurites 
are  bare.  Wings  yellowish  with  a terminal  dark  band.  Costa 
terminates  at  tip  of  R4  + ;-,.  Sci  ends  before  origin  of  Rs. 
Sc2  present,  about  1/2  way  between  humeral  crossvein  and 
tip  of  Sc,.  R.{  almost  perpendicular  to  ends  about 

0.33  the  distance  from  tip  of  R14-2  to  tip  of  R4+5.  A brown 
band  covers  the  terminal  sixth  of  the  wing.  Fused  portion 
of  M subequal  to  the  petiole  of  M.  Two  distinct  anal  veins. 
Legs  yellow.  The  tarsi  appear  darker  due  to  the  presence 
of  numerous  black  setulae.  Prothoracic  basitarsus  about 
0.9  the  length  of  the  tibia.  Tibial  spurs  brown.  Some  of 
setae  on  meso-  and  metathoracic  tibiae  are  arranged  in 
lines.  Halteres  brown,  the  knobs  a little  darker. 

Abdomen  dark  brown.  Apices  of  segments  2-4  with  yellow 
bands.  Remainder  of  segments  including  the  hypopygium 
dark  brown.  Clasper,  figure  3,  of  the  “genualis”  type  but 
lacks  the  long  mesal  spur.  In  Fisher’s  manuscript  key  this 
species  would  run  to  Zelmira  genitalis  Joh.  It  can  be 
distinguished  from  this  species  by  the  shape  of  the  claspers 
and  the  shape  of  the  tergum. 

Described  from  1 male  collected  in  a soil  sample  from  a 
virgin  White  Pine  and  Hemlock  stand  in  Cathedral  Pines, 


67 


Shaiv  — New  Diptera 

Litchfield  County,  Connecticut  on  May  16,  1951.  Type  in 
my  collection. 

I take  pleasure  in  naming  this  insect  for  my  son,  William 
Morse  Shaw. 


Bradysia  farri  n.  sp. 

Male.  Length  3 mm.  General  color  dark  brown. 

Head  dark  brown.  Antennae  16-segmented  somewhat 
paler  in  color.  Mouthparts  yellowish  brown.  Maxillary 
palpi  3-segmented. 

Thorax.  Dark  brown.  Wings  2.75  mm.  long.  Costa 
strong,  extends  about  0.75  distance  from  tip  of  R4+5  to 
Ml +2.  Ri+2  ends  at  about  0.56  distance  from  wing  base  to 
its  tip  about  opposite  fork  of  M.  Rs  originates  proximad 
of  mid-point  between  humeral  crossvein  and  tip  of  Ri+2- 
Both  branches  of  radius  have  setae.  M3  ends  only  slightly 
beyond  tip  of  Ri+2-  Petiole  of  cubitus  about  0.88  as  long 
as  basal  portion  of  media  Halteres  pale  brown.  Legs — 
Coxae  yellowish  brown,  remainder  of  legs  yellowish.  Ratio 
of  prothoracic  basitarsus  to  its  tibia  0.60.  Tibial  spurs 
yellowish  with  dark  setulae. 

Abdomen  dark  brown.  Hypopygium,  figure  5,  resembles 
somewhat  that  of  B.  acuta  Joh.  Clasper  with  a strong 
terminal  spine  and  about  8 setae  on  its  inner  surface. 

In  Pettey’s  key,  1918,  this  species  would  run  to  Bradysia 
varians  Joh.  It  differs  from  this  species  in  venation,  in  the 
structure  of  the  clasper,  and  in  other  details.  Described 
from  1 male  collected  at  Mt.  Higby  Reservoir,  Hartford 
County,  Connecticut  on  March  7,  1951.  Type  in  my  collection. 

I take  pleasure  in  naming  this  insect  for  Thomas  Farr, 
an  outstanding  student  in  entomology  who  has  a firm 
belief  in  the  value  of  the  study  of  insects  in  their  natural 
habitats. 


Bradysia  bellingeri  n.  sp. 

Male.  Length  2.25  mm.  General  color  dark  brown. 

Head  dark  brown.  Antennae  and  mouthparts  paler.  Max- 
illary palpi  3-segmented,  yellowish  brown. 

Thorax  dark  brown.  Wing  2.0  mm.  long.  Costa  extends 


68 


Psyche 


[June 


about  0.75  the  distance  from  tip  of  R4+5  to  Mi +2-  R1  + 2 ends 
proximad  of  fork  M at  about  0.5  the  length  of  the  wing. 
Rs  originates  about  0.70  the  distance  from  the  humeral 
crossvein  to  the  tip  of  Ri+2-  Only  the  radius  has  setae.  M3 
ends  opposite  tip  of  R4+5.  Petiole  of  cubitus  about  0.60  as 
long  as  basal  portion  of  media.  Halteres  pale  brown,  tips 
darker.  Legs  yellow,  appearing  darker  toward  apices  due 
to  presence  of  fine  black  setulae.  Prothoracic  basitarsus 
about  0.62  as  long  as  the  tibia.  Tibial  spurs  yellow. 

Abdomen  dark  brown,  terminal  portion  somewhat  paler. 
Hypopygium,  figure  4,  resembles  Brady sia  diluta  Joh.  some- 
what. 

In  Pettey’s  key,  1918,  this  species  would  run  to  Bradysia 
scita  Joh.  It  can  be  distinguished  from  B.  scita  by  the 
structure  of  the  clasper  of  the  hypopygium  which  lacks  a 
mesal  lobe  as  shown  for  scita.  In  addition  B.  hellingeri 
possesses  a strong  apical  spine  and  3 sub-apical  spines  on 
the  mesal  surface.  Described  from  1 male  collected  in  a 
soil  sample  from  a stand  of  Red  Pine  at  Mt.  Higby  Reservoir, 
Hartford  County,  Connecticut  on  March  27,  1951.  Type  in 
my  collection. 

I take  pleasure  in  naming  this  species  for  Dr.  Peter 
Bellinger  who  sent  me  these  specimens  for  determination. 

References 

Edwards,  F.  W. 

1925.  British  Fungus-Gnats.  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  London,  1924:  505-670, 
pis.  49-61. 

Frey,  R. 

1942.  Entwurf  einer  neuen  Klassifikation  der  Muckenfamilie 

Sciaridae.  Not.  Ent.,  22:5-44,  figs.  1-12. 

1948.  Entwurf  einer  neuen  Klassifikation  der  Muckenfamilie. 

Sciaridae.  II  Die  nordeuropaischen  Arten.  Not.  Ent.,  27:33-92, 
figs.  1-136. 

JOHANNSEN,  O.A. 

1912.  The  Fungus  Gnats  of  North  America.  Maine  Agric.  Exp. 
Sta.  Bull.,  200:57-146,  figs.  24-267. 


THE  BIOLOGY  OF  EUPHASIOPTERYX  BREVICORNIS 
(TOWNSEND)  (DIPTERA,  TACHINIDAE), 
PARASITIC  IN  THE  CONE-HEADED  GRASSHOPPERS 
(ORTHOPTERA,  COPIPHORINAE)  * 

By  W.  L.  Nutting 

Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard  University 

The  presence  of  oddly  placed,  supernumerary  “spiracles” 
on  a number  of  cone-headed  grasshoppers  [N eoconocephalus 
r.  rohustus  (Scudder)]  collected  on  Cape  Cod  in  August, 
1951,  suggested  parasitism  by  dipterous  larvae,  probably  of 
some  tachinid  fly.  Collection  and  conflnement  of  a number 
of  parasitized  individuals  during  late  summer  in  1952  and 
’53  eventually  led  to  the  successful  rearing  of  three  male 
and  two  female  flies.  After  considerable  study,  which 
involved  not  only  these  specimens  but  a large  part  of  the 
accessible  material  in  the  difficult  tribe  Ormiini,  C.  W. 
Sabrosky  of  the  Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quaran- 
tine is  now  describing  the  fly  as  a new  subspecies  of 
Euphasiopteryx  brevicornis.  (Sabrosky,  in  press).  Reinhard 
in  1922  published  a record  of  three  larvae  which  emerged 
from  an  adult  cricket,  Gryllus  assimilis,  and  formed  puparia. 
Although  no  flies  emerged,  C.  T.  Greene  identifled  the 
puparia  as  Ormia  Euphasiopteryx)  ochracea  (Bigot). 
There  is  but  one  record  of  undoubted  host  relationship  for 
the  genus,  that  of  “E'.  australis  (Tns.)”  as  a parasite  of  the 
Brazilian  mole  cricket,  Scapteriscus  vicinus  Scudder, 
reported  by  Wolcott  (1940).  ^ The  cryptic  habits  of  both 
host  and  parasite  emphasized  in  the  present  paper  further 
explain  the  scarcity  and  incompleteness  of  the  previous 
life  history  data  on  these  flies. 

The  locality  where  the  parasitized  cone-heads  were 

* Published  with  the  aid  of  the  B.  Pickman  Mann  Fund,  Cambridge 
Entomological  Club. 

1 Australis  sensu  Wolcott=E.  depleta  (Wiedemann) , teste  Sabrosky, 
1&53;  E.  australis  (Tns.)  from  Peru  is  distinct.  Hereafter,  E.  australis 
sensu  Wolcott  will  be  used  in  quotaition  marks. 


69 


70 


Psyche 


[June 


collected  is  a narrow  16  acre  tract,  extending  from  the 
beachgrass-lined  bay  inland  0.4  mile  to  U.S.  Route  6 in 
East  Brewster,  Mass.  One  fourth  of  the  land  bordering  the 
beach  is  characterized  by  Hudsonia-\medi  sand-blows  dotted 
with  red  pine,  while  the  adjoining  fourth  is  overgrown 
swamp.  The  remaining  eight  acres  are  largely  open  fields, 
supporting  an  occasional  red  cedar  and  bordered  with 
clumps  of  bayberry  and  beach-plum.  The  cone-heads  were 
confined  to  the  beachgrass  and  open  fields,  although  one  or 
two  specimens  were  taken  in  the  bayberry  bushes.  Because 
of  their  alertness  and  habit  of  dropping  from  the  tops  of 
grasses  and  shrubs  into  inaccessible  tangles  below,  the 
most  practical  collecting  method  is  that  of  night-stalking. 
In  early  evening  the  ear-splitting,  cicada-like  song  of  a male 
is  pin-pointed,  then  approached  upwind;  with  careful  man- 
euvering the  singing  insect  may  be  spotted  and  grabbed  or 
tricked  into  a ready  net.  Thus  the  taking  of  females  is  limit- 
ed to  chance  sightings  or  association  with  singing  males. 

In  this  manner  eight  males  were  collected  in  the  eight 
acre  tract  between  15  and  17  August,  1951;  six  were 
parasitized.  On  3 August,  1952,  seven  males  were  para- 
sitized of  ten  collected  in  the  same  area;  three  unparasitized 
males  came  from  the  beachgrass  section.  From  the  number 
of  individual  songs  noted,  probably  at  least  75  per  cent 
of  the  male  population  in  the  tract  were  taken  each  season. 
The  incidence  of  parasitism  in  this  area,  of  the  males  at 
least,  is  certainly  much  higher  than  the  one  to  five  per  cent 


Explanation  of  Plate  4 

Euphasiopteryx  brevicornis  (Tns.) . Fig.  1,  left  half,  ventral  aspect 
of  0.8  mm  first  instar  larva;  right  half,  dorsal  aspect.  Fig.  2,  left  lateral 
view  cf  same,  spines  omitted.  Fig.  3,  detail  of  larval  hooks.  Fig.  4,  first 
instar  cephalopharyngeal  skeleton.  Fig.  5,  1.3  mm  first  instar  larva  after 
feeding.  Fig.  6,  nearly  mature,  10  mm  larva.  An,  anus.  Fig.  7,  posterior 
view  of  8 mm  puparium.  Fig.  8,  right  lateral  view  of  same.  Fig.  9,  detail 
of  mature  larval  spiracular  plate  (x44).  Fig.  10,  detail  of  second  instar 
spiracular  plate  (x457).  Fig.  11,  abdominal  cutaway  of  the  host, 
Neoconocephalus  r.  rohustus,  showing  larval  respiratory  funnels  in 
place;  lower  funnel  was  ruptured  by  escaping  larva  (xl3) . Fig.  12, 
longitudinal  section  of  funnel  showing  larval  posterior  in  place  (dotted) ; 
Ex,  first  instar  exuviae  embedded  in  funnel  wall  (x40). 


Nutting 


Euphasiopteryx 


72 


Psyche 


[June 


reported  by  Wolcott  (1951) . A total  of  50  larvae  and  vacated 
larval  respiratory  funnels  was  found  in  these  13  grass- 
hoppers, an  average  of  3.85  per  host.  Two  hosts  contained 
one  larva  each,  while  two  others  contained  eight  and  nine. 
Since  all  hosts  were  collected  within  three  days  in  1951  and 
on  a single  date  in  ’52,  the  size  range  and  probable  age  of 
the  larvae  are  particularly  noteworthy.  In  all  specimens 
containing  more  than  two  larvae,  considerable  variation  in 
larval  size  was  found.  This  probably  indicates  different 
larval  entry  times,  although  it  is  also  suggestive  of  feeding 
competition  among  the  larvae.  Two  hosts  which  each 
contained  one  first  instar  larva,  also  contained  six  and  seven 
other  larvae  of  various  sizes,  including  several  three 
quarters  grown.  Another  contained  a first  instar  larva  along 
with  two  more  which  were  ready  to  pupate. 

The  dissection  of  three  species  of  adult  female  ormiines 
by  Townsend  (1911)  indicates  that  larviposition  may  be  the 
rule  with  these  flies.  It  is  not  known  whether  the  females 
deposit  their  larvae  directly  on  the  host  insects,  or  merely 
on  ground  or  vegetation  frequented  by  them.  The  armored, 
planidium  type  first  instar  larva  (figs.  1 and  2),  coupled 
with  the  following  observations,  suggests  an  active  seeking 
out  of  host  by  larva.  Four  of  the  cone-heads  collected 
contained  first  instar  larvae,  one  of  which  was  found  in  the 
muscles  of  the  right  hind  femur,  one  quarter  of  the  femur 
length  from  the  coxa.  This  cone-head  had  been  killed  and 
pinned,  so  that  even  though  the  larva  was  found  headed 
apically  in  the  femur,  there  is  no  assurance  that  this  was 
the  case  before  death.  Although  it  is  tempting  to  speculate 
that  it  had  entered  the  host  through  soft  or  membranous 
areas  of  the  tarsus,  it  might  be  argued  that  it  had  entered  at 
any  other  point  and  become  diverted  into  the  leg  in  making 
its  way  to  the  abdomen. 

On  the  other  hand,  a careful  autopsy  of  seven  cone-heads 
showed  that  not  one  of  30  larvae  was  encountered  in  any 
part  of  the  body  but  the  abdominal  cavity.  Twenty  more 
larvae,  or  larval  funnels,  in  the  six  other  cone-heads  were 
also  restricted  to  the  abdomen.  The  second  first  instar  larva 
was  found  near  the  anterior  end  of  the  mid  gut,  and  the 
third  in  a tangle  of  malpighian  tubules,  both  free  in  the 


1953] 


Nutting — Biology  of  Euphasiopteryx 


73 


haemocoele.  The  fourth  larva  (fig.  5)  had  recently  become 
fixed  to  the  pleural  membrane  on  the  left  side  of  the  fifth 
abdominal  segment.  This  evidence  suggests  that  the  larvae 
are  strongly  attracted  to  the  host’s  abdominal  haemocoele, 
and  that  they  probably  do  not  often  miss  this  goal.  It  is 
possible  that  entry  may  occasionally  be  effected  via  vul- 
nerable areas  of  the  appendages  in  contact  with  the  ground. 
In  any  case,  the  paired  sets  of  hooks  on  the  second  segment 
(fig.  3)  undoubtedly  assist  the  larvae  during  penetration 
of  the  host. 

There  was  no  apparent  evidence  of  larval  entrance  on 
any  of  the  13  parasitized  cone-heads,  although  it  might 
be  mentioned  that  five  bore  from  one  to  four  0.5  to  1.5  mm 
scars  on  either  or  both  faces  of  their  hind  femora.  No  such 
scars  were  found  on  the  uninfected  specimens.  They  may 
be  significant,  but  it  would  be  difficult  to  understand  how  or 
why  the  larvae  would  enter  at  such  a point.  It  is  more  likely 
that  these  scars  were  earned  during  battle  with  other  males, 
or  perhaps  during  or  after  mating. 

Although  not  exactly  popular  knowledge,  the  unusual 
respiratory  funnels  used  by  tachinid  larvae  for  obtaining  an 
atmospheric  oxygen  supply  have  long  been  known  from 
the  early  biological  researches  of  Nielsen  (1909)  and  Pantel 
(1910).  Baer  (1920) , Thompson  (1928),  and  Beard  (1942), 
have  also  contributed  to  our  understanding  of  larval 
respiration  and  host  relationships  within  this  group  of  flies. 
(See  Clausen  (1940)  for  a comprehensive  review.)  York 
and  Prescott  (1952)  have  reported  that  similar  funnels  are 
also  formed  by  nemestrinid  larvae  in  grasshopper  hosts. 
Euphadopteryx  behaves  typically  for,  after  the  active  larva 
enters  the  cone-head’s  abdomen,  it  perforates  the  host’s 
body  wall  and  settles  down  with  its  posterior  spiracles  in 
contact  with  the  outside  air  until  it  is  nearly  ready  to 
pupate.  Perforation  of  the  host  integument  may  be  accom- 
plished by  means  of  the  minute  circumstigmatal  spines  as 
suggested  by  Beard,  or  in  the  case  of  larvae  such  as  these, 
perhaps  by  means  of  the  postcephalic  recurved  hooks.  In  any 
event,  the  larva,  with  its  spiracles  in  this  hole,  obstructs 
the  normal  healing  of  the  wound  in  such  a manner  as  to 
cause  an  inward  growth  of  host  integument  which  eventually 


74 


Psyche 


[June 


forms  a funnel  around  its  posterior  end  (see  Beard,  1942). 

With  Euphasiopteryx,  the  funnel  walls  are  extended  by 
a brownish,  transparent,  acellular  membrane,  so  that  the 
larva  is  completely  enclosed  in  a sac-like  structure  (figs.  11 
and  12).  This  type  of  funnel  has  been  described  for  certain 
other  tachinids,  and  Nielsen  (1909)  claims  that  the  saccular 
portion  is  composed  of  the  compacted  walls  of  host  fat  body 
cells  destroyed  by  the  larva.  Pantel  (1910)  presumed  that 
the  enclosed  larva  fed  on  the  host’s  body  fiuids  absorbed 
through  the  sac  walls.  However  this  may  be,  he  stated  that 
at  a later  stage  such  larvae  pierce  the  sheath  and  feed 
actively  on  fat  body  and  other  tissues.  This  may  be  the 
case  with  Euphasiopteryx , for  most  over  6 or  8 mm  long 
had  ruptured  their  sheaths  (fig.  11). 

In  the  cone-heads  examined,  all  the  darkened  external 
funnel  openings  were  situated  either  in  the  soft  pleural 
integument  or  in  the  ventral  intersegmental  membranes, 
from  the  first  through  the  eighth  abdominal  segments  (fig. 
11).  Internally  the  basal  1 or  2 mm  of  the  funnel  bear 
heavily  sclerotized  annular  thickenings  (fig.  12),  while 
the  whole  structure  is  often  enveloped  in  the  lobular  fat 
body,  covered  with  blood  cells  and  detritus,  and  wound 
round  with  malpighian  tubules.  The  first  instar  exuviae 
(figs.  11  and  12,  Ex)  are  embedded  in  the  thickened  layers 
of  cuticle  at  the  funnel  base,  but  no  trace  of  later  molts 
has  been  found.  Cast  larval  skins  of  the  squash  bug 
parasite,  Trichopoda  pennipes  Fabr.,  have  been  found  either 
embedded  in  the  sheath  or,  more  commonly,  between  the 
maggot  and  its  sheath  (Beard,  1942). 

Although  the  remarkable  first  instar  larvae  of  Phasiop- 
teryx  montana  Tns.  [E.  ochracea  (Bigot)]  and  P.  hilimeki 
BB.  [E.  hilimekii  (BB.)]  were  described  and  figured  by 
Townsend  (1912,  1942),  drawings  of  this  stage  of  brevi- 
cornis  are  included  here  for  comparison.  This  active, 
armored  larva  (figs.  1 and  2),  shortly  after  entering  the 
host,  measures  about  0.8  x 0.15  mm.  It  has  already  done 
sufficient  feeding  so  that  the  nine  dorsal  plates  and  the 
flanking  rows  of  eight  dorsolateral  and  seven  ventrolateral 
plates  no  longer  overlap  as  shown  by  Townsend.  The  light 
brown  plates  are  sculptured,  and  bear  a pattern  of  round, 


1953] 


Nutting — Biology  of  Euphasiopteryx 


75 


unpigmented  spots.  These  hole-like  dots  form  triangular 
patterns  on  the  first  two  dorsal  plates  as  described  for  E. 
ochracea  by  Townsend.  In  the  present  well  preserved 
material,  the  spots  do  not  appear  to  be  origins  of  detached 
bristles  as  he  suggested.  Ventrally  the  abdomen  is  equipped 
with  six  compact  groups  of  long  spines  instead  of  plates, 
while  posteriorly  and  anteriorly  the  body  is  ringed  with 
bands  of  microspines.  The  last  segment,  adorned  with  a few 
larger  spines,  bears  the  slightly  raised  spiracular  plates 
which  are  bounded  anterolaterally  by  a lightly  pigmented 
area.  Anteriorly  there  is  a group  of  claw-like  spurs  on 
either  side  of  the  second  segment,  similar  to  those  described 
for  E.  hilimekii.  Each  group  is  made  up  of  nine  heavily 
sclerotized  rods,  the  seven  median  ones  each  bearing  two 
hooks,  and  the  end  rods,  one  each  (fig.  3).  The  cephalo- 
pharyngeal  skeleton  (fig.  4)  extends  back  to  the  anterior 
margin  of  the  first  dorsal  plate.  The  antennae  are  rather 
prominent  elongate  papillae.  After  considerable  feeding,  and 
at  the  time  it  becomes  sedentary,  this  larva  measures  about 
1.3  X 0.8  mm,  and  appears  as  shown  in  fig.  5. 

Mature  larvae,  ready  to  pupate  (fig.  6),  are  typical  white 
maggots  and  measure  from  9 x 3 to  13  x 4.5  mm.  They 
are  practically  smooth,  although  segmental  bands  of  minute 
spines  become  barely  visible  at  90x  in  sectioned  material. 
The  pair  of  large,  well  separated  posterior  tubercles  which 
bear  the  spiracles  are  shining  black.  The  reniform  spiracular 
plate  (fig.  9)  bears  an  inconstant  serpentine  pattern  of 
minute  parallel  ridges.  Between  these  ridges  is  a single  row 
of  breathing  pores  leading  to  the  atrium  within  the  tubercle. 
The  stigmatic  scar,  representing  the  spiracle  of  the  previous 
instar,  is  eccentrically  placed  opposite  the  hilum  on  the 
plate’s  inner  margin.  Figure  10  is  a detail  of  the  typically 
muscoid  spiracular  plate  of  the  second  instar  larva. 
Prominent  fleshy  lobes  mark  the  anal  opening  (An)  which 
is  rather  remote  from  the  spiracles. 

From  the  13  cone-heads  collected  and  confined,  12  larvae 
escaped  and  successfully  formed  puparia.  When  ready  to 
pupate  the  larvae  pierced  the  host’s  integument,  generally 
in  the  vicinity  of  their  breathing  funnels,  although  one  may 
have  emerged  from  the  anus.  They  were  given  a choice  of 


76 


Psyche 


[June 


moist  or  dry,  loosely  packed  earth  with  piles  of  dead  grass 
for  cover.  The  larvae  were  exceedingly  active,  humping 
frantically  over  the  soil  and  exploring  every  part  of  the 
chamber.  Some  burrowed  between  or  under  loose,  moist 
clods,  but  most  of  them  settled  under  the  grass  on  the 
moist  surface.  Within  one  to  six  hours  all  had  become 
shortened  and  dark  brown ; puparia  were  formed  a few 
hours  later.  One  large  specimen  emerged  from  its  host  and 
formed  a puparium  within  one  hour. 

As  to  the  effects  of  the  parasitism  on  the  host,  most  of 
the  cone-heads  were  active,  singing  and  feeding  nightly, 
until  a day  or  two  before  the  larvae  emerged.  A few  hours 
before  the  exodus  they  became  feeble  and  sluggish;  two 
or  three  hours  after  even  one  or  two  larvae  had  emerged, 
the  host  was  dead.  Post-mortem  examination  showed  a 
depletion  of  the  fat  body  roughly  proportionate  to  the 
number  of  parasites,  but  little  apparent  damage  to  the 
major  organ  systems.  From  these  facts  it  is  significant  that 
larval  survival  is  narrowly  limited  to  those  individuals 
within  a particular  host  which  reach  maturity  almost 
simultaneously.  Two  larvae  emerged  from  one  host  within 
two  hours  of  each  other  and  pupated,  while  six  other  larvae, 
including  one  of  the  first  instar,  died  inside  the  moribund 
host  a few  hours  later.  The  total  complement  of  three  larvae 
escaped  from  another  host  and  pupated  successfully.  This 
situation,  'involving  larvae  in  staggered  developmental 
stages  within  one  host,  is  suggestive  of  a rather  extended 
period  of  larviposition  and  a considerable  endurance  in 
the  host-seeking  first  instar  larvae.  It  might  be  added  here 
that  two  heavily  parasitized  hosts  also  contained  one  and 
two  specimens  of  a nematomorph,  Gordius  sp.,  coiled  in 
their  abdominal  cavities.  Further,  three  of  the  1952  cone- 
heads  each  contained  one  nearly  mature  larva  which  Mr. 
Sabrosky  has  suggested  as  possibly  Beskia  aelops. 

A female  puparium  is  shown  in  figs.  7 and  8.  Four  male 
puparia  vary  from  approximately  5.5  x 2.9  to  6.2  x 3.4  mm, 
and  those  of  two  females  from  5.3  x 3.1  to  8.1  x 4.1  mm. 
The  surface  is  finely  wrinkled  and  the  larval  segmentation 
is  fairly  prominent.  The  line  of  dehiscence  of  the  puparial 
cap,  as  well  as  a secondary  fracture,  is  dotted  in  the  figure. 


1953] 


Nutting — Biology  of  Euphasiopteryx 


77 


Although  Green  figured  the  puparium  of  Oestrophasia 
{—Euphasiopteryx)  ochracea  in  1922,  spiracular  details 
of  the  three  known  puparia  of  the  genus  are  included  in 
text  fig.  1 for  ready  comparison.  The  brevicornis  puparium 
is  dark  mahogany  with  the  spiracular  tubercles  a shining 
black,  while  those  of  ochracea  and  depleta  are  a dull  brick 
red  with  subshining  black  tubercles.  In  all  three  species 
the  tubercles  are  basally  enlarged  and  well  separated, 
depleta  being  the  most  extreme  in  these  features.  The 
tubercles  of  ochracea  arise  slightly  above  the  longitudinal 
puparial  axis,  but  in  depleta  they  arise  obliquely  from  the 


Text  figure  1.  Comparison  of  spiracular  details  of  the  three  known 
puparia  of  Euphasiopteryx.  Fig.  1,  E.  ochracea  (Bigot)  ; a,  ventral 
aspect  of  right  spiracular  tubercle;  b,  lateral  aspect  of  same,  An,  anus; 
c,  detail  of  spiracular  plate.  Fig.  2,  E.  depleta  (Wied.),  a,  b,  c,  same  as 
fig.  1.  Fig.  3,  E.  brevicornis  (Tns.) , a,  b,  c,  same  as  fig.  1.  (x44) . 


78 


Psyche 


[June 


posterior  dorsal  surface.  In  brevicornis  the  tubercles  arise 
from  an  intermediate  position  well  above  the  axis.  The 
serpentine  pattern  of  respiratory  pores  on  each  spiracular 
plate  is  raised  in  ochracea  and  depleta,  and  is  divided  into 
thi’ee  groups  which  are  only  vaguely  indicated  in  some 
specimens  of  brevicornis.  These  groups  in  depleta  are 
separated  by  much  deeper  grooves  than  in  ochracea.  The 
stigmatic  scar  is  fairly  prominent  and  the  anus  is  remote 
from  the  tubercles  in  all  three  species. 

All  puparia  of  brevicornis  were  formed  in  the  laboratory 
essentially  under  normal  seasonal  temperatures.  Two  were 
obtained  on  21  Aug.,  1951,  and  ten  more  between  5 and  12 
Aug.,  1952.  Each  year  the  puparia  were  kept  at  about  23°  C 
foi-  a little  over  two  months,  held  at  8°  for  two  more  months, 
then  returned  to  23°.  Of  the  1951  puparia,  one  female 
emerged  on  10  March,  1952;  the  other,  also  a female, 
succumbed  to  mold  shortly  before  emergence.  Of  the  1952 
puparia,  two  males  emerged  after  11  days,  and  one  male 
and  one  female  emerged  after  12  days,  all  before  being 
placed  in  the  cold  room.  The  remaining  six  succumbed  to 
mold  and  anthomyiid  larvae  in  the  insectary  after  cold 
treatment.  Three  of  these  contained  fully  formed  flies, 
at  least  one  of  which  was  a female.  Townsend  (1936)  cited 
a case  of  E.  ochracea  (Bigot)  adults  emerging  in  October, 
12  days  after  the  puparia  were  collected  in  Dallas,  Texas. 
According  to  Wolcott  (1951)  the  pupal  stage  of  ''E.  australis 
(Tns.)”  in  Brazil  lasts  for  ten  days. 

From  these  records  it  is  evident  that  a diapause  induced 
by  winter  cold  is  not  necessary  for  adult  development.  On 
Cape  Cod,  adults  of  both  N eoconocephalus  robustus  and 
erisiger  have  been  taken  at  least  until  early  October,  while 
adults  of  several  other  likely  orthopteran  hosts,  such  as  the 
katydid,  Amblycorypha  oblojigifolia  caidnata  R.  & H.,  and 
the  common  cricket,  Acheta  assimilis  F.,  live  beyond  mid- 
November  in  many  seasons.  In  the  vicinity  of  Dallas,  the 
closely  related  N.  triops  (L.)  has  been  collected  in  mid- 
December  (Rehn  and  Hebard,  1944) , and  there  are  certainly 
many  other  possible  hosts  available  beyond  this  date.  With 
the  probable  capacity  for  a four  to  flve  week  life  cycle  as 
far  north  as  Cape  Cod,  this  parasite  could  well  produce 


1953] 


Nutting — Biology  of  Euphasiopteryx 


79 


at  least  two  generations  a year  on  adult  Orthoptera  alone. 
It  can  and  probably  does  pass  the  winter  in  the  puparium, 
although  nothing  is  known  of  the  mating  habits  and  survival 
capabilities  of  the  adult  flies. 

In  an  effort  to  fill  in  the  range  and  determine  the  host 
preferenda  of  these  little-known  flies,  15  specimens  of  N.  r. 
robustus  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  from 
Cape  Cod  to  Long  Island,  were  examined  for  the  presence 
of  larval  breathing  holes.  Similarly  examined  were  176 
specimens,  representing  nine  other  species  of  Neocono- 
cephalus  from  Massachusetts  to  Minnesota,  Texas,  and 
Florida,  together  with  26  Florida  specimens  of  the  related 
genera  Belocephalus,  Pyrgocorypha,  and  Homorocoryphus. 
In  addition,  large  numbers  of  Orthoptera  have  been  collected 
in  East  Brewster  for  anatomical  studies  over  the  past  five 
years,  and  lately  re-examined.  These  have  included  such 
likely  hosts  as  N.  ensiger  (Harris)  ; the  conocephaline, 
Orchelimum  vulgare  Harris;  the  phaneropterine,  Amhly- 
corypha  oblongifolia  carinata  R.  & H. ; and  the  common 
cricket,  Acheta  assimilis  F.  All  of  these  examinations  proved 
negative  except  for  a single  male  of  N.  ensiger,  collected 
by  Richard  Dow  in  Needham,  Mass.,  7 Aug.,  1936,  which 
bore  the  characteristic  larval  breathing  hole  in  the  left 
pleural  membrane  of  the  sixth  abdominal  segment.  After 
softening  the  specimen  a half-grown  larva,  with  the  first 
instar  exuviae  adhering  to  the  funnel,  was  dissected  out. 
On  comparison  with  equivalent  material  under  study, 
there  is  little  doubt  that  E.  brevicornis  also  parasitizes  N. 
ensiger, 

C.  W.  Sabrosky  has  checked  the  ranges  of  the  two 
subspecies  of  E.  brevicornis  against  those  of  the  two 
subspecies  of  this  particular  host,  N.  r.  robustus  and  r. 
crepitans,  and  informs  me  that  the  ranges  show  no  signifi- 
cant coincidence.  Therefore,  until  further  evidence  is 
available,  it  is  assumed  that  the  two  subspecies  of  brevi- 
cornis must  utilize  additional  hosts,  at  least  in  other  areas 
of  the  range,  but  one  or  more  of  the  ten  other  species  of 
Neocono cephalus  are  probably  favored.  The  question  as 
to  whether  or  not  only  adult  Orthoptera  are  parasitized 
remains  unanswered.  Should  the  adults  of  a certain  species 


80 


Psyche 


[June 


be  the  only  host  in  a particular  area,  either  the  pupal  stage 
or  the  adult  life  must  be  rather  extended;  on  the  other 
hand,  if  nymphal  stages  are  also  attacked,  the  host  attrition 
must  be  considerable  in  favorable  seasons. 

Since  all  evidence  has  shown  the  genus  to  have  a pre- 
dilection for  nocturnal  orthopteran  hosts,  it  is  not  surprising 
that,  in  the  laboratory  at  least,  the  adult  flies  are  also 
nocturnal.  Wolcott  (1951)  has  reported  that  “E,  australis” 
adults  hid  in  the  darkest  part  of  their  cage  during  the  day, 
but  were  unusually  active  at  night.  At  present  I can  only 
confirm  his  observations  and  add  that,  during  six  years  of 
occasional  general  collecting  in  the  East  Brewster  area,  I 
have  never  seen  an  adult  fly.  Many  specimens  seen  by  Mr. 
Sabrosky  were  collected  at  night,  a further  hint,  but  not 
proof,  of  nocturnal  habits.  Although  much  of  the  evidence 
cited  above  on  range  and  host  preference  is  either  negative 
or  purely  circumstantial  and  speculative,  it  does  explain 
the  rarity  and  obscurity  of  these  flies  as  well  as  their 
extremely  local  occurrence. 

I extend  my  appreciation  to  C.  W.  Sabrosky  of  the  Bureau 
of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quarantine  for  furnishing  some 
of  the  pertinent  references  included,  and  especially  for 
identification  of  the  fly  and  description  of  the  new  sub- 
species, without  which  this  information  would  be  of  little 
value.  He  made  available  for  comparison  the  puparia  of  E. 
ochracea  and  australis,  details  of  which  are  shown  in  text 
fig.  1.  I also  wish  to  thank  Prof.  H.  J.  Reinhard,  of  the 
Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College  of  Texas,  for  his  part 
in  assisting  in  the  identification. 

Bibliography 

Baer,  W. 

1920.  Die  Tachinen  als  Schmarotzer  der  schadlichen  Insekten. 
Ihre  Lebensweise,  wirtschaftliche  Bedeutung  und  systematische 
Kennzeichnung.  Zeitschr.  f.  angew.  Ent.,  6:  185-246. 

Beard,  R.  L. 

1942.  On  the  formation  of  the  tracheal  funnel  in  Anasa  tristis  DeG. 
induced  by  the  parasite  Trichopoda  pennipes  Fabr.  Ann,  Ent. 
Soc.  Am.,  35:68-72. 

Clausen,  C.  P. 

1940.  Entomophagous  Insects,  pp.  430-484.  New  York:  McGraw-Hill. 


1953] 


Nutting — Biology  of  Euphasiopteryx 


81 


Greene,  C.  T. 

1922.  An  illustrated  synopsis  of  the  puparia  of  100  muscoid  flies 
(Diptera) . Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  60,  Art.  10:p.  13. 

Nielsen,  J.  C. 

1909.  lagttagelser  over  entoparasitiske  Muscidelarver  hos  Arthro- 
poder.  Ent.  Meddel.,  4:pp.  118-121. 

Pantel,  J. 

1910.  Rechercibes  sur  les  Dipteres  a Larves  Entomobies.  I.  Caracteres 
parasitiques  aux  points  de  vue  biologique,  ethologique  et  his- 
tologique.  La  Cellule,  26:25-216. 

Rehn,  j.  a.  G.  and  M.  Hebard 

1914.  Studies  in  American  Tettigoniidae  (Orthoptera) . III.  A synop- 
sis of  the  species  of  the  genus  Neoconocephalus  found  in  North 
America  north  of  Mexico.  Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  40:365-413. 

Reinhard,  H.  j. 

1922.  Host  records  of  some  Texas  Tachinidae  (Diptera) . Ent.  News, 
33:72-73. 

Sabrosky,  C.  W. 

1953.  Taxonomy  and  host  relations  of  the  tribe  Ormiini  in  the  west- 
ern hemisphere  (Diptera,  Larvaevoridae) . Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 
Wash.,  55:  167-183. 

Thompson,  W.  R. 

1928.  A contribution  to  the  study  of  the  dipterous  parasites  of  the 
European  earwig  (Forficula  auricularia  L.) . Parasitology,  20:123- 
158. 

Townsend,  C.  H.  T. 

1911.  Announcement  of  further  results  secured  in  the  study  of 
muscoid  flies.  Ann.  Elnt.  Soc.  Am.,  4:pp.  136-137. 

1912.  Foundation  of  some  new  genera  and  species  of  muscoid  flies 
mainly  on  reproductive  and  early-stage  characters.  J.  N.  Y. 
Ent.  Soc.,  20:pp.ll4-117. 

1936.  Manual  of  Myiology.  3:p.l02. 

1942.  Manual  of  Myiology.  12:Pls.  27,  28. 

Wolcott,  G.  N. 

1940.  A tachinid  parasite  of  the  Puerto  Rican  Changa.  J.  Ec.  Ent., 
33:202. 

1951.  The  insects  of  Puerto  Rico,  Diptera.  J.  Agr.  Univ.  Puerto  Rico. 
32  (3)  : pp.  476-477. 

York,  G.  T.  and  H.  W.  Prescott 

1952.  Nemestrinid  parasites  of  grasshoppers.  J.  Ec.  Ent.,  45 :p.  1. 


NEW  DATA  ON  THE  HABITS  OF 
CAMPONOTUS  {MYRMAPHAENUS)  ULCEROSUS 
WHEELER 

By  William  Steel  Creighton 
Department  of  Biology, 

College  of  the  City  of  New  York 

In  June  1951  the  writer  published,  in  this  Journal,  an 
account  of  the  habits  of  C.  {M.)  ulcerosus.  Since  that  time 
eight  more  colonies  have  been  observed  and  additional  data 
have  been  secured  on  the  habits  of  this  remarkable  anth 

The  truncated  head  of  the  major  worker  of  ulcerosus 
has  suggested  to  some  myrmecologists  a relationship  with 
the  subgenus  Colobopsis.  This  view  is  unsatisfactory  from 
a structural  standpoint,  for  the  two  subgenera  actually 
have  little  in  common.  Nor  did  it  seem  likely,  since  ulcerosus 
is  a ground-dweller,  that  the  head  of  the  major  could  be 
used  in  phragmosis.  It  is  now  certain,  however,  that  the 
major  worker  of  ulcerosus  does  function  as  a door  and 
does  close  the  nest  entrance  with  the  front  of  the  head  in 
a fashion  essentially  similar  to  the  phragmotic  major  of 
Colobopsis. 

This  is  possible  because  ulcerosus  constructs  a carton 
shield  at  the  nest  entrance.  In  this  shield  is  a single 
aperture  which  closely  approximates,  in  size  and  shape, 
the  truncated  portion  of  the  head  of  the  major.  The  shield 
is  made  of  a mixture  of  earth  and  bits  of  vegetable  detritus. 
The  shield  is  so  fragile  that  it  usually  cannot  be  lifted  away 
from  the  nest  entrance  intact  and  it  is  sometimes  destroyed 
by  a heavy  rainstorm.  The  shield  may  be  flat,  dome-shaped 
or  tubular.  In  the  dome-shaped  and  tubular  shields  the 
length  is  from  ten  to  fifteen  millimeters  and  the  diameter 
from  seven  to  ten  millimeters.  Since  the  aperture  is  notably 
smaller,  it  forms  a bottle-neck  which  the  head  of  the  major 
can  close. 

The  major  of  ulcerosus,  when  acting  as  a door,  lets  the 
other  members  of  the  colony  in  and  out  by  backing  away 
1 This  work  was  done  on  a Guggenheim  Fellowship  for  1951-52. 

82 


1953] 


Creighton  — Camponotus  ulcerosus 


88 


from  the  aperture.  In  this  respect  it  behaves  essentially  as 
does  the  major  of  Colobopsis.  There  are,  however,  a number 
of  interesting  differences  in  the  process.  When  the  head 
of  the  major  of  Colobopsis  is  serving  in  its  phragmotic 
capacity,  the  only  portions  of  it  presented  to  the  exterior 
are  the  jaws  and  the  truncated  anterior  face.  The  antennae 
are  folded  back  against  the  sides  of  the  head  and  they  are 
well  removed  from  the  exterior : it  is  difficult  to  see  how  they 
could  receive  tactile  stimuli.  This  may  be  why  Wheeler 
(Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  20,  No.  10,  p.  154,  1904) 
was  unable  to  elicit  any  response  when  he  attempted  to 
cause  the  withdrawal  of  the  Colobopsis  major  by  touching 
the  exposed  portion  of  the  head  with  a pin  or  straw.  The 
head  of  the  major  of  ulcerosus,  when  in  the  phragmotic 
position,  can  readily  receive  tactile  stimuli  with  the  an- 
tennae. For  these  parts  are  not  concealed,  but  held  so  that 
each  funiculus  lies  at  one  side  of  the  aperture.  The  return- 
ing workers  touch  the  exposed  antennae  of  the  occluding 
major  with  their  own  antennae  to  secure  entry  for,  when 
thus  stimulated,  the  major  withdraws  its  head  from  the 
aperture.  This  same  response  can  be  elicited  by  touching 
the  antennae  of  the  occluding  major  with  a bit  of  grass. 
The  major  of  ulcerosus  is  capable  of  a rather  surprising 
range  of  behavior  when  acting  as  a guard.  As  a general 
rule  a strange  ant  can  walk  across  the  face  of  the  ulcerosus 
major,  when  the  latter  has  assumed  the  phragmotic  position, 
without  producing  any  visible  response.  Occasionally,  how- 
ever, the  major  will  seize  the  strange  ant  in  its  jaws  and 
jerk  it  into  the  nest,  where  it  is,  presumably,  killed.  Further- 
more, the  major  of  ulcerosus  does  not  always  take  a position 
where  its  head  blocks  the  entrance.  During  periods  when 
little  traffic  is  passing  the  “door”,  the  major  on  guard  often 
remains  well  inside  the  carton,  with  only  the  tips  of  the 
antennae  showing  at  the  aperture.  From  this  position  it  can 
pop  into  place  instantaneously,  which  it  does  if  a strange 
ant  walks  onto  the  shield.  If  foraging  has  ceased  and  there 
are  no  strange  ants  in  the  vicinity,  the  major  may  retreat 
so  far  from  the  aperture  that  it  cannot  be  seen  when  a beam 
of  light  is  thrown  through  that  opening.  It  is  of  interest 
to  note  that  the  major  of  ulcerosus  is  not  limited  to  serving 


84 


Psyche 


[June 


in  a phragmotic  capacity  only.  Some  of  the  majors  regularly 
leave  the  nest  to  forage  with  the  medias  and  minors. 

A few  other  observations  may  be  added.  Workers  return- 
ing to  the  nest  always  go  in  through  the  aperture  head- 
first. They  will  do  so  even  when  this  involves  considerable 
struggle  with  what  they  are  carrying.  In  the  event  that 
some  strange  ant  is  on  or  near  the  shield,  the  returning 
ulcerosus  workers  make  no  effort  to  enter  the  nest.  They  will 
wander  about  nearby  until  the  intruder  leaves,  at  which 
time  they  will  secure  entry  to  the  nest  in  the  usual  fashion. 
It  is  clear  that  ulcerosus  is  a very  timid  ant.  It  is  much 
afraid  of  several  smaller  species,  particularly  Xiphomyrmex 
spinosus  insons.  If  the  two  meet,  the  Xiphomyrmex  will 
usually  rob  the  ulcerosus  worker  of  anything  it  is  carrying. 
This  may  be  the  reason  why  the  workers  of  ulcerosus,  which 
are  returning  to  the  nest  with  food,  will  take  a needlessly 
tortuous  course  over  grass  tufts.  Such  a course  would 
minimize  the  chance  for  encounters  with  Xiphomyrmex, 
for  the  latter  ant  rarely  leaves  the  surface  of  the  soil  when 
foraging. 

Presented  below  are  several  records  which  add  to  the 
known  range  of  ulcerosus : 

Arizona:  Huachuca  Mountains,  Carr  Canyon,  5400'; 
Santa  Rita  Mountains,  Sweetwater,  5800';  Chiricahua 
Mountains,  Nat.  Mon.  Campground,  5400'. 

Chihuahua:  Sierra  de  en  Medio,  Nogales  Ranch,  5000'. 

Sonora:  Cerro  San  Jose  (Naco)  5100’. 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 


A regular  meeting  of  the  Club  is  held  on  the  second  Tues- 
day of  each  month  (July,  August  and  September,  excepted) 
at  8 :00  p.m.  in  Room  B-455,  Biological  Laboratories,  Divin- 
ity Ave.,  Cambridge.  Entomologists  visiting  Boston  are 
cordially  invited  to  attend. 


BACK  VOLUMES  OF  PSYCHE 

The  Cambridge  Entomological  Club  is  able  to  offer  for 
sale  the  following  volumes  of  Psyche.  Those  not  mentioned 
are  entirely  out  of  print. 

Volumes  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  each  covering  a period  of  three 
years,  $5.00  each. 

Volumes  10,  12,  14,  17,  each  covering  a single  year,  $1.00 
each. 

Volumes  18,  19,  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25,  26,  each  covering  a 
single  year,  $1.50  each. 

Volumes  27  to  53,  each  covering  a single  year,  $2.00. 
Volumes  54  to  59,  each  covering  a single  year,  $3.00. 
Orders  for  2 or  more  volumes  subject  to  a discount  of 

10 

Orders  for  10  or  more  volumes  subject  to  a discount  of 

200. 

All  orders  should  be  addressed  to 

F.  M.  Carpenter,  Editor  of  Psyche, 

Biological  Laboratories, 
Harvard  University, 
Cambridge,  Macs. 


FOR  SALE 


The  Ants  of  North  America,  by  Professor  Wm.  S. 
Creighton.  Published  in  April,  1950,  as  volume  104  of  the 
Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  with  585 
pages  and  57  plates.  Price  $10.00  (postpaid).  Send  orders 
to  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  College, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 


BLACK  STEEL  INSECT  PINS 

Trade  Mark  “Elephant”,  the  ideal  black  insect  pin.  Trade 
Mark  “Imperial”,  formerly  Czechoslovakia.  Both  types  in 
sizes  No.  000-7.  Also  Minuten  Nadeln.  Request  samples 
and  prices  from  the  manufacturer:  Emil  Arlt,  Spezial- 
nadelfabrik,  Salzburg,  2,  P.O.  Box  76,  Austria. 


PSYCHE 

A JOURNAL  OF  ENTOMOLOGY 

Established  in  1874 


VoL  60  September,  1953  No.  3 


V J 

i ' c 


MUS.  mu?.  200L 

LiBway 

JAN  1 1 1954 


TABLE  OF  CONTEXTS 

TIu*  ludo-Australian  Species  of  tiie  Ant  Genus  Slrumigenys  Fr.  Smith: 

S.  wallncei  Emerv  and  Relatives.  IF.  L.  Brown,  Jr.  ...  85 

Fii>t  Records  of  the  Eiiro])ean  rcligio-sa  (L.)  from  Maine. 

II'.  L.  Xutting 89 

.Viistralian  Carabid  Beetles  II.  Some  New  Pterostichini.  P.  J.  Darling- 
ton, Jr 90 

'I'axonomic  Notes  on  the  Ant,  Cainponotus  cooperi  Gregg.  R.  E.  Gregg  102 

Further  Notes  on  North  American  Epicauta,  with  New  Synonjunj’ 
(Coleop.,  Meloidae).  F.  G.  Werner 105 

N('w  England  Records  of  Ululodes  Currie  (Neuroptera:  .Yscalaphidae). 

G.  //.  Beatty,  III 114 

.\  .New  Neotropical  C/ir^.sop.s  (Diptera,  Tabanidae).  L.  L.  Pechuman  115 
'Flirc'e  New  Species  of  Panorpidae  (Mecoptera).  F.  Y.  Cheng  . . 119 

I.arval  Mites  of  the  Genus  Eutromhidium  Attached  to  a Carolina 

Locust.  TP.  IF.  Judd 124 

-A  Gregarine,  Diplocystis,  in  the  Haemocoele  of  the  Roach.  Blaberus 
rraniifcr  Bunn.  W.  L.  Xutting 126 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 

Officers 

President  .... 

Vice-President  . 

Secretary  .... 

Treasurer  .... 

Executive  Committee 

EDITORIAL  BOARD  OF  PSYCHE 

F.  M.  Carpenter  — editor 
C.  T.  Brues 
P.  J.  Darlington,  Jr. 

J.  Bequaert 


FOR  1953-54 

. W.  L.  Brown,  Jr. 
S.  K.  Harris 
. E.  0.  Wilson 
F.  M.  Carpenter 
) . . . J.  C.  Bequaert 

\ . . . A.  G.  Humes 


PSYCHE  is  published  quarterly,  the  issues  appearing  in  March,  June,  September, 
and  December.  Subscription  price,  per  year,  payable  in  advance;  $3.00  to  subscribers 
in  the  United  States  and  Canada:  other  subscriptions  $3.35.  Single  copies,  85  cents. 

Cheques  and  remittances  should  be  addressed  to  Treasurer,  Cambridge  Entomological 
Club,  Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Orders  for  back  volumes,  missing  numbers,  notices  of  change  of  address,  etc., 
should  be  sent  to  the  Editorial  Office  of  Psyche,  Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard 
University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

IMPORTANT  NOTICE  TO  CONTRIBUTORS 

Manuscripts  intended  for  publication,  books  intended  for  review,  and  other  editorial 
matter,  should  be  addressed  to  Professor  P.  M.  Carpenter,  Biological  Laboratories, 
Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Authors  contributing  articles  over  8 printed  pages  in  length  will  be  required  to 
bear  a part  of  the  extra  exF>ense,  for  additional  pages.  This  expense  will  be  that 
of  typesetting  oniy,  which  is  about  $3.00  per  p'’'”  . The  actual  cost  of  preparing 
cuts  for  all  illustrations  must  be  borne  by  comlributors;  the  expense  for  full  page 
plates  from  line  drawings  is  approximately  $8.00  each,  and  for  full  page  half-tones. 
$10.00  each;  smaller  sizes  in  proportion. 

AUTHOR’S  SEPARATES 

Reprints  of  articles  may  be  secured  by  authors,  if  i.'hey  are  ordered  before,  or  at 
the  time  proofs  are  received  for  corrections.  The  cost  of  these  will  be  furnished 
by  the  Editor  on  application. 


The  June,  1953,  Psychk  (Vol.  60,  No.  2)  was  mailed  Sept.  28.  1953 


EATON  PRESS  INC.,  WATERTOWN,  MASS, 


PSYCHE 


Mus.  m?.  zooi 

LIBPAIY 

JAN  1 1 195 


Vol.  60  September,  1953  No.  3 

THE  INDO-AUSTRALIAN  SPECIES  OF  THE  ANT 

GENUS  STRUMIGENYS  FR.  SMITH:  S.  WALLACEI 
EMERY  AND  RELATIVES^ 

By  William  L.  Brown,  Jr. 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University 

This  is  another  part  of  my  continuing  revision  of  the 
dacetine  ant  genus  Strumigenys.  Here  are  discussed  three 
species  of  the  szalayi  group,  one  of  which  is  described  as 
new.  The  other  species  of  the  group  will  be  treated  in  a 
later  paper  in  the  series.  The  abbreviations  for  measure- 
ments and  proportions  are  explained  in  previous  parts  of 
the  revision:  see  Psyche  60:  1 (1953).  Deposition  of  cer- 
tain types  is  indicated  by  capitals  in  brackets  as  follows: 
United  States  National  Museum  [USNM],  Museum  of  Com- 
parative Zoology,  Harvard  University  [MCZ]. 

Strumigenys  nidifex  Mann 

Strumigenys  nidifex  Mann,  1921,  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool. 
Harvard,  6 A:  464,  fig.  23,  all  castes. 

This  very  large,  dark  brown  species  is  found  only  on  a 
few  of  the  larger  islands  of  the  Fijian  Group.  The  original 
description  permits  easy  recognition ; the  ant  is  larger  than 
any  other  species  known  from  the  Indo-Australian  area, 
although  Mann’s  measurements  are  a bit  too  low.  I have 
recently  received  specimens  from  Mr.  N.  L.  H.  Krauss  taken 
at  Navai,  Viti  Levu.  It  nests  under  stones,  where  it  builds 
reticulately  patterned  nests  with  mud,  or  in  rotten  wood 
[USNM,  MCZ]. 

Strumigenys  wallacei  Emery 

Strumigenys  Wallacei  Emery,  1897,  Term.  Fuzetek  20 : 
575,  578,  pi.  14,  fig.  7,  worker. 

^ Published  with  a grant  from  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
at  Harvard  College. 


85 


86 


Psyche 


[September 


1 have  seen  no  specimens  of  this  species,  but  Emery’s 
figure  and  description  show  that  it  is  very  closely  related  to 
S.  opaca  sp.  nov.,  described  below.  Emery’s  measurements 
are  probably  too  low  (‘‘2%-3  mm.”),  and  in  his  figure,  the 
eyes  may  be  portrayed  as  much  too  flat,  judging  from  other 
related  species.  In  the  width  of  the  head,  form  and  pilosity 
of  the  antennal  scapes,  and  other  features,  this  species  and 
S.  opaca  together  form  a subgroup  distinct  from  the  other 
szalayi  relatives.  Possibly  wallacei,  like  opaca,  may  also 
lack  the  intercalary  tooth  of  the  apical  fork.  Of  ivallacei, 
Emery  says  the  gaster  is  “nitida,  nigra,  basi  rugosi-striata.” 
In  the  new  species,  the  entire  first  tergite  is  sculptured  and 
opaque,  and  is  deep  red  instead  of  black.  As  already  men- 
tioned, the  difference  in  the  eyes  as  portrayed  in  Emery’s 
figure  may  not  be  reliable,  so  we  shall  have  to  await  an 
opportunity  to  see  types  of  ivallacei  before  citing  other  dis- 
tinctions between  the  two  species.  The  types  are  either 
in  the  Emery  Collection,  Museo  Civico  di  Storia  Naturale, 
Genoa,  or  in  the  Hungarian  National  Museum,  Budapest, 
or  both.  Type  locality:  Lemien  Forest,  near  Berlinhafen, 
New  Guinea. 

Slrumigenys  opaca  new  species 

Holotype  worker : TL  3.49  mm.,  HL  0.83  mm.,  ML  0.46  mm., 
WL  0.81  mm.;  Cl  86,  MI  55.  Occipital  lobes  overlapping  pro- 
notum  by  about  0.04  m.,  this  amount  not  subtracted  from 
TL. 

Head  in  outline  very  much  as  in  Emery’s  figure  of  S. 
wallacei  (see  above),  very  broad  and  similarly  deeply  ex- 
cised posteriorly.  Eyes  larger,  more  convex  and  more 
strongly  protuberant,  also  more  anteriorly  directed,  than 
those  shown  for  ivallacei  in  Emery’s  figure.  Actually,  the 
eyes  are  situated  on  low  protuberances,  immediately  in 
front  of  which  run  deep  vertical  preocular  sulci ; the  latter 
continue  onto  the  ventral  surface  of  the  head  and  join  there 
to  form  the  deep  postoral  sulcus.  Antennal  scrobes  ending 
abruptly  above  the  eyes.  As  the  head  is  seen  in  direct  dorsal 
view,  the  dorsolateral  borders  run  well  inside  of  the  ventro- 
lateral borders  and  are  only  very  feebly  indented  at  the 
level  of  the  eyes.  The  periocular  structure  is  similar  to  that 
of  szalayi,  niclifex,  etc.,  but  differs  in  having  the  dorsolateral 


1953] 


Brown  — Indo- Australian  Strumigenys 


87 


borders  only  slightly  indented  above  the  eyes  and  in  having 
the  eyes  themselves  much  larger  and  more  protruding,  more 
nearly  prospicient. 

Vertex  evenly  convex,  feebly  impressed  in  the  middle; 
occipital  lobes  strongly  depressed  and  nearly  plane  dorsally ; 
broadly  expanded  both  posteriad  and  laterad.  Clypeus  more 
than  half  again  as  broad  as  long,  moderately  convex,  an- 
terior border  emarginate  and  weakly  depressed  in  the 
middle. 

Mandibles  about  as  shown  in  Emery’s  wallacei  figure, 
slightly  depressed  and  very  slightly  broadened  just  at  their 
insertions.  Seen  from  the  side,  they  tilt  slightly  dorsad  and 
are  feebly  arched.  Apical  fork  of  two  long  spiniform  teeth, 
subparallel  and  forming  a U,  the  ventral  tooth  (L  0.10  mm.) 
about  % as  long  as  the  dorsal  (l  0.15-0.16  mm.)  ; no  inter- 
calary denticle.  Preapical  tooth  slightly  curved,  spiniform, 
situated  at  approximately  the  apical  third  of  the  ml,  its  L 
ca.  0.10  mm. 

Antennal  scapes  (straightline  L about  0.60  mm.)  very 
feebly  bent  posteriorly  near  the  base,  where  they  are  very 
slender;  apical  half  gradually  incrassate,  thickest  at  about 
the  apical  quarter,  and  gently  arched  so  as  to  follow  the 
contour  of  the  sides  of  the  head  when  in  repose.  This  adapt- 
ation evidently  compensates  for  the  incomplete  condition  of 
the  scrobes,  and  is  seen  in  somewhat  similar  form  in  szalayi. 
Funiculus  L 0.65  mm.,  the  apical  segment  occupying  just 
half  this  length ; iv  longer  than  i ; ii  and  iii  subequal,  longer 
than  broad,  together  not  quite  as  long  as  i. 

Anterior  promesonotum  gently  convex,  descending  be- 
hind through  the  evenly  concave  posterior  half  of  the  meso- 
notum  to  the  lower,  extremely  feebly  convex  (nearly 
straight  in  profile)  propodeal  dorsum;  metanotal  groove 
obsolete.  Promesonotum  seen  from  above  with  a very  nar- 
rowly rounded  and  poorly  developed  anterior  border ; cervix 
with  a median  dorsal  carinula.  No  traces  of  humeral  angles 
or  tubercles,  humeral  region  gently  convex,  promesonotal 
suture  obsolete.  Propodeal  teeth  long  (l  ca.  0.12  mm.),  set 
far  apart,  slender,  acute,  feebly  diverging  and  elevated  at 
an  angle  of  about  35°  from  the  plane  of  the  propodeal 
dorsum.  Infradental  carinulae  indistinct,  becoming  obsolete 
ventrad. 


88 


Psyche 


[September 


Petiolar  peduncle  slender,  slig'htly  longer  than  node. 
Node  evenly  rounded  above,  very  slightly  broader  than 
long,  with  only  very  narrow,  sublamellose  vestiges  of  ap- 
pendages posterodorsally,  posterolaterally  and  ventrally. 
Postpetiole  twice  as  broad  as  petiolar  node,  and  higher  and 
more  bulky,  subglobose,  only  slightly  broader  than  long 
(L  0.20,  w 0.25  mm.)  ; spongiform  appendages  poorly  de- 
veloped, restricted  to  thin  posterodorsal  border  and  meager 
ventral  and  ventrolateral  lobes. 

Entire  insect,  except  for  shining  mandibular  apices, 
densely  and  finely  sculptured  and  opaque ; the  sculpture  pre- 
dominantly punctulate  as  in  other  species  of  the  genus,  and 
similarly  becoming  more  superficial  and  indistinct  on  the 
gastric  dorsum,  which,  though  largely  quite  opaque,  be- 
comes less  definitely  so  toward  the  apex. 

Dorsum  of  head,  alitrunk  and  nodes  with  a sparse,  in- 
conspicuous ground  pilosity  of  short,  spatulate  subappressed 
hairs.  Clypeus  with  a medially  directed  fringe  of  spatulate 
hairs,  about  9 or  10  on  each  side  of  the  middle.  Anterior 
border  of  scape  with  a regular  row  of  stiff,  apically-inclined 
oar-shaped  hairs,  becoming  longer  toward  the  scape  apex; 
a similar  row  appears  in  Emery’s  figure  of  tvallacei,  but 
the  individual  hairs  in  opaca  appear  to  have  broader  blades 
apically.  Hairs  on  inner  mandibular  borders  near  base 
long,  fine,  subreclinate ; those  near  apex  longer,  perpendic- 
ular. Abundant  short  subreclinate  hairs  along  posterior 
borders  of  scapes.  No  specialized  erect  hairs  on  head  or  ali- 
trunk. Short,  erect,  posteriorly-inclined  clavo-spatulate 
hairs  as  follows:  a pair  on  postpetiole;  3 pairs  on  basal 
gastric  tergite;  transverse  rows  of  4-6  hairs  each  on  suc- 
ceeding gastric  segments,  becoming  smaller  and  finer 
toward  extreme  apex.  Short  fine  hairs  under  gastric  apex. 

Color  deep  brownish-red;  mandibles,  legs,  antennae  and 
occipital  lobes  a trifle  lighter  and  more  yellowish. 

Holotype  [MCZ]  selected  from  a nest  series  of  15  workers 
taken  in  rain-forest  at  Lankelly  Creek  in  the  Mcllwraith 
Range,  a few  miles  east  of  Coen,  central  Cape  York  Pen- 
insula, Queensland  during  June,  1932  (P.  J.  Darlington: 
Harvard  Australia  Expedition). 

Paratypes:  [MCZ,  USNM,  Queensland  Museum,  etc.]  the 


i953J 


Brotvn  — Indo-Australian  Strumigenys 


89 


remaining  14  workers  from  the  type  nest  series  are  very 
uniform  in  structure  and  color,  and  quantitative  variation 
is  slight.  TL  3.18-3.51,  hl  0.78-0.85,  ml  0.43-0.48,  WL  0.75- 
0.81  mm.;  Cl  82-86,  Ml  54-57. 


First  Records  of  the  European  Mantis  religiosa  (L.) 
FROM  Maine.  — Aside  from  the  persistent  records  from 
New  York  and  Ontario,  the  last  three  years  have  produced 
numerous  records  of  this  insect  in  widely  scattered  locali- 
ties in  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  and  Connecticut.  Although 
only  one  specimen  was  reported  in  Sept.  1951,  from  Saco, 
Maine  (Mrs.  G.  B.  Nutting),  the  following  1952  records 
from  York  County,  Maine  indicate  that  it  may  now  have 
a hold  in  that  state:  three  specimens  from  Biddeford,  15, 
18  Aug.,  and  6 Oct.  (H.  J.  Edwards,  A.  Lowell,  and  J. 
Foran)  ; one  specimen  from  South  Buxton,  10  Sept,  (de- 
termined by  Mr.  A.  E.  Brower  of  the  Entomological  Labora- 
tory, Augusta).  The  Biddeford  records,  along  with  numer- 
ous other  “sightings”,  were  largely  from  the  business  dis- 
trict, in  yards,  on  window  sills,  parking  meters,  and  the 
like.  Although  the  males  fly  well,  as  do  many  females  be- 
fore they  become  gravid,  this  relatively  rapid  spread  is 
probably  due  largely  to  long-distance  shipments  of  hay  and 
nursery  stock  containing  their  egg  masses. 

The  average  winter  temperature  of  coastal  and  south- 
eastern Maine  is  close  to  that  of  southern  Ontario,  but  is 
deflnitely  warmer  than  northeastern  Ontario  near  the  con- 
fluence of  the  Ottawa  and  St.  Lawrence  Rivers.  Since  this 
mantid  is  already  well  established  in  both  these  regions  of 
Ontario,  it  is  possible  that  it  may  eventually  become  a per- 
manent resident  over  much  of  New  England,  including 
coastal  Maine.  — W.  L.  Nutting,  Biological  Laboratories, 
Harvard  University. 


AUSTRALIAN  CARABID  BEETLES  II. 
SOME  NEW  PTEROSTICHINI 


By  P.  J.  Darlington,  Jr. 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University 

This  is  the  second  of  what  I hope  will  be  a continuing 
series  of  papers  on  Australian  Carabidae.  The  first,  with 
some  information  on  sources  of  material  and  methods  of 
work,  appeared  in  Psyche,  vol.  60,  1953,  pp.  52-61.  The 
present  paper  contains  the  descriptions  of  seven  new  Pter- 
ostichini  of  the  Australian  genera  Leiradira,  Setalis,  TH- 
chosternus,  and  Notonomus.  Several  of  the  new  species 
either  extend  the  known  ranges  of  their  genera  or  show 
unusual  characters  or  variations.  Except  as  otherwise 
stated,  all  the  specimens  here  reported  upon  were  collected 
by  myself  during  the  course  of  the  Harvard  Australian 
Expedition  of  1931-1932. 

Genus  Leiradira  Cast. 

Leiradira  alternans  n.  sp. 

Of  general  form  and  appearance  of  previously  known 
Leiradira  (e.  g.  auricoUis  Cast.)  but  larger  and  narrower; 
color,  including  appendages,  black  or  piceous  (more  rufous 
in  recently  emerged  individuals)  with  outer  antennal  seg- 
ments brown ; rather  shining,  microsculpture  faint,  iso- 
diametric  on  head,  somewhat  transverse  on  prothorax  and 
elytra.  Head  normal  for  genus,  .67  and  .71  width  prothorax 
in  5 $ measured;  antennae  geniculate  but  with  1st  seg- 
ment shorter  than  usual  in  genus;  frontal  sulci  deep,  linear, 
somewhat  curved  and  converging  anteriorly,  joined  anter- 
iorly by  a variable  but  usually  lightly  impressed  clypeal 
suture;  surface  impunctate.  Prothorax  appearing  at  least 
as  long  as  wide  but  by  measurement  slightly  wider  than 
long;  base  about  equal  to  apex;  sides  broadly  arcuate,  al- 
most parallel  1/3  from  apex,  strongly  sinuate  just  before 
base ; basal  angles  right ; lateral  margins  very  narrow, 
consisting  of  marginal  bead  only,  with  usual  setae  at  base 


90 


1953.1 


Darlington  — Australian  Carabidae 


91 


and  about  13  from  apex;  base  subtruncate  or  slightly 
sinuate;  apex  subtruncate,  with  anterior  angles  very 
slightly  advanced;  sub-basal  impressions  in  form  of  deep, 
somewhat  elongate  foveae,  each  connected  with  the  margin 
posteriorly  by  a deep,  curved  impression ; disc  with  median 
line  light,  transverse  impressions  obsolete,  surface  impunc- 
tate..  Elytra  1/5  or  1/4  wider  than  prothorax,  not  or  moder- 
ately narrowed  anteriorly  (variable),  with  sides  subparal- 
lel or  slightly  arcuate  at  middle,  sinuate  before  apex,  then 
rather  narrowly  and  almost  conjointly  rounded;  basal  mar- 
gin either  entire  and  conspicuously  lobed  or  interrupted  at 
1st,  3rd,  and  5th  intervals  (variation  individual,  not  geo- 
gi'aphical),  approximately  rectangular  and  strongly  ele- 
vated at  humeri ; striae  rather  deep,  entire,  impunctate,  but 
finely  granular  at  bottom;  intervals  alternately  wide  and 
narrow  (1,  3,  5,  and  7 wide),  moderately  convex  on  disc, 
more  so  laterally  and  apically;  3rd  interval  2,  3,  or  4 punc- 
tate, the  punctures  somewhat  irregular  in  position  as  well 
as  number;  8th  and  9th  intervals  narrow  and  convex;  frag- 
ments of  a very  narrow  10th  (submarginal)  interval  post- 
eriorly. Prosternal  process  not  margined,  declivity  flat, 
without  setae;  metepisterna  short;  sides  of  sterna  not  much 
punctate,  but  sides  of  abdomen  especially  anteriorly  ex- 
tensively punctate,  with  the  segments  more  or  less  im- 
pressed near  sides.  Fifth  segment  of  tarsi  without  acces- 
sory setae  below.  Male  with  anterior  tarsi  a little  dilated, 
first  3 segments  biseriately  squamulose;  $ with  1,  $ with 
2 setigerous  punctures  each  side  last  ventral  segment. 
Length  14-16.5;  width  4. 1-5.0  mm. 

Holotype  S (M.  C.  Z.  Type  No.  29,016)  and  3 paratypes 
from  Malanda,  Atherton  Tableland,  North  Queensland, 
Nov.  7 and  8,  1950,  collected  by  Dr.  W.  L.  Brown  in  rotten 
logs  in  rain  forest;  and  also  the  following  additional  para- 
types : 3,  Millaa  Millaa,  Atherton  Tableland,  about  2,500  ft. 
alFtude,  April,  1932;  and  1,  Lake  Barrine,  Atherton  Table- 
land, about  2,300  ft.  altitude,  April,  1932. 

This,  the  first  Leiradira  to  be  recorded  from  North 
Queensland,  is  very  distinct  from  all  species  previously  as- 
signed to  the  genus.  The  alternation  in  width  of  the  elytral 
intervals  is  alone  enough  to  distinguish  it  from,  for  ex- 
ample, L.  auHcollis  Cast,  and  all  other  known  species  of  the 


92 


Psyche 


1 Septemb-:!' 


genus  (keyed  out  and  discussed  by  Tschitscherine  in  Horae 
Soc.  Ent.  Rossicae,  Vol.  32,  1898,  pp.  39-46),  and  there  are 
many  other  specific  differences.  It  is  not  so  easy  to  say  just 
how  the  new  species  is  related  to  ''Notonomus”  opacistri- 
atus  SI.,  which  Sloane  eventually  decided  was  not  a Xotono- 
mus  (Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  Neiv  South  Wales,  Vol.  38,  1913,  p. 
409),  and  which  is  from  Cairns,  below  the  Atherton  Table- 
land. The  two  species  are  apparently  related,  but  different. 
As  compared  with  the  description  of  opacistriatus,  the 
present  new  species  agrees  in  many  significant  details  in- 
cluding alternation  in  width  of  the  elytral  intervals  and 
opacity  of  the  elytral  striae,  but  Sloane’s  species  is  evident- 
ly a wider,  less  convex,  somewhat  differently  shaped  insect. 
This  is  shown  by  the  measurements  he  gives  (16  by  5.5  mm. 
— a 16  mm.  specimen  of  the  present  new  species  would 
be  less  than  5 mm.  wide),  by  his  statement  that  his  species 
is  oval  and  rather  depressed  while  the  present  new  species 
is  subparallel  and  rather  convex,  and  by  his  statement  that 
in  his  species  the  prothoracic  margins  (as  distinguished 
from  the  lateral  channels)  are  narrow  but  wider  toward 
the  base  while  the  present  new  species  has  no  margins  ex- 
cept the  lateral  channels,  this  being  consistent  with  the  new 
species  being  a narrower  and  more  convex  insect.  I think 
that  ''Notonomus”  opacistHatus  SI.  will  probably  pro\  e to 
be  a link  between  Leiraclira  and  more  normally  formed 
pterostichines,  but  I do  not  care  to  place  it  formally  with- 
out seeing  it. 

Genus  Setalis  Cast. 

Setalis  sloanei  n.  sp. 

Almost  exactly  like  Setalis  niger  Cast,  in  form  and  ap- 
pearance, but  very  much  smaller;  shining  black,  legs  brown- 
ish piceous,  antennae  reddish  brown ; upper  surface  slightly 
silky  but  without  distinct  microsculpture.  Head  .62  and  .59 
width  prothorax  in  6 9 measured,  almost  as  in  5.  ulgtr, 
swollen  posteriorly,  with  small  but  even  more  abruptly 
prominent  eyes;  frontal  impressions  deep,  irregular,  some- 
what converging,  joined  anteriorly  by  a sharply  defined 
slightly  emarginate  clypeal  suture;  surface  impunctate. 
P}'otho7'ax  1/4  wider  than  long,  narrowed  anteriorly,  .scarce- 
ly so  posteriorly ; base  about  2/5  wider  than  apex : side.s 


1953 


Darlington  — Australiari  Carabidae 


98 


broadly  arcuate  anteriorly,  straight  or  even  faintly  sinuate 
and  only  slightly  converging  posteriorly;  basal  angles  al- 
most idght  but  narrowly  rounded ; base  broadly  sinuate ; 
apex  subtruncate  or  very  broadly  emarginate,  with  ant- 
erior angles  not  advanced;  lateral  margins  very  narrow, 
with  usual  setae  at  base  and  about  1/4  from  apex;  disc 
normally  convex;  sub-basal  impressions  short,  deep,  linear, 
iri*egular  or  subpunctate;  a group  of  punctures  (sometimes 
only  1 puncture)  between  sub-basal  impression  and  lateral 
margin;  disc  otherwise  impunctate,  with  median  line  light, 
transverse  impressions  vague;  base  not  distinctly  mar- 
gined, apex  margined  at  sides  but  not  at  middle.  Elytra 
about  1 6 wider  than  prothorax;  sides  subparallel,  slightly 
sinuate  before  apex,  then  conjointly  rounded;  basal  margin 
entire,  bent  forward  and  forming  acute  angles  (more  acute 
titan  in  }tiger)  at  humeri;  striae  entire,  deep,  impunctate; 
intervals  slightly  convex  on  disc,  more  so  laterally  and 
apically;  dorsal  intervals  equal,  3rd  impunctate;  6th  in- 
terval a little  narrower  especially  at  extremities;  7th  still 
narrower  and  abbreviated  posteriorly  (ending  near  apical 
14);  8th  very  narrow  and  a little  more  abbreviated  (but 
not  so  short  as  in  niger)  ; 9th  with  usual  ocellate  setigerous 
punctures;  a vague  10th  interval  present  but  not  sharply 
sei>arated  from  marginal  trough.  Prosternal  process  strong- 
ly margined  (not  so  in  niger),  without  setae;  metepisterna 
short,  they  and  sides  of  anterior  ventral  segments  more  or 
less  punctate,  but  body  below  almost  impunctate;  last  3 
ventral  segments  deeply  transversely  sulcate  basally.  Male 
with  anterior  tarsi  moderately  dilated,  first  3 segments 
biseriately  squamulose;  last  ventral  segment  of  both  sexes 
with  1 conspicuous  puncture  (sometimes  doubled)  each 
side  of  middle.  Length  6-7 ; width  2.4-2.S  mm. 

Holotype  $ (M.  C.  Z.  Type  No.  29,015)  and  10  para- 
types  all  from  National  Park,  McPherson  Range,  South 
Queensland  (on  New  South  Wales  border),  3,000-4,000 
ft.  altitude,  March,  1932. 

In  appearance  this  new  species  is  a diminutive  of  Setalis 
nigtr  Cast.,  but  the  size  difference  is  great  {niger  is  10-12 
mm.  long),  and  there  are  some  definite  structural  differ- 
ences ; the  new  species  has  more  acute  humeri,  less  abbrevi- 
ated eighth  elytral  intervals,  and  a strongly  margined  pro- 


94 


Psyche 


[ September 


sternal  process.  (The  M.  C.  Z.  possesses  a good  series  of 
niger  from  several  localities  in  northern  New  South  Wales 
and  southern  Queensland.)  The  new  species  very  much 
resembles  certain  Setalimorphus,  especially  S.  regidcm's  SI. 
(which  we  have),  but  differs  in  the  unusual  modification  of 
the  seventh  and  eighth  elytral  intervals. 

Genus  Trichosternus  Chd. 

Trichosternus  relictus  n.  sp. 

Rather  elongate  in  genus,  subparallel,  normally  convex; 
piceous  black  with  purplish  reflections  especially  on  head, 
pronotum,  and  elytral  margins  (sometimes  brassy  on  head 
and  pronotum)  ; legs  piceous;  antennae  with  3 basal  seg- 
ments piceous,  other  segments  pubescent  and  progressively 
paler  brown;  head  and  pronotum  shining,  with  microsculp- 
ture fine  and  lightly  impressed  (nearly  isodiametric  on 
head,  somewhat  transverse  on  pronotum)  ; elytra  (except 
margins)  duller,  with  microsculpture  fine  but  deeply  im- 
pressed, isodiametric;  but  marginal  trough  of  elytra  shin- 
ing, with  microsculpture  faint;  whole  insect  virtually  im- 
punctate  above  and  below,  except  for  punctures  of  fixed 
setae.  Head  large,-  .77  and  .85  width  prothorax  in  • $ 
measured,  but  appearing  wider;  mandibles  rather  short; 
eyes  small  but  convex,  slightly  more  prominent  than  genae ; 
genae  barely  longer  than  eyes,  convex  in  profile ; 2 setae 
above  each  eye;  frontal  impressions  parallel,  not  deep, 
rather  irregular;  mentum  deeply  emarginate,  with  tooth 
rather  broad,  short,  channeled ; labium  bisetose ; paraglos- 
sae  glabrous;  inner  lobe  of  maxilla  strongly  curved  in  at 
apex,  with  inner  margin  densely  ciliate.  Prothorax  nearly 
1/3  (width/length  1.33  and  1.31  in  <?  9 measured)  wider 
than  long,  widest  about  1/3  from  apex;  base  slightly  nar- 
rower than  apex;  sides  only  moderately  arcuate  anteriorly, 
slightly  arcuate  or  straight  or  at  most  faintly  sinuate  post- 
eriorly; basal  angles  narrowly  rounded,  obtuse;  base  broad- 
ly and  shallowly  emarginate;  apex  scarcely  emarginate, 
with  anterior  angles  slightly  advanced;  lateral  margins 
rather  narrow  anteriorly,  a little  wider  posteriorly,  each 
with  a seta  near  (just  before)  base  and  at  about  apical  1/3; 
baso-lateral  impressions  irregularly  rounded,  each  with 
whole  bottom  occupied  by  a low  tubercle;  disc  normally 


1953] 


Darlington  — Australian  Carabiclae 


95 


convex,  with  usual  middle  line  and  transverse  impressions; 
base  and  apex  margined  at  sides  but  not  at  middle.  Elytra 
subparallel,  only  slightly  narrowed  anteriorly,  rather  long 
(in  genus),  only  about  1/5  or  less  wider  than  prothorax 
(appearing  scarcely  wider)  ; basal  margin  entire,  strongly 
(almost  rectangularly)  angulate  at  humeri  but  not  distinct- 
ly dentate ; sides  almost  straight,  then  increasingly  arcuate, 
without  distinct  subapical  sinuations,  to  right  or  slightly 
obtuse  sutural  angles;  striae  well  impressed,  punctate;  in- 
tervals all  rather  strongly  and  almost  equally  convex,  3rd 
with  single  setigerous  puncture  very  near  apex,  5th  with 
2 punctures,  set  respectively  well  forward  (about  as  far 
from  base  as  from  suture)  and  well  back  (punctures  some- 
what variable  in  position  and  single  punctures  sometimes 
absent).  Prosternal  declivity  and  apex  of  mesosternum 
setose;  last  ventral  segment  4-setose  (2  setae  each  side) 
in  both  sexes.  Male  with  anterior  tarsi  normally  dilated, 
first  3 segments  biseriately  squamulose.  Length  23-28 ; 
width  about  7. 4-8. 3 mm. 

Holotype  $ (M.  C.  Z.  Type  No.  29,010)  and  19  para- 
types  all  from  near  the  town  of  Margaret  River,  south- 
western division  of  Western  Australia,  October,  1931,  taken 
under  logs  on  the  ground  in  eucalyptus  woods. 

This  is  the  first  species  of  the  whole  Trichosternus  com- 
plex to  be  found  in  Western  Australia.  It  is  a very  dis- 
tinct species,  and  I am  unwilling  to  assign  it  to  any  recog- 
nized subgenus  of  the  genus,  much  less  to  say  to  what  other 
species  it  is  most  closely  related.  Superficially  it  is  some- 
thing like  T.  (Castelnaudia)  speciosus  SI.,  but  is  more 
parallel-sided,  with  sides  of  prothorax  not  or  at  most  faintly 
sinuate,  and  with  elytral  intervals  all  about  equally  convex. 

Trichosternus  soror  n.  sp. 

Form  average  in  genus,  small,  rather  convex;  piceous 
black,  upper  surface  purplish,  color  brightest  on  head  and 
pronotum;  legs  piceous;  antennae  with  3 basal  segments 
reddish  piceous,  outer  ones  browner;  head  and  pronotum 
shining,  with  microsculpture  fine,  light,  about  isodiametric 
on  head,  slightly  transverse  on  pronotum ; elytra  duller  but 
still  somewhat  shining  especially  on  tops  of  subcostate  in- 
tervals, with  more  deeply  impressed,  fine,  isodiametric 


96 


Psyche 


[September 


microsculpture;  sides  of  elytra  (8th  intervals)  dull,  with 
almost  granular  microsculpture.  Head  4/5  (.79  and  .81) 
width  prothorax  but  appearing  wider;  mandibles  moder- 
ately long;  eyes  small  but  convex,  scarcely  more  prominent 
than  genae;  genae  slightly  shorter  than  eyes,  convex  in 
l)rofile;  2 setae  over  each  eye;  frontal  impressions  parallel, 
not  deep,  irregular;  mentum  tooth  bifid.  Prothorax  sub- 
cordate,  about  15  or  14  wider  than  long  (width/length 
1.20  and  1.27),  widest  about  1/3  from  apex;  base  a little 
(about  1/10)  narrower  than  apex;  sides  moderately  arcuate 
anteriorly,  then  straight  and  converging  posteriorly,  then 
moderately  sinuate  before  almost-right  posterior  angles; 
base  scarcely  emarginate  at  middle,  slightly  oblique  at  sides; 
apex  very  broadly  and  slightly  emarginate,  with  anterior 
angles  slightly  advanced;  lateral  margins  rather  narrow 
anteriorly,  very  narrow  posteriorly,  each  with  a seta  at 
basal  angle  and  another  about  1/3  from  apex;  baso-lateral 
impressions  normal,  sub-linear,  somewhat  wrinkled  but  not 
distinctly  punctate;  disc  normal;  basal  area  longitudinally, 
ii-regularly  striate;  base  and  apex  not  distinctly  margined 
except  near  sides.  Elytra  suboval,  narrowed  anteriorly, 
a little  more  convex  than  usual  in  genus,  14  to  1/3  wider 
than  prothorax;  basal  margin  entire,  almost  rectangularly 
angulate  and  subdentate  at  humeri;  sides  broadly  rounded; 
subapical  sinuations  almost  absent;  sutural  angles  nearly 
right  but  slightly  blunted;  striae  fine,  defined  mostly  by 
slope  of  intervals,  rather  finely  punctate;  intervals  1 to  7 
strongly  convex,  subcostate,  almost  equal  in  height  except 
7th  higher  and  costiform  basally;  8th  interval  about  same 
width  but  only  slightly  convex  and  very  dull;  9th  (sub- 
marginal) interval  narrow  and  shining;  each  3rd  interval 
with  3 setigerous  punctures  spaced  in  posterior  half  (none 
anteriorly).  Prosternal  process  and  mesosternal  declivity 
setose;  sides  of  metasternum  (not  episterna)  with  a few 
coarse  punctures  but  body  below  otherwise  virtually  im- 
punctate.  Male  with  front  tarsi  not  dilated  and  with  no 
sexual  pubescence;  last  ventral  segment  of  male  with  1 
strong  setigerous  puncture  each  side  and  several  smaller 
ones  in  from  margin  near  middle,  of  female  with  2 seti- 
gerous punctures  on  one  side  and  three  on  other.  Length 
about  21 ; width  about  6.7  mm. 


1953] 


Dariington  — Atcstralian  Carabiclae 


97 


Holotype  S (M.  C.  Z.  Type  No.  29,011)  and  1 9 para- 
type  both  from  Millaa  Millaa,,  Atherton  Tableland,  North 
Queensland,  about  2,500  ft.  altitude,  April,  1932,  in  “scrub’' 
(ram  forest). 

The  unmodified  front  tarsi  of  the  male  set  this  species 
apart  from  most  others  of  the  genus.  Otherwise  the  new 
species  somewhat  resembles  T.  {Castelnaudia)  nitidicollis 
Cast,  and  its  allies  (of  South  Queensland  etc.),  but  differs 
in  having  the  discal  elytral  intervals  (1  to  6)  almost  equally 
elevated  instead  of  alternately  so,  and  it  differs  also  in 
various  minor  characters.  Unmodified  male  tarsi  occur  in 
T.  subvirens  Chd.  and  T.  simplicipes  SI.  (of  South  Queens- 
land) but  in  these  species  the  mentum  tooth  is  rounded, 
not  bifid  as  in  the  present  new  species,  and  there  are  many 
other  specific  differences.  For  these  reasons  I doubt  if  the 
new  species  is  very  closely  related  to  any  previously  known 
one.  This  species  is,  of  course,  very  small  within  its  genus. 

Genus  Notonomiis  Chd. 

The  following  three  new  species  of  Notono inns  go  with 
N.  doddi  SI.  and  saepestriatus  SI.  (both  known  to  me  only 
by  description)  to  form  a subgroup  of  the  '' kingi-gr oup''  of 
Sloane’s  second  revision  of  the  genus  (Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  New 
South  Wales,  Vol.  38,  1913,  pp.  404-449,  esp.  pp.  437-440). 
The  subgroup  is  apparently  confined  to  North  Queensland 
(known  from  the  Atherton  Tableland  and  Mt.  Spurgeon) 
and  is  characterized  by  having  the  posterior-lateral  seti- 
gerous  puncture  of  the  margin  of  the  pronotum  on  the 
margin  at  the  basal  angle;  the  elytra  fully  and  strongly 
striate,  with  the  third  interval  not  more  than  (but  some- 
times less  than)  2-punctate  and  the  fifth  and  seventh  in- 
tervals impunctate,  and  the  eighth  interval  (the  tenth  in 
the  species  with  extra  intervals)  narrow  and  convex:  the 
metepisterna  short;  the  intercoxal  declivity  of  the  pro- 
sternum flat  and  without  setae ; the  tarsi  not  striate  above ; 
the  posterior  tarsi  with  the  first  segment  rather  long  (but 
not  quite  so  long  as  the  next  two  together),  with  the  claw- 
segment  glabrous  below;  and  with  secondary  sexual  char- 
acters normal,  that  is  the  male  with  one  seta  on  each  side 
of  the  last  ventral  segment  and  the  female  with  two  setae 
each  side,  and  the  male  with  the  anterior  tarsi  moderately 


98 


Psyche 


[September 


dilated  and  with  the  first  three  segments  biseriately  squam- 
ulose  below  and  the  female  usually  with  these  tarsi  unmodi- 
fied — but  see  under  N.  masculinus,  below.  The  species  of 
this  subgroup  differ  remarkably  among  themselves  in  some 
other  characters,  as  the  following  key  shows.  Incidentally, 
Mt.  Spurgeon  is  probably  the  most  northern  locality  at 
which  any  Notonomus  has  been  found. 

Key  to  the  species  of  Notonomus  of  the  doddi  subgroup 

1.  Elytron  with  9 normal  intervals  plus  a narrow  10th 

submarginal  one  which  does  not  reach  base  ...  2 

- Elytron  with  11  intervals  plus  the  narrow  submarg- 
inal one  (7th  interval  triplicate) 4 

2.  Head  and  pronotum  shining;  elytral  intervals  not 

catenulate  spurgeoni  n.  sp. 

- Head  and  prothorax  dull;  elytral  intervals  catenu- 
late   3 

3.  Pronotum  transversely  striolate;  elytron  with  3rd 

interval  2-punctate doddi  SI. 

- Pronotum  longitudinally  striolate;  elytron  with  3rd 

interval  impunctate masculinus  n.  sp. 

4.  Pronotum  shining;  elytral  intervals  not  much  caten- 

ulate (only  2nd  interval  crenulate  on  apical  decli- 
vity) saepistriatus  SL 

- Pronotum  dull ; elytral  intervals  more  extensively 

subcatenulate triplicatus  n.  sp. 

Notonomus  spurgeoni  n.  sp. 

With  characters  of  doddi  subgroup  (above)  ; a little  more 
slender  than  usual  but  otherwise  of  about  average  form 
and  convexity  for  genus;  purple  or  purplish  above,  piceous 
below,  with  appendages  piceous  to  brownish-piceous ; rather 
shining;  microsculpture  fine  and  light  (heavier  on  elytra), 
isodiametric  in  head  and  elytra,  perhaps  slightly  transverse 
(but  faint)  on  pronotum.  Head  normal  for  genus,  .70  and 
.67  width  prothorax  in  6 $ measured.  Prothorax  a little 
wider  than  long  (width/length  1.12  and  1.20  in  ^ 9 meas- 
ured) but  appearing  as  long  as  wide;  base  about  1/10  wider 
than  apex;  sides  broadly  and  rather  weakly  arcuate  for 
most  of  length,  then  straight  or  faintly  sinuate  near  base; 


1953] 


Darlington  — Australian  Carabiclae 


99 


posterior  angles  rather  variable,  slightly  obtuse  or  right, 
more  or  less  denticulate ; base  slightly  sinuate ; apex  slightly 
and  broadly  emarginate,  the  anterior  angles  scarcely  ad- 
vanced beyond  the  line  of  the  emargination,  narrowly 
rounded;  lateral  margins  very  narrow,  scarcely  wider  to- 
ward base;  baso-lateral  impressions  normal,  linear,  im- 
punctate,  reaching  base;  middle  line  distinct,  transverse 
impressions  sub-obsolete;  disc  impunctate,  with  lightly  im- 
pressed transverse  wrinkles;  basal  and  apical  marginal 
lines  widely  interrupted  at  middle.  Elytra  subparallel,  not 
or  slightly  narrowed  anteriorly,  not  much  wider  than  pro- 
thorax (1.13  and  1.17  as  wide  in  measured  $ 9)  ; basal 
margin  entire;  strongly  (almost  acutely)  angulate  and  sub- 
dentate  at  humeri;  striae  deep,  impunctate;  intervals  con- 
vex, not  catenulate  (except  extreme  lateral  ones),  3rd  2- 
punctate,  the  punctures  near  middle  of  length  and  behind 
apical  1/4.  Length  13.5-18.0;  width  4. 0-5. 3 mm. 

Holotype  S (M.  C.  Z.  Type  No.  29,012)  and  16  paratypes 
all  from  Mt.  Spurgeon,  North  Queensland,  3,500-4,000  ft. 
altitude,  July,  1932,  in  “scrub”  (rain  forest). 

This  new  species  is  sufficiently  compared  with  others  in 
the  key,  above. 

Notonomus  masculinus  n.  sp. 

With  characters  of  doddi  subgroup  (above)  ; a little 
broader  than  usual  but  otherwise  of  about  average  form  for 
genus;  black,  faintly  purplish  above,  greenish  at  middle 
of  pronotum,  appendages  black  to  piceous;  head  and  pro- 
notum  dull,  elytral  intervals  more  shining ; reticulate  micro- 
sculpture very  fine  and  isodiametric  on  head  and  elytra,  re- 
placed by  close  longitudinal  strigae  on  pronotum.  Head. 
normal,  not  large,  .66  and  .65  width  prothorax  in  ^ $ 
measured.  Prothorax  1/4  to  1/3  wider  than  long;  base 
1/5  or  less  wider  than  apex ; sides  moderately  arcuate,  then 
straight  and  converging  to  obtuse  but  denticulate  posterior 
angles;  base  slightly  sinuate;  apex  broadly  emarginate, 
with  anterior  angles  not  advanced  beyond  line  of  emarg- 
ination, narrowly  rounded;  lateral  margins  very  narrow; 
baso-lateral  impressions  linear;  disc  almost  flat,  impunct- 
ate, with  middle  line  distinct  but  transverse  impressions 
obsolete;  base  and  apex  not  margined  at  middle.  Elytra 


100 


Psyche 


[September 


rather  broad,  about  1/5  wider  than  prothorax;  not  much 
narrowed  anteriorly;  sides  very  broadly  arcuate;  anterior 
margin  entire,  about  rectangular  and  at  most  finely  dentate 
at  humeri ; striae  deep,  not  visibly  punctate ; intervals  con- 
vex, strongly  catenulate,  3rd  impunctate  (in  all  specimens). 
Secondary  sexual  characters  of  $ normal,  but  $ with 
anterior  tarsi,  though  not  much  dilated,  with  first  segment 
conspicuously  biseriately  squamulose  below.  Length  about 
17.5-20.5;  width  5. 4-6. 6 mm. 

Holotype  6 (M.  C.  Z.  Type  No.  29,013)  and  4$  1$ 
paratypes  all  from  Millaa  Millaa,  Atherton  Tableland, 
North  Queensland,  about  2,500  ft.  altitude,  April,  1932. 
Also  2 specimens  ( ^ $ ),  not  types,  from  Herberton,  Ather- 
ton Tableland,  July,  1951,  collected  by  and  received  from 
Dr.  J.  G.  Brooks. 

This  species  too  is  sufficiently  compared  with  others  in  the 
key,  above.  The  carrying  over  into  the  female  sex  of  a 
part  of  the  clothing  of  the  male  front  tarsus  is  unique 
among  Carabidae,  so  far  as  I know.  Since  the  squamules 
are  conspicuously  present  on  the  first  segment  of  both 
front  tarsi  of  two  females  from  different  localities,  I sup- 
pose that  this  is  a specific  character  and  not  an  individual 
abnoi-mality. 

Nolonomus  triplicatus  n.  sp. 

With  characters  of  doddi  subgroup  (above)  ; form  about 
average  for  genus;  piceous,  dull  bronze  above,  appendages 
piceous  to  brown;  entire  upper  surface  rather  dull,  with 
fine,  well  impressed,  isodiametric  microsculpture.  Head 
normal,  not  large,  .65  and  .63  width  prothorax  in  5 $ 
measured.  Prothorax  1/4  to  1/3  wider  than  long;  base 
about  1/5  or  less  wider  than  apex;  sides  moderately  arcu- 
ate for  most  of  length,  nearly  straight  and  converging  near 
base;  posterior  angles  obtuse  but  subdenticulate ; base 
slightly  sinuate;  apex  broadly  emarginate,  with  anterior 
angles  not  advanced  beyond  line  of  curve  of  emargination, 
narrowly  rounded;  lateral  margins  narrow  only  slightly 
wider  basally;  baso-lateral  impressions  linear;  disc  only 
slightly  convex,  impunctate,  with  middle  line  distinct  but 
transverse  impressions  indistinct;  base  and  apex  not  marg- 
ined at  middle.  Elytra  moderately  broad,  subparallel,  not 


1953] 


Darlington  — Australuui  Carabidac 


101 


much  narrowed  anteriorly,  about  1/8  or  1/7  wider  than 
prothorax;  anterior  margin  entire,  rectangular  and  sub- 
dentate  at  humeri ; striae  deep ; intervals  convex,  sub- 
catenate or  catenate  especially  posteriorly,  7th  tripled,  3rd 
with  2 setigerous  punctures,  near  middle  of  length  and 
behind  posterior  1/4.  Length  about  18 ; width  about  5.6  mm. 

Holotype  S (M.  C.  Z.  Type  No.  29,014)  and  3 paratypes 
( ^ ) all  from  Lake  Barrine  (type)  and  the  nearby 

town  of  Yungaburra,  Atherton  Tableland,  about  2,300  ft. 
altitude,  April,  1932. 

Like  the  preceding  ones,  this  new  species  is  sufficiently 
compared  with  previously  known  species  in  the  key,  above. 
In  many  ways  it  is  much  like  the  preceding  new  species 
{inasculinus) , but  it  differs  strikingly  in  the  tripling  of  the 
seventh  interval  and  in  microsculpture,  and  the  female  has 
normal,  unmodified  front  tarsi. 


TAXONOMIC  NOTES  ON  THE  ANT, 
CAMPONOTUS  COOPERI  GREGG 

By  Robert  E.  Gregg 

Department  of  Biology,  University  of  Colorado 

Several  years  ago  I described  an  unusual  Central  Ameri- 
can ant,  naming  it  cooperi  and  placing  it  in  the  genus  Camp- 
onotus  (Gregg,  1951).  The  specimen,  a single  alate  female, 
was  sent  to  me  by  Dr.  W.  L.  Brown,  for  description  and 
illustration,  together  with  some  comments  on  its  affinities. 
Since  the  facies  of  the  ant  is  astonishingly  like  those  of 
Camponotus,  and  particularly  because  of  its  close  similarity 
to  members  of  the  subgenus  Myrmostenus,  both  of  us  con- 
cluded it  belonged  to  these  groups.  It  was  accordingly 
placed  in  the  genus  Camponotus  and  as  a new  species  in 
the  above  subgenus  which  Emery  had  erected  in  1920 
to  contain  several  South  American  species  previously  de- 
scribed by  him.  Unfortunately,  all  of  these  ants  are  known 
only  from  the  female  caste,  no  workers  having  as  yet  been 
found  (Emery,  1925). 

Recently,  Dr.  Brown  checked  the  type  of  cooperi,  and  it 
now  develops  that  the  ant  cannot  possibly  be  considered  a 
form  of  Camponotus  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  antennae 
are  lO-segmented  instead  of  having  12  articles  character- 
istic of  the  above  named  genus.  The  description  and  figure 
also  give  10  as  the  antennal  joint  number,  so  the  mistake 
obviously  lies  in  our  interpretation  of  the  relationships  of 
cooperi.  The  slip  is  attributable  to  the  amazing  similarities 
in  habitus  (except  smaller  size)  between  the  new  ant  and 
those  in  the  subgenus  Myrmostenus,  which  resemblances 
are  probably  to  be  regarded  as  the  products  of  convergent 
evolution. 

Dr.  Brown  has  offered  the  following  statement  (in  litt.) 
with  respect  to  his  current  view  on  the  matter.  “Although 
the  proventriculus  has  not  been  dissected  out  for  examina- 
tion, it  appears  very  probable  that  this  species  [cooperi] 


102 


1953  ) 


Gregg  — Camponotus  cooperi 


103 


really  belongs  in  the  vicinity  of  Myrmelachista,  particularly 
of  the  subgenus  Decamera  Roger.  The  species  described  by 
Menozzi  (1935)  as  Aphomomyrmex  {Neaphomus)  goetschi 
from  Chile  also  falls  close  into  this  group,  according  to  his 
characterization  and  Wheeler’s  key  of  1922.  The  genera  of 
the  tribe  Myrmelachistini  appear  to  be  in  confusion,  partly 
due  to  the  unsatisfactory  nature  of  the  antennal  club  as  a 
stable  group  character.  A female  of  Myrmelachista  (Dec- 
amera) paderetuskii  Forel  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology  is  almost  as  large  as  the  cooperi  female,  but  is 
much  less  aberrant  in  many  ways.  At  present  it  appears 
best  to  consider  Menozzi’s  goetschi,  with  cooperi,  as  mem- 
bers of  an  independent  genus  bearing  the  name  Neaphomus 
Menozzi.” 

There  is  no  doubt  that  cooperi  must  be  removed  from 
Camponotus  and  placed  in  another,  and  more  appropriate, 
genus,  and  it  seems  advisable  to  do  so  without  involving 
any  new  generic  names  at  this  time,  even  though  the  group 
chosen  may  be  shown  subsequently  to  be  an  artificial  as- 
semblage. However,  I do  not  concur  with  Dr.  Brown’s 
treatment  quoted  above,  which  would  produce  certain  no- 
menclatural  changes,  but  feel  that  in  view  of  the  unsatis- 
factory nature  of  the  classification  of  the  various  species 
concerned,  it  is  much  safer  to  make  as  few  shifts  as  pos- 
sible, and  to  place  the  ant  in  question  in  the  genus  Apho- 
moniyrmex  into  which  group  it  falls  with  no  difficulty  ac- 
cording to  Wheeler’s  key  to  the  genera  written  in  1922. 
Wheeler  expressly  states  that  the  females  of  this  genus 
have  10-segmented  antennae,  and  since  no  workers  ac- 
companied the  specimen  of  cooperi,  it  is  impossible  to  state 
what  their  antennal  condition  may  be  and  we  are  forced 
to  rely  entirely  upon  the  segment  number  of  the  female. 
Furthermore,  while  the  genus  Myrmelachista  (subgenus 
Decamera)  possesses  10-jointed  antennae,  the  genus  as  a 
whole  has  a differentiated  club,  which  is  absent  from  the 
cooperi  female,  the  joints  of  same  showing  a gradual  in- 
crease in  thickness  toward  the  tips  of  the  antennae.  And 
finally,  I am  informed  by  Dr.  Creighton  that  females  of  the 
genus  Myrmelachista  he  has  seen  look  much  like  those  of 
Iridomyrmex  in  general  appearance  (despite  the  difference 
in  subfamily  allocation),  which  would  make  those  species 


104 


Psyche 


1 St-p't-  .ibvr 


decidedly  unlike  the  cooperi  female.^ 

Wheeler  gives  the  distribution  of  Aphomomynnex  as 
Ethiopian  and  Myrmelachista  as  Neotropical,  but  this  is 
no  proof  the  former  could  not  occur  in  the  New  World  trop- 
ics, especially  as  the  fauna  of  that  region  is  far  from  ex- 
haustively studied.  Moreover,  Menozzi  (1935)  descril>ed 
a Neotropical  Aphomomyrmex  nearly  twenty  years  ago, 
so  it  is  not  unknown  from  this  side  of  the  Atlantic.  And 
the  genus  which  Dr.  Brown  proposes,  Neaphomus,  has  been 
regarded  as  a subgenus  of  Aphomomyrmex. 

In  view  of  the  above  discussion,  therefore,  and  particular- 
ly since  we  are  as  yet  unable  to  associate  the  worker  caste 
with  the  female  of  the  species  concerned,  I submit  the 
following  correction,  and  the  synonymy  then  should  i*ead : 
Aphomomyrmex  (Neaphomus)  cooperi  (Gregg),  nevv 
combination  for  Camponotus  (Myrmostenus)  cooperi 
Gregg,  1951,  loc.  cit. 


Literati  kp:  Cited 

Emery,  C. 

1925.  Suhfain.  Foimicinao.  Genera  Inscct(3nmi.  Ease.  183. 

Gregg,  R.  E. 

1951.  Two  new  species  of  exotic  ants.  Psyche,  58:77-84. 

Menozzi,  C. 

1935.  Lc  Eormichc  del  Cile.  Zool.  Jahrl).  Syst.,  67:319-330. 

At' HEELER,  W.  M. 

1922.  Keys  to  the  genera  and  suhgenera  of  ants.  Bull,  .\iiim.  .\ln'. 
Nat.  Hist.,  45:631-710. 


^ In  contrast.  Dr.  Brown  l)clieves,  “there  is  no  essential  difh  i.  n<“«  in 
the  clavation  of  the  antennae  between  cooperi  and  certain  hinDnim 
.‘species.  In  fact,  cooperi  may  be  said  to  have  stronger  and  nimf  definite 
clavation  of  the  funiculi  than  does  M.  (D.)  pndercwskii  femalm  Purtlc  r- 
more,  certain  species  of  Myrmelachista  (eg.  M.  skwarrae)  arc  Muallf'r 
replicas  of  Ah  goetschi  in  all  essential  habitus  characters,  including  the 
lengthened  head.  Thus,  while  to  Creighton  some  Myrmelachista  females 
ma}'  look  like  Indomyrmex  of  the  same  caste  . . .,  at  least  .som<  h.n  e 
an  a])pearance  very  much  different  from  that  of  iridomyrmex." 


FURTHER  NOTES  ON  NORTH  AMERICAN 
EPICAUTA,  WITH  NEW  SYNONYMY 
(COLEOP.,  MELOIDAE) 

By  F.  G.  Werner 

Department  of  Zoology,  University  of  Vermont 

The  availability  of  series  of  several  of  our  species  of 
Ejjicauta  has  made  possible  a more  thorough  study  of  the 
species  involved  than  has  been  possible  before.  Some  of 
the  more  extensive  necessary  changes  are  recorded  in  this 
paper.  Several  of  the  series  have  been  sent  for  determina- 
tion and  are  acknowledged  under  the  species.  Most  of  the 
1‘esl  were  collected  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  W.  L.  Nutting  and  the 
author  during  the  summers  of  1948^  and  1949. 

Epicauta  emarginata  Champ. 

Kpicauta  emarginata  Champion,  1892,  Biol.  Cent.-Am., 
Coleop.  U (2)  :426,  pi.  19,  fig.  24.  Vaurie,  1950,  American 
Museum  Novitates  No.  1477:  30. 

Epicauta  calcarata  Werner,  1944,  Psyche  50  (1943)  : 70; 
1945,  Bull.  M.  C.  Z.  95:  477.  (New  Synonymy) 

A long  series  of  this  species  (over  150  specimens)  was 
collected  by  the  author  15  miles  west  of  Lordsburg,  New 
Mexico,  Aug.  30,  1949,  on  fiowers  of  a grass.  Most  of 
the  specimens  fit  the  description  of  calcarata.  Some  have 
broader  and  some  have  narrower  tibial  spurs  than  the  holo- 
type  of  that  species.  Two  abnormally  small  individuals  (7 
mm.)  have  sparser  pubescence  and  more  slender  legs  and 
tibia!  spurs.  The  color  of  the  pubescence  varies  from  ciner- 
eous to  dull  yellow-cinereous,  being  cinereous  in  most. 

Two  paratypes  of  emarginata  Champ.,  kindly  loaned  by 
Mr.  J.  Balfour-Browne  of  the  British  Museum,  agree  per- 
fectly with  some  specimens  in  the  Lordsburg  series,  and 
differ  from  the  holotype  of  calcarata  only  in  having  slightly 
more  slender  posterior  tibial  spurs.  The  shape  and  size 

’ This  trip,  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  and  studying  Anthicidae,  was 
mad-  possible  bj’’  a grant-in-aid  from  the  Society  of  the  Sigma  Xi. 


105 


106 


Psyche 


[September 


of  the  anterior  and  middle  tibial  spurs  are  precisely  the 
same  as  in  the  type  of  calcarata.  The  two  species  are  cer- 
tainly the  same. 

The  known  range  of  eniarginata  is  now  from  San  Isidro- 
in  Coahuila  to  west  Texas  and  southeastern  Arizona.  I 
have  the  following  additional  records:  Texas:  Marathon, 
July  9,  1938  (K.  U.)  ; Culbertson  Co.,  Aug.  30,  1947,  D.  J. 
and  J.  N.  Knull  (Ohio).  New  Mexico:  Luna  Co.,  Oct.  1 
(Ohio).  Arizona:  Douglas,  Cochise  Co.,  July  3,  1931,  W. 
W.  Jones  (Parker)  ; near  Willcox,  Cochise  Co.,  Sept.  3,  F. 
H.  Parker,  on  flowers  of  Kallstroemia  (Parker)  ; Dragoon 
Mts.,  Cochise  Co.,  Sept.  10,  1947,  D.  J.  and  J.  N.  Knull 
(Ohio  and  Werner). 

Epicauta  ochrea  (Lee.) 

Lytta  ochrea  LeConte,  1853,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil. 

<?:342. 

Epicauta  ochrea,  Werner,  1945,  Bull.  M.  C.  Z.  95 : 495,  pi.  6. 

flg.  42.  (See  for  rest  of  synonymy) 

Epicauta  moniliformis  Dillon,  1950,  Ent.  News  61  : ]03. 
(New  Synonymy) 

Ochrea  is  probably  one  of  the  more  abundant  species  of 
Epicauta  in  the  area  from  west  Texas  to  southeastern  Ariz- 
ona, but  is  nevertheless  very  poorly  represented  in  collec- 
tions. The  reasons  it  is  rarely  collected  would  seem  to  be 
twofold : first,  that  most  collectors  don’t  know  where  to 
look  for  it,  and  second,  that  most  collectors  who  do  know 
don’t  care  to.  Specimens  can  be  taken  at  the  bases  of  leaves 
of  yucca  or  bear  grass  {Nolina)  almost  any  time  during 
the  summer.  One  encounter  with  the  leaves  of  either  plant 
is  usually  enough.  Occasional  individuals  are  seen  in  the 
daytime  on  flowers  of  yucca.  One  experience  with  the 
species  on  yucca  flowers  at  night  convinces  me  that  it  is 
primarily  nocturnal,  though  not  “attracted”  to  light.  On 
July  29,  1948  we  camped  on  the  west  slope  of  the  Patagonia 
Mts.,  east  of  Nogales,  Arizona,  at  5330  ft.  in  the  oak-juniper 
zone.  On  checking  a small  stand  of  a caulescent  yucca  short- 

“ The  only  San  Isidro  I can  find  in  Coahuila  in  the  '‘Atlas  Geo^ra;)hii-i ■ 
do  los  Estados  Unidos  Mexicanos”,  Mexico,  1943,  is  near  the  Lafuina  d( 
Viesca  in  the  southc'rn  part  of  the  state,  on  the  Plateau  Central. 


1953] 


Werner  — North  American  Epicanta 


107 


ly  after  dark,  we  found  one  plant  in  full  bloom,  with  a 
swarm  of  ochrea  on  the  blossoms,  feeding  on  the  petals  and 
mating.  We  knocked  down  and  captured  several  hundred 
specimens,  losing  at  least  twice  that  many  in  the  process. 
They  took  flight  readily.  This  night  one  ochrea  came  to 
our  lighted  sheet  nearby,  the  only  one  I have  ever  seen  at 
light. 

The  series  taken  at  this  time  should  provide  a fair  sample 
of  the  species.  In  it  are  small  and  large  specimens,  as  is 
usual  in  almost  any  large  sample  of  Meloidae.  All  mixed 
together,  and  with  numerous  cross-matings,  are  entirely 
ferrugineous  to  very  dark  specimens  in  which  the  elytra 
are  ferrugineous.  I have  noticed  this  variation  in  color 
several  times  in  the  field. 

Mr.  Dillon  has  separated  moniliformis  on  the  basis  of 
length  of  antennal  scape,  color,  and  width  of  body.  Two 
eutopotypical  specimens  in  the  Chamberlain  Collection  are 
in  the  same  size  range  as  the  two  moniliformis  types  (9  and 
11  mm.).  The  smaller  specimen,  a female,  is  colored  as  in 
Dillon’s  types;  the  larger,  a male,  is  uniformly  ferrugine- 
ous. The  lengths  of  the  antennal  scapes  compare  with  the 
moniliformis  description,  except  that  in  the  male  the  scape 
might  be  just  perceptibly  longer. 

The  body  form,  color,  and  length  of  antennal  scape  can 
be  matched  in  my  series  from  the  Patagonia  Mts.  In  the 
same  series  are  entirely  ferrugineous  specimens  in  coitu 
with  dark,  moniliformis-co\oYe&  specimens.  There  seems  to 
be  a tendency  for  the  antennal  scape  to  be  slightly  shorter 
in  the  smaller  specimens.  In  about  a third  of  the  specimens 
under  12  mm.  long  the  scape  of  the  male  antenna  just 
reaches  the  hind  margin  of  the  eye;  in  the  rest  it  extends 
beyond  slightly.  The  measurement  is  a difficult  one  to  make 
accurately  and  it  often  varies  with  the  position  or  amount 
of  extension  of  the  antennae.  I can  see  no  difference  in 
width  of  body  in  this  long  series  or  in  the  rest  of  the  speci- 
mens in  my  collection.  Apparent  difference  can  be  traced 
to  amount  of  shrinkage  of  dried  specimens,  chance  overlap 
of  the  elytra  or  amount  of  distension  of  the  abdomen. 

My  Patagonia  Mts.  series  shows  a considerable  size  range, 
from  7 to  18  mm.,  with  a mean  length  of  about  14  mm. 


108 


Psyche 


[September 


Dark  specimens  are  more  frequent  among  the  smaller  speci- 
mens but  occur  also  among  the  larger. 

It  is  my  opinion  that  Mr.  Dillon  has  relied  too  heavily 
on  exact  measurement  of  variable  characters  in  distinguish- 
ing moniliformis.  One  of  the  difficulties  of  taxonomic  work 
with  the  Meloidae  is  the  rather  large  amount  of  variation 
in  size  and  correlated  variation  in  proportions,  or  in  ex- 
pression of  secondary  sexual  characters. 

Epicauta  fallax  Horn 

Epicauta  fallax  Horn,  1885,  Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  12:  111. 

Werner,  1945,  Bull.  M.  C.  Z.  95:  450. 

Epicauta  ensiformis  Werner,  1944,  Psyche  50(1943)  : 68; 

1945,  op.  cit.:AQ2.  (New  Synonymy) 

Dr.  J.  W.  MacSwain  has  sent  a series  of  fallax,  from 
Patterson,  Stanislaus  Co.,  California,  taken  May  13  to  June 
4,  1948,  by  sweeping  alfalfa.  This  series  provides  a much 
better  sample  of  the  species  than  was  available  in  1945. 
On  rechecking  the  small  series  from  Independence,  Cali- 
fornia that  was  used  in  my  1945  paper  I find  that  all  of  the 
specimens  are  females.  The  only  information  I had  on  the 
male  was  a set  of  notes  on  the  type  in  the  Horn  collection. 
The  male  differs  from  the  female  mainly  in  the  antennae, 
which  are  long  and  almost  ensiform.  The  following  descrip- 
tion of  the  male  antennae,  taken  from  a Patterson  speci- 
men, should  be  added  to  my  earlier  description.  Antennae 
2 1/3  as  long  as  an  anterior  tibia,  reaching  basal  fourth  of 
elytra.  Segment  I moderately  slender,  reaching  1/3  across 
the  eye;  II  small,  moderately  stout;  III  1 1/2  as  long  as  I 
and  1/8  wider  at  apex,  slightly  curved  toward  the  posterior; 
IV  to  VII  subequal  in  length  and  breadth,  about  3/4  as  long 
as  HI;  VHI  to  X equal  in  length,  about  9 10  as  long  as 
VII,  decreasing  gradually  in  width  so  that  X is  about  3/4 
as  wide  as  V.  Proportions-"^  of  antennal  segments  (to  a 

Those  measurements  are  used  in  an  effort  to  provide  a reascnabl}' 
exact  record  of  proportions  of  the  individual  segments.  Segment  I is  given 
first.  The  numerators  represent  length,  the  denominators  maximum  width. 
The  original  measurements  were  made  with  an  ocular  micrometer  in  a 
stereoscopic  microscope,  and  are  accurate  to  ca.  p-0.02  mm.  For  length  of 
a segment  a measurement  was  taken  from  the  construction  at  the  base, 
4\fter  the  condyle,  to  the  apex.  The  figures  obtained  were  converted  to 


1953] 


Werner'  — North  American  Epicauta 


109 


total  length  of  antenna  of  1000  units)  : 89/38,  43/33, 
124/47,  92/49,  94/54,  91/50,  91/49,  82/49,  89/48,  86/43, 
118/38.  Segment  V is  the  widest  and  the  antenna  tapers 
gradually  toward  the  apex,  segments  III  to  X being  slightly 
flattened  and  obliquely  truncated  at  the  apex.  The  most 
characteristic  feature  is  the  presence  of  very  short,  ap- 
pressed,  dark  hairs  on  the  underside  of  segments  III  to  XI. 
These  are  directed  perpendicularly  to  the  axis  and  point 
to  the  midline  of  the  antenna  from  each  side.  They  can  be 
seen  only  with  fair  magnification  and  proper  illumination. 
At  low  magnification  the  surface  of  the  underside  of  the 
antenna  appears  glabrous  and  roughened ; the  upperside  has 
moderately  dense,  suberect  pubescence. 

The  presence  of  these  appressed  hairs  on  the  underside 
of  the  male  antenna  distinguishes  this  species  from  all 
others  in  our  fauna,  except  E.  ensiformis.  On  re-checking 
the  type  specimens  I feel  that  ensiformis  is  based  on  char- 
acters that  can  be  extremely  unsafe,  the  absolute  length  of 
the  antennae  and  the  width  of  the  segments.  The  ratio  of 
the  lengths  of  antennal  segments  seems  to  provide  a reas- 
onably reliable  criterion  for  species  separation.  But  there 
is  no  difference  in  this  ratio  in  the  two.  In  ensiformis  there 
seems  to  be  mainly  an  exaggeration  of  the  width  and  a 
very  slight  exaggeration  of  the  length  of  the  intermediate 
segments,  to  produce  an  ensiform  antenna  from  the  antenna 
of  a normal  fallax  male.  The  types  of  ensiformis  are  like 
the  fallax  series  in  all  other  details.  From  experience  with 
other  species  of  Epicauta  I am  inclined  to  regard  ensiformis 
as  a synonym  of  fallax  and  fully  expect  that  more  extensive 
series  will  show  a gradation  between  the  two. 


what  they  would  be  if  the  total  antennal  length,  made  up  of  the  total  of 
the  individual  lengths,  were  10  mm.  and  the  figures  represented  0.01  mm. 
The  total  of  the  lengths  as  given  is  1000 3,  the  error  resulting  from 
lounding  off  anything  under  0.01  mm.  It  is  hoped  that  this  system  of 
recording  measurements  will  prove  superior  to  a segment-bA’-segment 
comparison,  where  errors  accumulate  as  one  progresses.  It  is  also  hoped 
that  the  antennae  of  different  species  will  be  more  easily  compared,  since 
all  would  be  converted  to  a standard  10  mm.  length.  The  figures  must 
not  be  taken  as  entire!}"  diagnostic,  however.  They  are  to  be  considered 
as  representing  the  antennae  of  a single  “typical”  specimen. 


110 


Psyche 


[September 


Epicauta  diversipubescens  Mayd. 

Epicauta  diversipubescens  Maydell,  1934,  Trans.  Am.  Ent. 

Soc.  60:  333.  Werner,  1945,  Bull.  M.  C.  Z.  95:  487. 

Mr.  H.  B.  Leech  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences 
has  pointed  out  to  me  that  the  Leng  Collection  of  Meloidae 
contains  three  specimens  bearing  the  locality  labels  of  May- 
dell’s  first  three  specimens  and  that  each  bears  a red 
“TYPE”  label,  probably  put  on  by  Maydell.  I find  from  my 
notes  that  the  specimen  in  the  U.  S.  N.  M.  which  I had 
thought  to  be  the  holotype  in  1945  was  without  locality 
label.  This  evidence  supports  Mr.  Leech’s  contention  that 
I saw  one  of  the  paratypes  and  that  the  holotype  is  now  in 
the  California  Academy.  This  specimen  seems  to  be  a male, 
from  Mr.  Leech’s  description,  and  is  further  distinguished 
by  the  lack  of  all  but  the  two  basal  segments  of  the  left 
antenna  and  in  having  a hole  eaten  out  of  one  side  of  the 
abdomen. 


Epicauta  jimenezi  Duges 

Epicauta  jimenezi  Duges,  1889,  Anales  del  Museo  Michoa- 
cano  2:  73.  Champion,  1892,  Biol.  Cent.-Am.,  Coleop.  U 
(2)  : 417.  Vaurie,  1950,  American  Museum  Novitates 
No.  1477:23. 

Epicauta  nigropilosa  Maydell,  1934,  Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc. 
60:  332.  (New  Synonymy) 

Maydell  seems  to  have  been  misled  by  Duges’  description 
of  this  insect,  which  was  black,  with  the  “Elitros  grandes, 
de  forma  normal,  granulosos  y pubescentes,  ferruginoso- 
oscuro  con  bonitos  refiejos  color  de  purpura.”  A specimen 
in  the  Institute  de  Biologia,  Mexico,  D.  F.,  is  labeled  jimen- 
ezi E.  Duges  and  bears  a pin  label  “Guadalajara”.  This  is 
almost  certainly  one  of  Duges’  type  specimens.  Maydell’s 
type  specimen,  one  of  a series  well  distributed  in  collections, 
is  certainly  a specimen  of  jimenezi,  one  of  the  most  distinct 
of  the  genus  in  Mexico.  The  “purple”  refiections  on  the 
elytra  are  equally  well  seen  in  the  jimenezi  type  or  in  nigro- 
pilosa eutopotypes,  the  color  being  produced  by  sparse  black 
pubescence  over  rufo-testaceous  background,  much  as  the 
rufous  pubescence  over  a black  background  produces  the 
“purple”  of  purpurea. 


1953  j 


Werner  — North  American  Epicauta 


111 


The  species  is  discussed  here  because  certain  specimens 
from  southern  Arizona  appear  to  be  assignable  to  it.  These 
specimens  from  Arizona  do  not  agree  completely  with  a 
series  from  Guadalajara,  differing  mainly  in  the  color  of 
the  el3"tra.  The  species  is  redescribed  on  the  basis  of  a male 
specimen  from  Guadalajara;  following  the  redescription  a 
comparison  is  made  with  the  Arizona  specimens. 

Black,  the  elytra  rufo-testaceous,  but  with  short  black 
pubescence  that  darkens  the  color.  Length  22  mm.;  width 
across  base  of  elytra  6.5  mm.  Head  subquadrate,  as  broad 
as  long  to  apex  of  clypeus ; surface  densely  punctured  except 
along  a narrow  midline,  opaque  because  of  deep  microre- 
ticulation. Antennal  calluses  not  evident,  being  marked 
only  by  the  slightly  sparser,  irregular  punctures.  Pubes- 
cence moderately  dense  but  short,  black,  decumbent  except 
along  the  lateral  margins,  where  it  is  erect  and  longer.  Eyes 
moderately  narrow,  0.45  as  broad  as  long,  not  very  promin- 
ent., Antennae  slender,  2.7  as  long  as  an  anterior  tibia,  12 
mui.  long.  Segment  I moderately  slender,  reaching  2/3 
across  the  eye,  almost  parallel-sided;  II  short;  III  and  fol- 
lowing slender,  slightly  flattened,  all  but  XI  slightly  wider 
at  apex  than  at  base.  Proportions  of  segments  (to  total 
length  of  1000  units)  : 108/42,  51/29,  128/33,  101/37, 
93/37,  93/35,  93/33,  88/33,  79/30,  75/29,  93/27.  Maxillary 
palpi  of  male  slightly  enlarged  and  flattened,  glabrous  be- 
neath; labial  palpi  just  perceptibly  enlarged,  also  glabrous 
beneath. 

Pronotum  subquadrate,  just  perceptibly  broader  than 
long.  Surface  densely  punctured,  with  microreticulation  as 
on  head,  and  with  short,  subdecumbent  to  erect  pubescence. 
IMedian  impressed  line  distinct  on  middle  of  disc;  median 
area  depressed  toward  base.  Scutellum  black.  Elytra  rufo- 
testaceous,  more  shallowly  and  sparsely  punctured  than  the 
pronotum  but  equally  opaque.  Pubescence  black,  short,  de- 
cumbent, moderately  sparse  but  giving  a darker  tinge  to 
the  color  of  the  elytra.  Anterior  tibial  spurs  slender, 
straight  in  both  sexes.  Male  anterior  tarsi  with  a dense  flat 
pad,  broadened  particularly  on  the  first  segment,  decreas- 
ing gradually  in  width  to  segment  4.  The  pad  of  segment 
1 of  the  male  is  1.9  as  long  as  in  a female  of  comparable 
.size,  and  1.7  as  wide.  In  the  female  the  pad  is  not  as  dense 


112 


Psyche 


I Sf-p'ember 


or  as  flat  as  in  the  male  and  is  of  almost  uniform  width  on 
segments  1 to  4.  Posterior  tibial  spurs  slender,  sticklike, 
the  outer  shorter.  Underside  entirely  black. 

The  three  Arizona  specimens  before  me  are  18,  20  and 
21  mm.  long  and  are  of  the  same  proportions  as  the  Guadala- 
jara specimens.  They  differ  only  in  having  the  elytra  dark 
chocolate  brown,  made  to  appear  almost  black  by  the  black 
pubescence.  Three  specimens  from  Champion’s  series  are 
also  available,  through  the  courtesy  of  Mr.  J.  Balfour- 
Browne  of  the  British  Museum.  Two  are  from  Canelas  and 
one  from  Ventanas,  in  Durango.  These,  and  one  specimen 
collected  by  myself  in  Tepic,  Nayarit,  have  the  elytral  color 
intermediate  between  the  Guadalajara  and  the  Arizona 
specimens.  For  this  reason  I believe  it  would  be  prefe»*able 
to  postulate  a North-South  dine  in  elytral  color,  rather  than 
subspeciflc  relationship. 

The  species  in  our  fauna  that  Arizona  jimenezi  speci- 
m.ens  most  closely  resemble  iis  corvina  (Lee.).  They  differ 
in  being  opaque  rather  than  slightly  shiny  and  in  having 
the  elytra  a bit  narrower.  The  greater  opacity  is  caused  by 
the  denser  punctures  and  particularly  by  the  deeper  micro- 
reticulation.  The  middle  and  hind  tibiae  of  jimeyiezi  males 
are  almost  straight,  as  in  the  female,  while  in  corvina  males 
they  are  slightly  flattened,  broader  and  more  bowed  than 
in  the  female.  The  anterior  tarsal  pads  of  the  male  of 
corvina  are  denser,  broader  and  flatter  than  in  the  female 
but  the  pad  on  segment  1 is  shorter  than  in  the  male  of 
jimenezi,  being  only  about  1.5  as  long  as  in  the  female  of 
its  own  species.  The  two  species  are  otherwise  so  similar 
that  they  must  be  very  closely  related.  Arizona  specimens 
will  key  to  corvina  in  my  1945  key  but  can  be  distinguished 
by  the  characters  given  above. 

Type  locality:  Guadalajara,  Jalisco,  Mexico,  (of  uiyro- 
pilosa  Mayd. : same  locality,  Aug.  17,  1903,  McClendon). 
Additional  records:  Mexico:  1,  Tepic,  Nayarit,  July  22, 
1952,  F.  W.  & F.  G.  Werner,  on  flowers  of  a Composite 
(FW)  ; Ventanas,  Durango,  Forrer;  and  Canelas,  Dur- 
rango,  Becker  (BMNH).  Arizona:  1 male,  Patagonia, 
July  4,  1929,  F.  W.  Nunenmacher  Coll.  (CNHM)  ; 1 fe- 
male, W.  slope  of  Patagonia  Mts.  on  Lochiel  Road,  St. 
Cruz  Co.,  5330  ft.  in  oak-juniper  zone,  July  28,  1948,  W. 


15i53  J 


Werner  — North  American  Epicauta 


113 


L.  Nutting  & F.  G.  Werner  (FW)  ; 1 female,  Tumacacori 

Mts.,  July  22,  1940,  D.  J.  & J.  N.  Knull  (Parker). 

Epicauta  languida  (Horn) 

Macrobasis  languida  Horn,  1895,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. 

(2)  5:  252. 

Epicauta  languida^  Werner,  1945,  Bull.  M.  C.  Z.  95:  424, 

501. 

The  California  Academy  of  Sciences  has  a small  series 
of  this  species,  as  well  as  the  holotype.  Below  is  a short 
redescription,  based  on  notes  taken  on  the  holotype  (No. 
154),  seen  in  1946,  and  checked  at  that  time  with  the  more 
recent  specimens.  The  species  should  be  left  in  my  group 
A,  in  which  the  male  does  not  have  a row  of  stout  apical 
teeth  on  the  metatibia,  and  should  be  placed  near  excors 
and  tenuilineata. 

Color  luteous,  with  the  antennae  brown.  Pubescence  tan- 
iiish  cinereous,  depressed.  Elytra  with  humeral  and  scutel- 
lar  dark  markings.  Head  narrowly  ovate,  the  surface  dense- 
ly punctured,  with  the  intervals  punctulate.  Median  im- 
] tressed  line  fine,  distinct  down  to  the  level  of  the  hind 
margin  of  the  eyes.  Antennal  calluses  denuded,  smooth,  of 
moderate  size  and  only  slightly  raised.  Eyes  transverse, 
moderately  narrow,  emarginate.  Male  antennae  3 1/2  as 
long  as  an  anterior  tibia.  Segment  I flat,  straight,  reaching 
almost  to  occiput;  II  almost  as  long  as  I,  flattened,  slightly 
CLU'ved;  III  short,  1/3  as  long  as  II,  2/3  as  long  as  IV;  IV 
tile  largest  of  the  succeeding  segments,  rest  just  slightly 
shorter,  slender,  slightly  flattened.  Female  antennae  with 
segment  I reaching  hind  margin  of  the  eye;  II  almost  as 
long  as  I;  HI  approximately  1/2  as  long  as  II;  IV  and  fol- 
lowing equal,  almost  as  long  as  II.  Pronotum  campanuli- 
foi’m,  1/4  longer  than  broad;  median  impressed  line  dis- 
tinct from  1/4  from  base  to  1/3  from  apex;  a prominent 
impression  at  middle  of  base.  Anterior  tibiae  of  male  with 
two  spurs,  the  inner  slightly  the  shorter ; male  anterior  tar- 
si not  modified.  Posterior  tibial  spurs  spiniform,  only  very 
slightly  broadened.  Underside  not  marked.  Legs  marked 
as  in  polingi  Werner. 

Distribution:  Baja  California:  Beside  the  holotype  from 
San  Jose  del  Cabo  there  are  specimens  in  the  California 


114 


Psyche 


[ September 


Academy  of  Sciences  collected  by  Michelbacher  and  Ross, 
from  10  mi.  N.W.  of  LaPaz,  Oct.  6,  1941 ; Arroyo  Seco,  Oct. 
6;  San  Venancio,  Oct.  8;  and  Agua  Caliente,  Cape  Region, 
Oct.  18.  It  is  thus  far  known  only  from  the  southern  pcirt 
of  the  peninsula. 


New^  England  Records  of  Ululodes  Currie  (Neurop- 
TERA:  Ascalaphidae)  . — There  are  few  records  of  the  two 
indigenous  species  of  Ululodes  from  the  northeastern  corner 
of  the  United  States.  The  genus  is  not  mentioned  in 
Procter’s  Biological  Survey  of  the  Mount  Desert  Region 
[Maine],  Part  VII,  1946,  nor  is  it  recorded  by  Johnson  in 
his  Insects  of  Nantucket,  1930,  or  by  Britton  in  the  Check- 
List  of  the  Insects  of  Connecticut,  1920  and  1938.  There 
is  only  one  citation  in  Leonard’s  List  of  the  Insects  of  New 
York,  1926;  and  this  is  of  U.  quadri punctata  from  Staten 
Island,  in  the  extreme  southeast.  Records  of  both  species 
are  more  plentiful  in  Smith’s  Insects  of  New  Jersey,  1910, 
and  Brimley’s  Insects  of  North  Carolina,  1938;  the  former 
work  citing  two  localities  for  U.  hyalina  and  five  for  U . 
quadripunctata,  and  the  latter,  four  and  two  localities  for 
these  species,  respectively. 

Inasmuch  as  they  represent  extensions  of  the  known 
ranges  of  both  species,  the  following  records  from  the 
author’s  collections  are  presented  herewith,  even  though 
lacking  such  desirable  data  as  precise  locality  and  year  of 
collection : Ululodes  hyalina  Latr.,  Marthas  Vineyard,  Mas- 
sachusetts, 19  July,  1 specimen  at  light.  Uhdodes  quadri- 
punctata Burm.,  Marthas  Vineyard,  Mass.,  2 Augu.st,  1 
specimen  at  light;  New  London,  Connecticut,  July-August. 
1948,  1 specimen.  In  all  cases,  poor  condition  precludes  de- 
termination of  sex  of  these  specimens.  The  author  will 
gratefully  receive  any  records  or  specimens  of  Ululodes 
from  the  northeastern  United  States.  — George  H.  Beatty, 
III,  Plumsteadville,  Pennsylvania. 


A NEW  NEOTROPICAL  CHRYSOPS 
(DIPTERA,  TABANIDAE)! 

By  L.  L.  Pechuman 
Lockport,  New  York 

The  writer  has  realized  for  some  time  that  the  Chrysops 
urugitayensis  discussed  by  Krober  (1926)  was  not  the  spe- 
cies described  by  Lutz  under  that  name.  However,  he  did 
not  wish  to  add  to  the  already  overburdened  synonomy  of 
Neotropical  Chrysops  and  as  long  as  the  identity  of  two  of 
Brethes’  species  was  unknown,  there  was  danger  of  this. 
Dr.  Walter  H.  Hack  of  the  Institute  de  Medicina  Regional, 
Resistencia,  Argentina,  has  kindly  furnished  the  writer 
with  descriptions  of  the  Brethes  species  and  both  of  them 
seem  to  be  distinct  from  the  species  described  below. 

Chrysops  patricia  n.  sp. 

Holotype  female.  Length  8 mm. 

Head:  First  two  antennal  segments  yellow-brown  with 
black  hairs;  third  antennal  segment  yellow-brown  at  base, 
fiagellum  black;  third  antennal  segment  subequal  in  length 
to  total  length  of  the  first  two  segments.  Frons  yellow-gray 
pollinose  with  pale  hairs;  dark  brown  pollinose  in  ocellar 
area  with  dark  hair.  Frontal  callus  large,  brown,  margined 
above  with  black.  Frontoclypeus  shining  dark  yellow  with 
a narrow  yellow-gray  pollinose  stripe  extending  from  be- 
neath the  antennae  about  half  the  length  of  the  fronto- 
clypeus. Cheeks  densely  grayish-yellow  pollinose  with  a de- 
nuded area  below  on  each  side  which  is  mottled  yellow  and 
black.  Palpi  yellow-brown,  paler  on  inner  surfaces.  Pro- 
boscis black.  Thorax : Dorsum  dark  brown  with  two  narrow 
pale  stripes  and  a broader  stripe  on  each  side  above  the 
wing  base.  Scutellum  reddish  brown  with  a faint  dark 
horizontal  stripe  near  base.  Pleura  brown  with  the  usual 
yellowish  pollinose  areas.  Halteres  brown.  Legs  slender, 
mostly  dark  brown  with  a reddish  tinge  which  is  especially 
evident  on  the  fore  coxae  and  middle  tibiae;  middle  and 

' Pul)lished  with  a grant  from  the  Museum  of  Coiujiarat i\'e  Z .'oh'gy  at 
Hurvaitl  ('o!!ege. 


115 


116  Psyche  1 September 

hind  tarsi  reddish  brown,  becoming  darker  at  apex.  Wings 
as  figured;  membrane  very  clear;  the  outer  margin  of  the 
crossband  is  straight  to  the  third  longitudinal  vein  where 
it  cuts  back  toward  the  base  of  the  wing  and  then  again 
runs  straight  to  the  fourth  posterior  cell  where  it  stops 
short  of  the  wing  margin;  the  fourth  posterior  cell  is  slight- 
ly more  than  half  infuscated;  the  fifth  posterior  cell  is 
mostly  hyaline  with  a small  infuscated  area  at  the  base: 
the  inner  margin  of  the  crossband  reaches  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  wing  only  as  a narrow  streak  along  both  sides 
of  the  vein  separating  the  fifth  posterior  and  anal  cells : 
apical  spot  narrow,  the  same  width  as  the  marginal  celL 
extending  into  the  upper  corner  of  the  second  submarginal 
cell  over  about  one-fifth  of  the  upper  branch  of  the  third 


Fig.  1.  Otrysops  patricia  Pechiiman  n.  .sj).  Wing. 

longitudinal  vein.  Abdomen:  Abdomen  dark  brown  with 
pale  grayish  yellow  markings.  First  tergite  dark  brown 
with  a pale  posterior  border  which  expands  laterally  reach- 
ing the  anterior  margin  of  the  segment  and  leaving  an  iso- 
lated dark  brown  spot  on  the  posterior  margin  at  the  lateral 
margin  of  the  segment;  second  tergite  with  large  pale 
lateral  spots  which  are  the  full  width  of  the  tergite  at  the 
lateral  margins  and  gradually  narrow  toward  the  center 
and  do  not  quite  meet  along  the  anterior  margin  of  the 
tergite,  and  with  a pale  posterior  border  which  expands 
into  a large  mid-dorsal  triangle  which  reaches  the  anterior 
margin,  and  on  each  side  of  the  mid-dorsal  triangle  the  pale 
border  expands  to  form  a small  flat  triangle;  third  to  sixth 
tergites  dark  brown  with  pale  posterior  borders  which  on 
the  third  and  fourth  tergites  expand  into  small  mid-dorsal 


'Uif.3  j 


Pechuman  — Neotropical  ChrysopH 


117 


ti’iaiiKles.  First  sternite  dull  yellow  with  some  vague  dark 
markings;  second  sternite  dull  yellow  with  a faint  indica- 
tion of  a dark  central  spot;  third  sternite  dull  yellow  with 
a lai’ge  median  spot;  fourth  and  following  sternites  fuscous 
with  a yellow  posterior  border. 

(.■erro  Pelado,  Paraguay  (F.  Schade),  M.  C.  Z.  No.  29080. 
I'aratypes:  1 female  with  same  data  as  holotype;  1 female, 
A’illarrica,  Paraguay  (F.  Schade)  ; 1 female,  Aregua,  Para- 
guay, 20  September  1915  (Zurcher)  ; 1 female,  Tucuman, 
Argentina,  October;  1 female.  Gran  Guardia,  Territory  of 
P^ormosa,  Argentina,  October,  1952  (J.  Foerster).  An- 
other female  from  Villarrica  was  studied,  but  since  it  is  in 
])o*)i-  condition  and  differs  in  several  particulars  from  the 
re.st  of  the  material,  it  is  not  included  in  the  paratype  series. 

Holotype  and  two  paratypes  No.  29080,  in  the  Museum 
i)f  Comparative  Zoology,  Oambridge,  Massachusetts;  three 
])aratypes  in  the  collection  of  the  writer. 

Variations : The  series  of  specimens  varies  in  length 
from  7 to  9 mm.  The  pollinose  stripe  on  the  frontoclypeus 
varies  from  a little  longer  to  a little  shorter  than  in  the 
holotype.  Some  of  the  specimens  show  some  indefinite  dark 
sti'eaks  on  the  frontoclypeus  and  slight  darkening  around 
the  frontoclypeal  pits.  The  denuded  area  on  the  lower  por- 
tion of  the  cheeks  varies  in  size,  and  in  color,  from  yellow 
to  black.  In  two  specimens  the  two  pale  stripes  on  the 
dorsum  of  the  thorax  broaden  anteriorly  until  they  meet. 
In  one  specimen  the  dark  marking  of  the  second  tergite  is 
reduced  so  that  the  pale  lateral  triangles  reach  across  the 
dark  marking  leaving  leaving  two  dark  spots  near  the 
posterior-lateral  margins  of  the  tergite.  In  one  specimen 
the  pale  median  triangle  of  the  second  tergite  does  not  reach 
entirely  across  the  segment  although  its  upper  portion  is 
indicated  by  a paling  of  the  dark  marking  in  that  area. 

Comparative  Notes:  C.  patricia  seems  to  be  the  species 
discussed  by  Krober  (Konowia  4:  p.  358,  1926)  as  uruguay- 
en.'^is.  Krober,  however,  mentioned  that  his  interpretation 
of  nntguayensis  differed  from  Lutz’  description  of  the  wing 
pattern  of  the  type.  In  some  undetermined  material  at  the 
Ihiited  States  National  Museum,  made  available  through 
the  kindness  of  Dr.  Alan  Stone,  the  writer  several  years  ago 
found  a specimen  from  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina,  which 


118 


Psyche 


[Septernth;!' 


closely  matches  Lutz’  description  and  figure  of  uruguayen- 
sis.  Three  other  specimens  recently  received  also  match 
Lutz’  species.  These  were  collected  by  Juan  Foerster  on 
February  15,  1953  at  Isla  Berna  in  the  delta  of  the  Paraiul 
River  near  Tigre,  Province  of  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina. 
C.  Patricia  is  easily  separated  from  Uruguay ensis  Lutz  by 
the  hyaline  apical  portion  of  the  fourth  posterior  cell,  uni- 
formly narrow  apical  spot  united  for  almost  its  full  width 
with  the  crossband  (apical  spot  expanded  apically  and 
just  barely  united  with  the  crossband  in  uruguayensis)  and 
by  the  outer  margin  of  the  crossband  which  is  relatively 
straight  below  the  third  longitudinal  vein  and  somewhat 
irregular  in  uruguayensis. 

Krober  thought  what  he  considered  to  be  uruguayensis 
might  be  the  same  as  bonariensis  Brethes  but  on  a basis  of 
Hack’s  recent  paper  (1951)  they  must  be  quite  different. 
The  species  redescribed  by  Hack,  who  had  access  to  Brethes’ 
type,  is  either  the  same  or  closely  related  to  C.  frifaria 
Macquart. 

Some  of  the  specimens  of  C.  patricia  received  from  the 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  through  the  cooperation 
of  Dr.  J.  C.  Bequaert,  were  labeled  paraguayensis  Brethes. 
Dr.  Hack  kindly  sent  a redescription  of  the  type  of  C.  Para- 
guay ensis  to  the  writer  and  this  indicates  that  this  species 
lacks  an  apical  spot  and  the  crossband  is  straight  from  the 
costa  to  the  posterior  margin  of  the  wing.  C.  paraguayensis 
evidently  is  closely  related  to  C.  formosa  Krober  and  may 
be  the  same  although  the  known  range  of  the  two  forms  is 
rather  widely  separated. 

Kefkhknces 

Brethes,  J. 

1910.  l)i'i)l('ro.s  nuovo.^  6 ])oco  conocidos  dc  Sud  America.  An  iVlu.s. 
Xac.  Hi.st.  Xat.  Bmno.s  Aires,  (3)  13:  472-484. 

H.A(’k.  \V.\ltek  Hellmut. 

19")1.  C'jnl lihucion  al  estudio  de  los  tal)anidos  Argentines  (Diji’tera), 
An.  Inst.  Med.  l^eg.  Univ.  X^ac.  Tuciiman.  3:  157-184. 

Kroebeh,  O. 

1926.  Die  C//n/.s7>;>.s-Arten  Siid-  nnd  Mittelamerikas  neh.^^t  den  n 
der  Insehvelt  nnd  Mexikos.  Konowia,  4:  319-375. 

Li  tz,  Ad. 

1909.  Tahaniden  B;-asilien<  und  einiger  X’ac!i')ai>'ta;iien.  ZixX  ■i-i'r. 
Supi)!..  10:  619-692. 


THREE  NEW  SPECIES  OF  PANORPIDAE 
(MECOPTERA) 

By  Fung  Ying  Cheng 

Harvard  University  and  University  of  Taiwan 

The  new  species  of  Mecoptera  described  below  have  come 
to  my  attention  during  a study  of  Old  World  Panorpidae. 
Genus  Panorpa 
Panorpa  chiensis,  n.  sp. 

(PL  5,  figs.  1-3;  text-fig.  1,A) 

Body  mostly  black;  vertex  and  rostrum  uniformly  shin- 
ing black;  thorax  black  dorsally,  reddish  brown  laterally; 
the  lst-9th  abdominal  segments  of  male  shining  black  dor- 
sally  and  ventrally;  the  hind  process  of  the  third  tergite 
is  short  and  stout,  unusually  broad,  with  more  or  less  trunc- 
ate apex,  and  is  in  contact  with  the  very  short  conical  medi- 
an projection  of  the  fourth  tergite;  the  6th-8th  segments 
not  prolonged.  Fore  wing:  length,  17.2-19  mm.;  width, 
4. 7-5. 2 mm.;  membrane  hyaline,  markings  brownish  black; 
pterostigma  not  very  prominent.  Hind  wing:  length  15.5- 
17  mm.;  width,  4.5-5. 1 mm.  $ genitalia:  genital  bulb 
slender;  coxopodites  long,  their  inner  margins  bearing  a 
rounded  process  distally  and  a sharp  tooth-like  process 
medianly;  harpagones  slender,  the  outer  margin  greatly 
concave  near  the  base,  inner  margin  with  a triangular  pro- 
cess and  a true  basal  lobe,  which  bears  a tuft  of  bristles; 
the  apex  of  harpagones  usually  truncate;  hypandrium  broad 
basally;  branches  of  hypovalvae  broad  distally,  its  distal 
outer  margins  fold  upward  to  form  a triangular  plate  on 
the  edge,  the  apex  folded  upward  to  form  a rounded  distal 
end,  which  reaches  to  the  base  of  the  harpagones;  para- 
meres  simple,  each  consisting  of  a simple  stalk,  which 
broadens  distally  with  a somewhat  twisted  apical  portion, 
its  distal  inner  margin  usually  bearing  a row  of  short  barbs ; 
preepiproct  narrow  towards  apex,  with  very  small  U-shaped 
distal  incision ; aedeagus  with  prominent  finger-like  ventral 
processes,  apical  processes  finger-shaped,  lateral  processes 
very  short,  sharp  tooth-like,  extended  upward. 


119 


120 


Psyche 


[September 


9 unknown. 

Holotype  ( (S  ) : Chi-i,  Korea;  July  5,  1940;  in  the  Muse- 
um of  the  Institute  of  Zoology,  Academia  Sinica,  Shanghai. 

Paratypes : Same  collecting  data  as  holotype ; 1 5 , in  the 
above  Institute  of  Zoology ; 1 ^ , in  the  Museum  of  Com- 
parative Zoology ; 1 ^ , in  Cheng  Collection. 

At  first  sight  this  species  looks  like  Panorpa  approximata 
Esben-Peterson,  but  the  peculiar  shape  of  the  genitalia  in 
the  male  easily  separates  the  two  species. 

Genus  N eopanorpa 

Neopanorpa  baviensis,  n.  sp. 

(PI.  5,  figs.  6-8;  text-fig.  1,B) 

Body  grayish  brown,  vertex  grayish  brown  posteriorly, 
black  anteriorly ; rostrum  brown,  with  grayish  brown  longi- 
tudinal stripe  on  each  side;  thorax  brown,  meso-  and  meta- 
notum  with  grayish  brown  median  streak;  the  lst-9th  ab- 
dominal segments  of  male  grayish  brown  dorsally  and  ven- 
trally,  median  process  of  3rd  tergite  short,  extending  a 
little  beyond  the  middle  of  the  4th  tergite.  Fore  wing: 
length,  15.5  mm. ; width,  3.2  mm.,  membrane  slightly  brown, 
markings  blackish  brown;  pterostigmal  band  broad,  com- 
plete, with  broad  basal  branch  and  apical  branch;  basal 
band  complete;  apical  band  very  large,  connected  with  the 
pterostigmal  band  at  both  the  front  and  hind  margins; 
basal  spot  obscure;  marginal  spot  present;  pterostigma  not 
very  prominent.  Hind  wing:  length,  15  mm.;  width,  3.1 
mm.,  similar  to  fore  wings,  except  that  the  basal  band  is 
indicated  only  by  a spot  at  the  hind  margin.  S genitalia : 
genital  bulb  slender ; coxopodites  long  with  truncated  apex ; 
harpagones  slender,  the  outer  margin  slightly  concave  at 
the  mxiddle,  with  a row  of  short  black  hairs  at  the  middle; 
inner  margin  with  a slightly  projecting  median  portion  and 
a small  basal  lobe  which  bears  a small  tooth-like  process 
on  its  dorsal  edge;  hypandrium  long;  branches  of  hypo- 
valvae  slender,  the  basal  portions  wide  apart,  the  distal 
portions,  slightly  overlapping  each  other;  the  apex  of  hypo- 
valvae  usually  reaching  to  the  middle  of  the  harpagones; 
parameres  simple,  small  and  curved;  preepiproct  slightly 
enlarged  distally  and  with  truncated  apex;  aedeagus  small, 
with  a pair  of  tooth-like  processes  on  its  dorsal  edge,  the 


121 


1^53]  Cheng  — New  Panorpidae 

apical  processes  united,  lateral  processes  tooth-like,  usually 
bent  upwards. 

9 unknown. 

Holotype  (5):  Mt.  Bavi  800-1000  m..  Tonkin;  July, 
1941;  A.  DeCooman;  in  Heude  Museum,  Shanghai. 

Paratype : 1 <5  ; same  collecting  data  as  holotype,  in  Cheng 
Collection. 


Toxt-fig.  1.  A.  PdHorp'i  chieyisi^,  n.  8]).,  fore  wing.  If.  \ e<>i)un  j)p'i  hnvt- 
cn.-iiH,  n.  s]).,  fore  wing.  C,  X eopanorpn  contracta,  n.  sp..  fore  wing. 

This  species  differs  from  other  described  N eopanorpa  by 
its  rather  sharp  wing  apex  and  the  very  long  branches  of 
the  hypovalvae  in  the  male. 


122 


Psyche 


[September 


Neopanorpa  contracta,  n.  sp. 

(PI.  5,  figs.  4-5;  text-fig.  1,C) 

Body  mostly  brown;  vertex  sooty  brown,  rostrum  uni- 
formly grayish  brown;  thorax  deep  brown  dorsally;  the 
lst-7th  abdominal  segments  of  female  deep  brown  dorsally, 
last  few  abdominal  segments  light  brown.  Fore  wing: 
length,  14.5  mm. ; width,  3.2  mm. ; membrane  hyaline,  mark- 
ings grayish  brown ; pterostigmal  band  complete,  with  a 
broad  basal  branch  and  apical  branch;  basal  band  repre- 
sented by  a spot ; apical  band  large  with  two  hyaline  spots ; 
basal  spot  absent;  marginal  spot  large;  pterostigma  not 
very  prominent ; the  basal  portion  of  wing  is  very  long  and 
narrow.  Hind  wing : length,  13.2  mm. ; width,  3 mm. ; sim- 
ilar to  the  fore  wing.  $ genitalia : subgenital  plate  broad 
with  wide  V-shaped  distal  incision;  internal  skeleton  small, 
the  posterior  arms  of  the  plate  rather  long,  twisted,  with 
narrow  apex,  the  axis  shorter  than  the  posterior  arms,  ex- 
tending a little  beyond  the  plate. 

6 unknown. 

Holotype  (9):  Darjeeling,  India;  May,  1938;  Maa;  in 
Maa  Collection. 

Paratype:  1 9;  same  collecting  data  as  holotype;  in 
Cheng  Collection. 

This  species  is  easily  distinguished  from  others  of  the 
genus  by  the  very  long  and  contracted  basal  portion  of 
the  wings.  The  shape  of  the  female  genitalia  also  makes 
its  recognition  easy. 


Explanation  to  Plate  5 

Eig.s.  1-3.  Pnnorpn  chiensis,  n.  sp.  1,  ventral  view  of  genital  bulb  of  ^ : 
2.  i)reei)iproct  of  ^ ; 3.  ventral  view  of  genital  bulb  of  $ with  harpagones 
removed.  Figs.  4-5.  Xcopnnorpn  contracta,  n.  sp.  4,  subgenital  plate  cf 
9 ; 5.  internal  .‘^ke’eton  of  9 . Figs.  6-8.  Xeo])anorpa  havicjisis,  n.  sp.  6, 
A'entral  view  of  genital  bulb  of  3 ; 7.  preepiproet  of  3 • genital  bulb 
of  ^ with  harpagones  removed. 


f 


Chexg  — New  Panorpidae 


LARVAL  MITES  OF  THE  GENUS  EUTROMBIDIUM 
ATTACHED  TO  A CAROLINA  LOCUST 
By  W.  W.  Judd 
Department  of  Zoology 
University  of  Western  Ontario,  London 

A pinned  female  specimen  of  the  Carolina  Locust  (Dis- 
sosteira  Carolina  L.)  captured  at  Bayfield,  Ontario,  July 
25,  1924,  and  deposited  in  the  collection  of  the  University 
of  Western  Ontario,  had  a number  of  mites  attached  to  the 
upper  surface  of  the  hind  wings  (Fig.  1 - L).  Some  of  the 
mites  were  scraped  off  with  a needle  and  were  put  in  pre- 
servative and  were  identified  by  Dr.  E.  W.  Baker,  Bureau 
of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quarantine,  Washington,  D.  C.,  as 
Eutrombidium  {trigoniim  (Hermann)?). 


Fig.  1.  Outspread  liiiid  wings  of  Di'iso.sieim  Carolina  L.  to  show'  attached 
larval  mites  (L).  C — Costa,  Cu  — Cubitus,  M — Media,  Ri  — First  branch 
of  Radius,  Rs  — Radial  sector,  R+M  — Radius+Media,  Sc  — Subcosta, 
IV  — First  Vaniial  vein,  vd  — vena  dividens,  Vp  — primary  vannal  vein. 
Vs  — secondary  vannal  vein. 

There  were  39  mites  on  the  left  wing  and  40  on  the  right 
wing,  on  the  upper  surface,  and  a single  mite  was  located 
on  the  lower  surface  of  the  left  wing  on  a vannal  vein  near 
the  hind  border  of  the  wing.  They  were  attached  to  the 
veins  by  their  anterior  ends  and  were  confined  to  the  sec- 

124 


19Wj 


Judd  — Eutromhidium  on  Locust 


125 


ondary  veins  of  the  vannal  region  (Fig.  1 - Vs) . Snodgrass^ 
shows  that  when  the  wings  of  the  locust  are  folded  the  sec- 
ondary vannal  veins  lie  in  troughs  of  the  folds.  Severing 
says  of  the  attachment  of  the  mites  that  “on  the  adult  grass- 
hoppers, the  favorite  location  is  in  the  folds  or  plications 
of  the  hind  wings.”  He  records  that  on  an  adult  female  of 
Dissosteira  Carolina  175  mites  were  found  attached  to  the 
body  and  appendages.  On  the  specimen  from  Bayfield  the 
mites  were  attached  only  to  the  hind  wings.  Some  of  the 
mites  were  softened  in  alcohol  and  when  examined  under 
the  microscope  proved  to  be  six-legged  larvae  which  re- 
sembled the  figures  of  “active  engorged”  larvae  shown  by 
Severin  (1944). 


’ 1935.  Principles  of  insect  morphology.  McGraw-Hill  Book  Co.,  New 
York. 

" 1944.  The  grasshopper  mite,  Eutromhidium  trigonum  (Hermann),  an 
important  enemy  of  grasshoppers.  South  Dakota  State  College  Agr.  Exp. 
Sta  Bull.  3. 


A GREGARINE,  DIPLOCYSTIS,  IN  THE 
HAEMOCOELE  OF  THE  ROACH, 
BLABERUS  CRANllFER  BURM. 

By  W.  L.  Nutting 

Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard  University 

Until  such  time  as  the  genus  of  giant  cockroaches,  Blaher- 
us,  is  better  known,  both  taxonomically  and  biologically,  it 
would  be  useless  as  well  as  impossible  to  present  even  a 
reliable  list  of  their  internal  parasites.  Furthermore,  con- 
sidering our  meager  knowledge  of  the  protozoan  faunas  of 
some  of  our  commonest  roaches,  the  mere  identification  of 
forms  in  exotic  roaches  such  as  these,  must  often  involve 
a certain  amount  of  original  research.  However,  since  B. 
cramifer  has  gained  considerable  standing  as  a general 
laboratory  animal  in  many  institutions,  attention  should  be 
called  to  a rather  unusual  acephaline  gregarine,  probably  a 
Diplocijstis,  which  has  been  noted  in  some  cultures  of  this 
insect.  Gregarines  seem  not  to  have  caught  and  held  the 
attentions  of  many  protozoologists,  but  the  encountering  of 
such  large,  immobile  bodies  as  Diplocijstis  during  dissection 
of  a cockroach,  seldom  fails  to  arouse  the  curiosity  of  the 
entomology  student. 

The  stages  of  this  gregarine  most  commonly  seen  are 
the  paired  trophozoites,  and  the  cysts  following  the  com- 
plete fusion  of  these  pairs  (fig.  1).  Both  stages  are  opaque 
white  and  smooth,  and  frequently  attain  a length  or  maxi- 
mum diameter  approaching  2 mm.  Staining  with  haema- 
toxylin  reveals  the  nuclei  and  a coarsely  granular  cytoplasm 
in  these  otherwise  almost  characterless  organisms.  From 
one  to  12  or  more  paired  trophozoites  or  cysts  may  be  found 
in  the  haemocoele  among  lobes  of  the  fat  body,  generally 
near  coils  of  the  hind  gut,  but  occasionally  in  the  thorax. 
The  early  stages  of  Diplocystis  schneideri  Kunstler  are 
found  in  the  mid  gut  epithelium  of  Periplaneta  amencana 
until  sufficiently  developed  to  enter  the  host’s  body  cavity. 
The  cannibalistic  tendencies  of  roaches  insure  the  parasite’vS 


126 


1953  I 


Nutting  — Gregay'ine  in  Blaberm 


127 


perpetuation  through  the  ingestion  of  mature  spore-con- 
taining cysts  along  with  the  tissues  of  weakened  or  dead 
infected  individuals.  This  mode  of  infection  probably  ex- 
plains why  heavy  infections  in  this  gregarine  are  rare,  even 
in  crowded  cultures  of  roaches,  for  crowding  favors  the 
growth  of  enormous  infections  of  many  gregarines  whose 
cysts  are  passed  with  the  feces. 


I.  Paired  1 rophozoitos  (loft)  ami  early  cyst  of  Diplncy-hs  sj). 
fro(!i  till  haomocoeie  of  Blnberns  cmniijcr,  X 13. 


Since  the  mid  gut  and  bind  gut  of  B.  craniifei'  harbor  at 
least  two  cephaline  gregarines,  along  with  a number  of 
other  protozoans  and  nematodes,  it  is  impossible  at  present 
to  assess  the  effect  of  any  one  of  them  on  the  health  of  the 
roach.  The  presence  of  D.  schneideri  in  Periplaneta  raises 
doubts  as  to  the  specific  identity  of  the  Diplocystis  in  labor- 
atory cultures  of  Blaberus.  Large  numbers  of  Periplaneta, 
raised  adjacent  to  Blaberus  cages,  have  been  examined  for 
the  parasite  with  negative  results.  However,  the  identifi- 
cation of  the  Diplocystis  in  Blaberus,  either  as  schneideri 
or  as  some  other  species,  might  involve  carefully  controlled 
and  lengthy  infection  experiments.  Although  the  life  cycle 
of  many  gregarines  is  known,  detailed  information  on  their 
biology  and  host  specificity  is  extremely  limited. 

It  might  be  added  that  the  gregarines  most  often  observed 
by  entomologists  belong  to  the  tribe  Cephalina.  These  are 
commonly  found  in  the  alimentary  canal  of  arthropods  and 
other  invertebrates.  Some  may  accidentally  reach  the  haem- 
ocoele,  but  only  a few  are  regularly  found  there.  On 
the  other  hand,  members  of  the  Acephalina  are  confined 
chiefly  to  the  haemocoele  and  associated  organs.  Most  of 
the  known  acephalines  are  found  in  annelids,  but  a few  are 
known  from  echinoderms  and  insects.  I wish  to  thank  Dr. 
Victor  Sprague  of  Black  Mountain  College,  Black  Moun- 
tain, N.  C.,  for  examining  the  gregarine  fauna  of  Blaberus, 


128 


Psyche 


[September 


and  suggesting  that  this  particular  one  might  well  be  a 
Diplocystis.  For  a partial  synopsis  of  this  genus,  reference 
should  be  made  to  the  following  paper  which  also  contains 
a list  of  pertinent  literature.  (Semans,  F.  M.  1943.  Protozo- 
an parasites  of  the  Orthoptera,  with  special  reference  to 
those  of  Ohio.  Part  IV:  Ohio  Jour.  Sci.,  43:  221-234. 
271-  276.) 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 


A regular  meeting  of  the  Club  is  held  on  the  second  Tues- 
day of  each  month  (July,  August  and  September,  excepted) 
at  8:00  p.m.  in  Room  B-455,  Biological  Laboratories,  Divin- 
ity Ave.,  Cambridge.  Entomologists  visiting  Boston  are 
cordially  invited  to  attend. 


BACK  VOLUMES  OF  PSYCHE 

The  Cambridge  Entomological  Club  is  able  to  offer  for 
sale  the  following  volumes  of  Psyche.  Those  not  mentioned 
are  entirely  out  of  print. 

Volumes  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  each  covering  a period  of  three 
years,  $5.00  each. 

Volumes  10,  12,  14,  17,  each  covering  a single  year,  $1.00 
each. 

Volumes  18,  19,  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25,  26,  each  covering  a 
single  year,  $1.50  each. 

Volumes  27  to  53,  each  covering  a single  year,  $2.00. 

Volumes  54  to  59,  each  covering  a single  year,  $3.00. 

Orders  for  2 or  more  volumes  subject  to  a discount  of 

10%. 

Orders  for  10  or  more  volumes  subject  to  a discount  of 

20%. 

All  orders  should  be  addressed  to 

F.  M.  Carpenter,  Editor  of  Psyche, 

Biological  Laboratories, 
Harvard  University, 
Cambridge,  Macs. 


FOR  SALE 


The  Ants  of  North  America,  by  Professor  Wm.  S. 
Creighton.  Published  in  April,  1950,  as  volume  104  of  the 
Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  with  585 
pages  and  57  plates.  Price  $10.00  (postpaid).  Send  orders 
to  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  College, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 


BLACK  STEEL  INSECT  PINS 

Trade  Mark  “Elephant'’,  the  ideal  black  insect  pin.  Trade 
Mark  “Imperial",  formerly  Czechoslovakia.  Both  types  in 
sizes  No.  000-7.  Also  Minuten  Nadeln.  Request  samples 
and  prices  from  the  manufacturer:  Emil  Arlt,  Spezial- 
NADELFABRIK,  SALZBURG,  2,  P.O.  BOX  76,  AUSTRIA. 


PSYCHE 

A JOURNAL  OF  ENTOMOLOGY 

Established  in  1874 


I Vol.  60  December,  1953  No.  4 

I 


t' 


TABLE  OF  CONTEXTS 

The  Ant  Larv^ae  of  the  Myrmicine  Tribe  Pheidologetini.  G.  C.  Wheeler 
and  J.  Wheeler 129 

Some  New  S3monyins  in  CljArinae  (Coleoptera,  Chrysomelidae). 

F.  Monros 14S 

Two  New  Tingidae  (Hemiptera).  C.  J.  Drake  ....  151 

Additional  Notes  on  Brachypanorpa.  F.  M.  Carpenter  . . . 154 

Cicindelidae  (Tiger  Beetles)  Collected  in  Eastern  New  Guinea,  with 

Description  of  a New  Species.  C.  M.  C.  B.  van  Nidek  . . 155 

The  Indo- Australian  Species  of  the  Ant  Genus  Strumigenys  Fr.  Smith: 

Group  of  doriae  Emeiy.  IF.  L.  Brown,  Jr 160 

Index  to  Volume  60 


C^^P.  ZBOL 
LlCnARY 

APR  2 9 1954 

\mm\i 

, !Jfi:VERSlTY 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 


Officers 

FOR 

1953-54 

President  . 

, 

. W.  L.  Brown,  Jr. 

Vice-President  . 

• 

, 

S.  K.  Harris 

Secretary  . 

. 

. 

. E.  0.  Wilson 

Treasurer  . 
Executive  Committee 

) • 
1 • 

F.  M.  Carpenter 
. J.  C.  Bequaert 
A.  G.  Humes 

EDITORIAL  BOARD  OF  PSYCHE 

F.  M.  Carpenter  — editor 

C.  T.  Brues 

P.  J.  Darlington,  Jr. 

J.  Bequaert 


PSYCHE  is  published  quarterly,  the  Issues  appearing  in  March,  June,  September, 
and  December.  Subscription  price,  per  year,  payable  in  advance;  $3.00  to  subscribers 
in  the  United  States  and  Canada;  other  subscriptions  $3.35.  Single  copies,  85  cents. 

Cheques  and  remittances  should  be  addressed  to  Treasurer,  Cambridge  Entomological 
Club,  Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Orders  for  back  volumes,  missing  numbers,  notices  of  change  of  address,  etc., 
should  be  sent  to  the  Editorial  OflBce  of  Psyche,  Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard 
University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

IMPORTANT  NOTICE  TO  CONTRIBUTORS 

Manuscripts  intended  for  publication,  books  intended  for  review,  and  other  editorial 
matter,  should  be  addressed  to  Professor  F.  M.  Carpenter,  Biological  Laboratories, 
Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Authors  contributing  articles  over  8 printed  pages  in  length  will  be  required  to 
bear  a part  of  the  extra  expense,  for  additional  pages.  This  expense  will  be  that 
of  typesettin*'  onxy,  which  is  about  $3.00  per  page.  The  actual  cost  of  preparing 
cuts  for  all  illustrations  must  be  borne  by  conu'ributors;  the  expense  for  full  page 
plates  from  line  drawings  is  approximately  $8.00  each,  and  for  full  page  half-tones, 
$10.00  each;  smaller  sizes  in  proportion. 

AUTHOR'S  SEPARATES 

Reprints  of  articles  may  be  secured  by  authors,  if  they  are  ordered  before,  or  at 
the  time  proofs  are  received  for  corrections.  The  cost  of  these  will  be  furnished 
by  the  Editor  on  application. 


The  Sept.,  1953,  Psyche  (Vol.  60,  No.  3)  was  mailed  January  8,  1954 


EATON  PRESS  INC.,  WATERTOWN.  MASS. 


PSYCHE 


^ ::  ? zooL 

APR  2 9 1954 
lRSITY 


Vol.  60  December,  1953  No.  4 


THE  ANT  LARVAE  OF  THE  MYRMICINE  TRIBE 
PHEIDOLOGETINH 

By  George  C.  Wheeler  and  Jeanette  Wheeler 
Department  of  Biology,  University  of  North  Dakota 

In  the  Genera  Insectorum  Emery  included  the  genera 
Lophomyrmex,  T rig onog aster,  Pheidologeton,  Aneleus,  Oli- 
gomyrmex,  Erebomyrma,  Carebara  and  Paedalgus  in  the 
tribe  Pheidologetini.  Wheeler  placed  these  genera  in  the 
Solenopsidini  but  admitted  (1922,  p.  659)  that  the  latter 
tribe  was  “very  unsatisfactorily  defined.”  We  have  followed 
Emery. 

The  tribe  Pheidologetini  comprises  about  a hundred 
species,  most  of  which  are  Paleotropical.  The  tribe  is  noted 
for  the  large  size  of  the  queens.  In  C.  vidua,  for  example, 
the  volume  ratio  of  queen  to  worker  is  several  thousand  to 
one.  Pheidologeton  is  a genus  of  harvesters,  with  a poly- 
morphic worker  caste  ranging  from  minute  minimae 
through  a graded  series  to  gigantic  soldiers  with  enormous 
heads.  The  other  genera  are  suspected  of  having  relations 
with  termites,  though  just  what  sort  of  relations  has  never 
been  proved.  At  least  they  nest  in  termitaria.  Aneleus  and 
Oligomyrmex  have  the  worker  caste  strongly  dimorphic  — 
large  headed  soldier  and  small  worker.  In  Lophomyrmex, 
T rig onog aster,  Erebomyrma,  Carebara  and  Paedalgus  the 
worker  caste  is  monomorphic  and  minute. 

In  this  article  we  have  described  the  larvae  of  13 
species  in  seven  genera.  These  larvae  do  not  constitute  a 
homogeneous  group.  They  are  nevertheless  better  defined 

^The  research  on  which  this  article  is  based  was  aided  by  a grant-in-aid 
from  the  Sigma  Xi  — Resa  Research  Fund. 


129 


130 


Psyche 


[December 


as  a group  than  are  the  larvae  of  the  Solenopsidini  (either 
in  the  sense  of  Emery  or  in  the  sense  of  Wheeler)  to  the  ex- 
tent that  at  least  a few  minor  characters  are  common  to  all 
the  known  genera.  The  subtribes,  however,  are  homo- 
geneous and  easily  differentiated.  Within  each  subtribe  the 
genera  are  not  easily  distinguished. 

Tribe  Pheidologetini  Emery 
Body  hairs  moderately  numerous  and  uniformly  dis- 
tributed. Anchor-tipped  hairs  absent.  Antennae  small. 
Head  hairs  few.  Labrum  short  and  broad  (breadth  2X 
to  3x  length).  Ratio  of  head  width  to  mandible  length  = 
3.0  to  4.0 ; average  3.5.  Ratio  of  mandible  length  to  mandible 
width  (at  base)  = 1.4  to  2.4;  average  1.7.  Surface  of  maxil- 
lae without  spinules.  Anterior  surface  of  labium  spinulose. 

Subtribe  Lophomyrmicini  Emery 
Body  hairs  all  of  the  same  shape:  either  with  the  tip 
denticulate  or  with  the  tip  bifid.  Labrum  trilobed,  the 
median  lobe  projecting  posteriorly.  Posterior  surface  of 
labrum  densely  spinulose.  Mandibles  as  a whole  curved 
medially;  teeth  surrounding  a denticulate  area;  anterior 
surface  spinulose.  Labium  with  a median  anteroventral 
projection,  which  bears  the  opening  of  the  sericteries  at  its 
apex.  Labial  palp  a low  knob  bearing  five  sensilla.  Hypo- 
pharynx  spinulose. 

Genus  Lophomyrmex  Emery 
Thorax  rather  stout  and  bent  ventrally  at  right  angles; 
abdomen  elongate-ovoidal ; diameter  greatest  at  the  fourth 
and  fifth  abdominal  somites;  posterior  end  broadly  rounded. 
Body  hairs  moderately  numerous  and  short;  all  with  the 
tip  denticulate.  Antennae  small.  Head  hairs  few,  short 
to  moderately  long,  with  the  tip  denticulate.  Labrum  small, 
trilobed,  with  the  median  lobe  projecting  posteriorly;  pos- 
terior surface  densely  spinulose.  Mandibles  slender  and 
thin;  curved  medially;  apical  tooth  curved  medially  and 
posteriorly ; a large  anterior  subapical  tooth  directed  antero- 
ventrally;  a large  blunt  medial  tooth  directed  postero- 
ventrally ; teeth  surrounding  a denticulate  area ; anterior 
surface  with  several  sharp  spinules.  Maxillary  palp  a peg 


Wheeler  and  Wheeler  — Myrmicine  Larvae  131 


bearing  five  sensilla.  Labium  with  a median  anteroventral 
spinulose  projection,  with  the  opening  of  the  sericteries 
at  its  apex.  Labial  palp  a low  knob  bearing  five  sensilla. 
Hypopharynx  with  a few  oblique  rows  of  minute  spinules. 


Text  figure  1.  Trigonogaster  recurvispinosa  kemneri  Wheeler,  A-F  — A, 
head  in  anterior  view,  X85;  B,  left  mandible  in  medial  view,  X247;  C, 
left  mandible  in  anterior  view,  X247;  D,  body  hair,  X329;  E,  larva  in 
side  view,  Xl8;  F,  left  half  of  labrum  and  labium  in  sagittal  view,  X165. 

Erehomyrma  sp.,  G-I  — G,  head  in  anterior  view  (with  hair  bases  only), 
X108;  H,  left  mandible  in  anterior  view,  X247;  I,  profile,  X18. 

Lophomyrmex  quadrispinosus  (Jerdon),  J-N  — J,  head  in  anterior  view, 
X85;  K,  left  mandible  in  anterior  view,  X192;  L,  left  mandible  in 
medial  view,  X192;  M and  N,  two  body  hairs,  X209. 

Lophomyrmex  qimdrispinosus  (Jerdon) 

(Text.  fig.  1,  J-N) 

Thorax  rather  stout  and  bent  ventrally  at  right  angles; 
abdomen  elongate-ovoidal ; diameter  greatest  at  the  fourth 


132 


Psyche 


[December 


and  fifth  abdominal  somites ; posterior  end  broadly  rounded, 
anterior  end  formed  from  the  dorsum  of  the  prothorax. 
Anus  posteroventral.  Leg  vestiges  present.  Segmentation 
indistinct.  Integument  of  ventral  surface  of  thorax  and 
abdominal  somites  i-iii  with  numerous  transverse  rows  of 
spinules.  Body  hairs  moderately  numerous,  short  (0.036- 
0.126  mm),  all  with  denticulate  tip;  hairs  without  alveo- 
lus and  articular  membrane  except  on  the  prothorax. 
Head  moderately  large;  cranium  transversely  subelliptical, 
breadth  1.25  X length.  Antennae  small,  each  with  three 
(rarely  two)  sensilla,  each  of  which  bears  a spinule.  Head 
hairs  few,  short  to  moderately  long  (0.018-0.072  mm),  with 
denticulate  tip.  Labrum  small,  short  (width  2X  length), 
trilobed,  the  median  lobe  projecting  posteriorly;  anterior 
surface  of  each  lateral  lobe  with  three  minute  hairs  and/or 
sensilla ; ventral  border  of  each  lateral  lobe  with  three  sen- 
silla and  several  short  oblique  rows  of  exceedingly  minute 
spinules;  posterior  surface  of  each  half  with  1-2  isolated 
and  a cluster  of  3-4  sensilla;  posterior  surface  spinulose, 
the  spinules  minute  and  in  numerous  long  transverse  rows. 
Mandibles  slender  and  thin;  curved  medially;  apical  tooth 
curved  medially  and  posteriorly;  a large  anterior  subapical 
tooth  directed  anteroventrally ; a large  blunt  medial  tooth 
directed  posteroventrally ; teeth  surrounding  a denticulate 
area;  anterior  surface  with  several  sharp  spinules.  Maxil- 
lae with  the  apex  paraboloidal;  palp  a peg  with  one  sub- 
apical  (bearing  a spinule)  and  four  apical  sensilla;  galea 
a rather  tall  peg  with  two  apical  sensilla.  Labium  with  a 
median  anteroventral  projection  covered  with  short  rows 
of  minute  spinules;  palp  a low  knob  with  five  sensilla  (one 
of  which  bears  a spinule)  ; a minute  sensillum  between 
each  palp  and  the  opening  of  the  sericteries;  the  latter  a 
transverse  slit  on  the  end  of  the  projection.  Hypopharynx 
with  a few  oblique  rows  of  minute  spinules. 

Sexual  larva  : Elongate-ovoidal ; head  small,  on  the  ven- 
tral surface  near  the  anterior  end.  Body  naked.  Head  naked 
but  with  minute  sensilla.  Mandibles  with  all  teeth  directed 
medially.  Otherwise  similar  to  worker  larva. 

Material  studied : numerous  slightly  damaged  larvae  from 
Java  labelled  ‘Var.  opaciceps  Viehmeyer.’’ 


Wheeler  and  Wheeler  — Myrmicine  Larvae  133 


Genus  Trigonogaster  Forel 

Long,  slender,  club-shaped,  with  only  the  prothorax  bent 
ventrally  to  form  a very  short  neck;  posterior  end  broadly 
round.  Body  hairs  moderately  numerous,  very  short,  usual- 
ly with  a short-bifid  tip.  Antennae  minute.  Head  hairs 
few,  long  and  with  some  part  of  the  distal  half  finely  den- 
ticulate. Labrum  trilobed,  with  the  median  lobe  projecting 
posteriorly;  posterior  surface  densely  spinulose.  Mandibles 
curved  medially;  apical  tooth  round-pointed  and  curved 
medially;  a large  anterior  subapical  tooth  directed  antero- 
ventrally;  a large  blunt  medial  tooth  directed  posteroven- 
trally  and  sometimes  covered  with  spinules ; teeth  surround- 
ing a denticulate  area;  anterior  surface  with  many  long 
slender  spinules  arranged  in  transverse  arcuate  rows. 
Maxillary  palp  a peg  bearing  five  sensilla.  Labium  with 
a median  anteroventral  spinulose  projection,  with  the  open- 
ing of  the  sericteries  at  its  apex;  labial  palp  a low  knob 
bearing  five  sensilla.  Hypopharynx  with  numerous  trans- 
verse rows  of  minute  spinules. 

Trigonogaster  recurvispinosa  kemneri  Wheeler 
(Text  fig.  1,  A-F) 

Long,  slender,  club-shaped,  with  only  the  prothorax  bent 
ventrally  to  form  a very  short  neck;  posterior  end  broadly 
rounded.  Anus  posteroventral.  Spiracles  small,  the  meso- 
thoracic  larger  than  the  others.  Integument  with  minute 
spinules  on  the  ventral  surface  of  the  thorax.  Body  hairs 
moderately  numerous,  uniformly  distributed,  very  short 
(0.018-0.108  mm),  usually  with  very  short-bifid  tip;  with 
alveolus  and  articular  membrane.  Head  moderately  large; 
cranium  transversely  subelliptical,  slightly  broader  than 
long.  Antennae  minute,  each  with  three  sensilla,  each  of 
which  bears  a spinule.  Head  hairs  few,  long  (0.04-0.105 
mm)  and  with  some  part  of  the  distal  half  finely  denticulate. 
Labrum  short  (breadth  2x  length),  trilobed,  the  median 
lobe  projecting  posteriorly;  anterior  surface  of  each  lateral 
lobe  with  2-3  minute  hairs  and/or  sensilla;  ventral  border 
of  each  lateral  lobe  spinulose  and  with  one  isolated  and  two 
contiguous  sensilla;  posterior  surface  of  each  half  with 
3-4  isolated  and  two  contiguous  sensilla;  posterior  surface 
densely  spinulose,  the  spinules  minute  and  in  numerous 


134 


Psyche 


[December 


long  transverse  rows.  Mandibles  curved  medially;  apical 
tooth  round-pointed  and  curved  medially;  a large  anterior 
subapical  tooth  directed  anteroventrally ; a large  blunt 
medial  tooth  directed  posteroventrally  and  sometimes 
covered  with  spinules ; teeth  surrounding  a denticulate 
area;  anterior  surface  with  many  long  slender  spinules 
arranged  in  transverse  arcuate  rows.  Maxillae  with  the 
apex  paraboloidal;  palp  a peg  with  one  subapical  (bearing 
a spinule)  and  four  apical  (two  bearing  each  a short 
spinule)  sensilla;  galea  a tall  slender  frustum  with  two 
apical  sensilla.  Labium  with  a median  anteroventral  pro- 
jection covered  with  short  rows  of  minute  spinules;  palp 
a low  knob  with  five  sensilla  (three  bearing  a spinule  each)  ; 
opening  of  sericteries  a short  transverse  slit  on  the  end  of 
the  projection.  Hypopharynx  with  numerous  transverse 
rows  of  minute  spinules.  (Material  studied:  eight  larvae 
from  Java.) 


Subtribe  Pheidologetini  Emery 
Body  hairs  of  two  or  three  types;  those  on  the  dorsal 
and  lateral  surfaces  deeply  bifid,  with  the  branches  curling 
away  from  each  other.  Labrum  subrectangular,  with  the 
ventral  corners  rounded.  Posterior  surface  of  labrum 
sparsely  spinulose  or  without  spinules.  Mandibles  as  a 
whole  not  curved  medially;  the  teeth  not  surrounding  a 
denticulate  area;  anterior  surface  without  spinules.  Labi- 
um without  a median  projection.  Labial  palp  represented 
by  a cluster  of  four  sensilla.  Hypopharynx  apparently  with- 
out spinules. 


Genus  Pheidologeton  Mayr 

Short  and  stout;  prothorax  forming  a stout  neck,  which 
is  bent  ventrally  to  a right  angle;  dorsal  profile  C-shaped, 
ventral  profile  of  abdomen  nearly  straight ; diameter  great- 
est at  abdominal  somites  ill  and  IV.  Body  hairs  moderately 
numerous  and  short.  Of  three  types  ( with  intergrades)  : 
(1)  deeply  bifid,  with  the  branches  curling  away  from  each 
other  and  enlarged  at  the  tip,  the  most  abundant  type  (but 
absent  from  the  ventral  surface)  ; (2)  bifid,  with  the 
branches  acuminate  and  nearly  straight,  a few  on  the  ven- 
trolateral surfaces;  (3)  a few  simple  hairs  on  the  ventral 


1953] 


Wheeler  and  Wheeler  — Myrmicine  Larvae  135 


surface.  Antennae  small.  Head  hairs  few,  short,  simple 
or  with  denticulate  tip.  Labrum  subrectangular ; posterior 
surface  sparsely  spinulose.  Mandibles  small,  short,  stout 
and  thick;  apex  forming  a small  tooth  which  is  curved 
medially  and  posteriorly;  with  two  small  medial  teeth  near 
the  anterior  surface.  Maxillary  palp  a low  elevation  bear- 
ing four  sensilla;  galea  a low  knob.  Labial  palp  represented 
by  a cluster  of  four  sensilla.  Sexual  (?)  larva  voluminous, 
plump,  turgid,  bean-shaped;  head  exceedingly  minute,  on 
the  ventral  surface  near  the  anterior  end;  mandibles  with 
the  apical  tooth  vestigial  and  with  only  one  medial  tooth. 

Pheidologeton  diversus  (Jerdon) 

(PI.  6,  figs.  8-16) 

Mature  worker  larva:  Length  about  2.1  mm.  Short 
and  stout;  prothorax  forming  a stout  neck,  which  is  bent 
ventrally  to  a right  angle;  dorsal  profile  C-shaped,  ventral 
profile  of  abdomen  nearly  straight;  diameter  greatest  at 
abdominal  somites  III  and  iv.  Anus  ventral.  Leg  vestiges 
present.  Segmentation  indistinct.  Mesothoracic  spiracle  a 
third  larger  than  the  metathoracic,  the  others  diminishing 
slightly  toward  the  posterior  end.  Integument  of  dorsal 
surface  of  posterior  somites  sparsely  spinulose,  the  spinules 
minute  and  isolated  or  in  very  short  rows;  on  the  ventral 
surface  of  the  thorax  and  abdominal  somites  I and  il  they 
are  in  longer  rows.  Body  hairs  moderately  numerous  and 
short.  Of  three  types:  (1)  deeply  bifid,  about  0.054  mm, 
with  the  branches  curling  away  from  each  other  and  en- 
larged at  the  tip,  the  most  abundant  type,  absent  from  the 
ventral  surface;  (2)  bifid,  0.024-0.054  mm,  with  the 
branches  acuminate  and  nearly  straight,  a few  on  the 
ventrolateral  surfaces;  (3)  simple,  about  0.024  mm,  a few 
on  the  ventral  surface;  there  are  intergrades  between  the 
several  types;  a few  hairs  on  the  ventral  surface  have 
alveolus  and  articular  membrane.  Head  large;  cranium 
suboctagonal,  but  with  the  angles  rounded,  slightly  broader 
than  long.  Antennae  small,  each  with  three  (rarely  four) 
sensilla  each  bearing  a spinule.  Head  hairs  few,  short 
(0.006-0.036  mm),  simple  or  with  the  tip  denticulate.  Lab- 
rum  short  and  broad  (breadth  3x  length)  ; subrectangular, 
with  the  ventral  corners  rounded;  each  half  of  anterior 


136 


Psyche 


[December 


surface  with  5-6  sensilla;  ventral  border  with  a few  spinules 
and  two  isolated  sensilla;  posterior  surface  with  5-6  sen- 
silla and  three  spinulose  areas,  a central  area  of  minute 
spinules  arranged  in  a few  scattered  short  rows  and  two 
ventrolateral  areas  of  coarse  isolated  spinules.  Mandibles 
small,  short,  stout  and  thick;  apex  forming  a small  tooth 
which  is  curved  medially  and  posteriorly;  with  two  small 
medial  teeth  near  the  anterior  surface.  Maxillae  with  the 
apex  paraboloidal;  palp  a low  elevation  bearing  four  sen- 
silla; galea  a low  knob  bearing  two  sensilla.  Anterior  sur- 
face of  labium  sparsely  spinulose,  the  spinules  isolated  or 
in  short  transverse  rows;  palp  represented  by  a cluster  of 
four  sensilla;  an  isolated  sensillum  between  each  palp  and 
the  opening  of  the  sericteries;  the  latter  a short  transverse 
slit. 

Young  larva:  Length  about  1.1  mm.  Thorax  bent  ven- 
trally  to  an  acute  angle;  diameter  nearly  uniform  but 
greatest  at  the  third  and  fourth  abdominal  somites.  Head 
relatively  very  large.  Posterior  end  forming  a knob  which 
is  directed  posteroventrally.  Otherwise  as  in  the  mature 
larva. 

Material  studied:  two  dozen  larvae  from  the  Philippine 
Islands. 


Explanation  of  Plate  6 

Oligomyrynex  parviconm  Forel,  Figs.  1-7  — 1,  head  in  anterior  view, 
XI 15;  2,  left  mandible  in  anterior  view,  X303;  3 and  4,  two  body  hairs, 
X418;  5,  first  instar  larva  in  side  view,  X39;  6,  young  larva  in  side 
view,  X39;  7,  mature  larva  in  side  view,  X39. 

Phcidologeton  diversus  (Jerdon),  Figs.  8-16  — 8,  head  in  anterior  view, 

X77;  9,  left  mandible  in  anterior  view,  X209;  10,  left  mandible  in 

medial  view,  X209;  11,  young  larva  in  side  view,  X36;  12,  mature  larva 

in  side  view,  X36;  13-16,  four  body  hairs,  X418. 

Phcidologeton  nfjinis  (Jerdon),  Figs.  17  and  18  — 17,  profile  of  sexual 
(?)  larva,  X2.7;  18,  left  mandible  of  sexual  (?)  larva  in  anterior  view,  X209. 

Careham  icinifredae  Wheeler,  Figs.  19  and  20,  two  body  hairs,  X418. 

Carebara  lignnta  Westwood,  Figs.  21-23  — 21,  head  in  anterior  view, 
X108;  22,  profile  of  worker  larva,  X18;  23,  left  mandible  in  anterior 
view,  X245. 

Paedalgus  termitolestes  Wheeler,  Figs.  24-27  — 24  and  25,  two  body 
hairs,  X329;  26,  head  in  anterior  view,  Xl32;  27,  left  mandible  in 

anterior  view,  X303. 


Psyche,  1953 


VoL.  60,  Plate  6 


Wheeler  and  Wheeler  — Myrmicine  Larvae 


138 


Psyche 


[December 


Pheidologeton  affinis  (Jerdon) 

(PL  6,  figs.  17-18) 

Sexual  (?)  larva:  Length  straight  from  end  to  end 
8 mm;  length  from  head  to  anus  through  spiracles  about 
12  mm.  Voluminous,  plump  and  turgid,  bean-shaped.  Head 
exceedingly  minute,  on  the  ventral  surface  near  the  anterior 
end.  Mandibles  somewhat  smaller;  apical  tooth  vestigial; 
only  one  medial  tooth.  Otherwise  similar  to  diversiis  worker 
larva.  (Material  studied:  six  larvae  from  Dutch  New 
Guinea;  hairs  broken  off.) 

Genus  Oligoviyrmex  Mayr 

Short  and  very  stout;  prothorax  forming  a short,  very 
stout  neck  which  is  bent  ventrally  to  a right  angle;  dorsal 
profile  C-shaped,  ventral  sinuate;  diameter  greatest  at  ab- 
dominal somites  IV  and  v.  Body  hairs  short  and  moderately 
numerous.  Of  two  types : ( 1)  deeply  bifid,  with  the  branches 
curling  away  from  each  other,  the  most  abundant  type, 
absent  from  the  ventral  surface  of  the  thorax;  (2)  a few  on 
the  ventral  surface,  with  short-bifid  tip.  Head  hairs  few, 
short,  varying  in  arrangement  and  shape.  Labrum  small 
and  subrectangular ; posterior  surface  sparsely  spinulose. 
Mandibles  with  a long  slender  apical  tooth  which  is  curved 
medially;  a large  subapical  tooth  on  the  anterior  surface; 
an  acute  medial  tooth  arising  from  the  posterior  surface 
near  the  middle  of  the  mandible;  one  or  two  additional 
medial  teeth  may  be  present.  Maxillary  and  labial  palps 
each  represented  by  a cluster  of  four  sensilla;  galea  a low 
knob. 


Oligomyrmex  parvicornis  Forel 
(PI.  6,  figs.  1-7) 

Mature  worker  larva:  Length  about  1.5  mm.  Short 
and  very  stout;  prothorax  forming  a short,  very  stout  neck 
which  is  bent  ventrally  to  a right  angle;  dorsal  profile  C- 
shaped,  ventral  sinuate;  diameter  greatest  at  abdominal 
somites  iv-v.  Anus  ventral,  with  a posterior  lip.  Segmenta- 
tion indistinct.  Mesothoracic  spiracle  a third  larger  than 
the  metathoracic  and  first  abdominal  (which  are  equal), 
the  others  exceedingly  minute  (one-third  the  size  of  the 
mesothoracic).  Integument  of  midventral  surface  of  thorax 


Wheeler  and  Wheeler  — Myrmicine  Larvae  139 


and  abdominal  somites  I and  ii  with  a few  long  transverse 
rows  of  spinules.  Body  hairs  moderately  numerous,  uni- 
formly distributed,  short.  Of  two  types:  (1)  deeply  bifid, 
0.036-0.054  mm,  with  the  branches  curling  away  from  each 
other,  the  most  abundant  type,  absent  from  the  ventral 
surface  of  the  thorax  (a  few  of  this  type  are  trifid  or  have 
the  branches  denticulate),  without  alveolus  and  articular 
membrane;  (2)  a few  hairs  on  the  ventral  surface,  0.018- 
0.045  mm,  with  short-bifid  tip,  with  alveolus  and  articular 
membrane.  Head  large;  cranium  suboctagonal  in  anterior 
view,  slightly  broader  than  long.  Antennae  with  three 
(rarely  two)  sensilla,  each  bearing  a short  spinule.  Head 
hairs  few,  short  (0.018-0.036  mm),  varying  in  arrangement 
and  shape  (simple  or  bifid  or  trifid  or  with  short-bifid  tip 
or  long-branched  with  a few  denticles.)  Labrum  small, 
short  and  broad  (breadth  3X  length)  ; subrectangular,  with 
the  ventral  corners  rounded;  anterior  surface  with  four 
minute  hairs,  four  sensilla  and  a few  spinules;  ventral 
border  spinulose;  posterior  surface  with  six  isolated  sen- 
silla and  a few  spinules.  Mandibles  heavily  sclerotized; 
a trifle  stout;  apex  forming  a long  slender  tooth  which 
is  curved  medially;  a large  subapical  tooth  on  the  anterior 
surface;  an  acute  medial  tooth  arising  from  the  posterior 
surface  near  the  middle  of  the  mandible;  one  or  two  addi- 
tional medial  teeth  may  be  present.  Maxillae  with  the  apex 
paraboloidal;  palp  a cluster  of  four  sensilla,  two  of  which 
bear  each  a spinule  and  two  a cap ; galea  a short  knob  with 
two  sensilla.  Anterior  surface  of  labium  sparsely  spinulose, 
the  spinules  minute  and  in  short  rows;  palp  a cluster  of 
four  sensilla,  two  of  which  bear  each  a spinule  and  two  a 
cap;  a minute  hair  between  each  palp  and  the  opening  of 
the  sericteries ; the  latter  a short  transverse  slit. 

First  instar  larva  : Length  about  0.27  mm.  Body  short, 
stout  and  subovoidal.  Head  very  large,  ventral.  Hairs 
simple,  about  0.006  mm  long.  Integument  of  dorsal  surface 
with  spinules  in  short  transverse  rows. 

Second  instar  larva:  Similar  to  the  first  instar  but 
with  hairs  up  to  0.009  mm  long. 

Young  larva:  Length  about  0.73  mm.  Short  and  stout 
with  the  prothorax  curved  ventrally  to  a right  angle.  Head 
very  large.  Body  hairs  very  short  (0.006-0.018  mm),  most 


140 


Psyche 


[December 


hairs  on  the  ventral  surface  straight,  with  simple  or  bifid 
tip;  elsewhere  varied  (simple  and  straight  or  flexible,  or 
with  bifid  tip  or  deeply  bifid) . Integument  of  dorsal  surface 
of  abdominal  somites  Vi-X  with  spinules  in  short  transverse 
rows ; a few  minute  spinules  on  the  venter  of  the  prothorax. 

Young  larva:  Length  about  1.1  mm.  Similar  to  mature 
larva. 

Material  studied:  two  dozen  larvae  from  Queensland; 
courtesy  of  Dr.  W.  L.  Brown. 

Oligomyrmex  jacobsoni  Forel 
Length  about  1.36  mm.  Body  hairs  shorter.  With  a 
sensillum  between  each  palp  and  the  opening  of  the  seric- 
teries.  Otherwise  as  in  parvicornis.  (Material  studied: 
numerous  larvae  from  Java.) 

Oligoinyrmex  mjobergi  Forel 
Very  similar  to  parvicornis.  (Material  studied:  numerous 
larvae  from  Queensland;  courtesy  of  Dr.  W.  L.  Brown.) 

Oligomyrmex  thoracicus  Weber 
Weber,  1950,  pp.  16-17 : “The  6-mm.  cell  contained  worker 
and  female  pupae,  the  latter  3.3  mm.  in  length,  and  a few 
larvae  which  could  have  been  only  female,  being  1.8-2. 3 mm. 
long.  Early  worker  pupae  were  enclosed  in  the  larval  skin, 
the  latter  being  0.9  mm.  long.  The  female  larvae  were  as 
plump  as  those  of  Atta,  one  1.8  mm.  long  having  an  ab- 
dominal diameter  of  1.1  mm.  and  a head  capsule  of  0.25  mm. 
situated  completely  on  the  ventral  side;  no  hairs  were  ap- 
parent. Worker  larval  skins  on  the  other  hand  were  covered 
with  short  hairs,  bifurcate  or  trifurcate  apically.” 

Oligomyrmex  {Aeromyrma)  sundaicus  Forel 
Very  similar  to  parvicornis.  (Material  studied:  18  dam- 
aged larvae  from  Java.) 

Genus  Erebomyrma  Wheeler 
Short  and  stout;  curved  ventrally;  posterior  end  conoidal 
and  directed  ventrally.  Labrum  small  and  subrectangular ; 
the  posterior  surface  sparsely  spinulose.  Mandibles  with 
apex  forming  a long  slender  acute  tooth  which  is  curved 
medially;  anterior  surface  with  two  large  medial  teeth. 
Maxillary  and  labial  palps  each  represented  by  a cluster  of 
four  sensilla. 


Wheeler  and  Wheeler  — Myrmicine  Larvae  141 


Erehomyrma  sp. 

(Text  fig.  1,  G-I) 

Length  about  2 mm.  Short  and  stout;  curved  ventrally; 
posterior  end  conoidal  and  directed  ventrally;  anus  at  the 
tip  of  the  conoid,  with  a conspicuous  posterior  lip;  head 
ventral  near  the  anterior  end.  Segmentation  indistinct. 
Dorsal  surface  of  posterior  somites  sparsely  spinulose,  the 
spinules  minute  and  in  very  short  transverse  rows ; ventral 
surface  of  anterior  somites  with  more  numerous  and  longer 
rows.  Head  large,  subpyriform  in  anterior  view.  Each 
antenna  with  three  sensilla,  each  of  which  bears  a spinule. 
Labrum  small,  subrectangular  in  anterior  view,  short  and 
broad  (breadth  2.3 X the  length)  ; anterior  surface  with 
four  minute  hairs,  four  sensilla  and  a few  spinules;  ventral 
border  with  six  sensilla  and  a few  spinules;  posterior  sur- 
face with  four  isolated  sensilla  and  a few  short  rows  of 
minute  spinules.  Mandibles  heavily  sclerotized;  somewhat 
stout;  apex  forming  a long  slender  acute  tooth  which  is 
curved  medially;  posterior  surface  with  one  large  medial 
tooth ; anterior  surface  with  two  large  medial  teeth ; medial 
surface  may  have  a single  denticle  near  the  base.  Maxillae 
rather  small,  lobose;  palp  a short  frustum  with  four  sen- 
silla; galea  a short  subcone  with  two  sensilla.  Anterior 
surface  of  labium  spinulose,  the  spinules  minute  and  in 
short  rows;  palp  represented  by  a cluster  of  four  sensilla; 
an  isolated  sensillum  between  each  palp  and  the  opening 
of  the  sericteries;  the  latter  a short  transverse  slit.  (Ma- 
terial studied:  two  damaged  larvae  from  Costa  Rica;  hairs 
broken  off.) 

Genus  Carebara  Westwood 

Shaped  somewhat  like  a crookneck  squash;  thorax  form- 
ing a short,  stout  neck  which  is  strongly  curved  ventrally; 
abdomen  somewhat  swollen.  Body  hairs  moderately  numer- 
ous and  short.  Of  two  types:  (1)  deeply  bifid,  with  the 
branches  curled  away  from  each  other,  the  most  common 
type;  (2)  a few  with  short-bifid  tip,  restricted  to  ventral 
and  ventrolateral  surfaces.  Antennae  small.  Head  hairs 
few,  short,  simple.  Labrum  small  and  subrectangular;  the 
posterior  surface  apparently  without  spinules.  Mandibles 
small,  short  and  stout;  apex  forming  a short  slender  tooth; 


142 


Psyche 


[December 


two  small  medial  teeth  arise  from  the  anterior  surface  and 
one  from  the  posterior.  Maxillary  and  labial  palps  each 
represented  by  a cluster  of  four  sensilla. 

Eidmann  (1944,  p.  458)  characterized  the  sexual  larvae 
of  this  genus  as  gigantic  {riesig) . 

Wheeler,  1922,  p.  171 : The  larvae  of  the  sexual  forms 
are  ‘'so  voluminous  that  they  could  not  be  moved  by  the 
workers  and  are  so  soft  and  vulnerable  that  they  would 
have  to  be  reared  in  chambers  inaccessible  to  the  termites.” 

Carebara  lignata  Westwood 
(PI.  6,  figs.  21-23) 

Mature  worker  larva:  Length  about  2 mm.  Shaped 
somewhat  like  a crookneck  squash ; thorax  forming  a short, 
stout  neck  which  is  strongly  curved  ventrally;  abdomen 
somewhat  swollen ; posterior  end  round.  Anus  postero- 
ventral.  Segmentation  indistinct.  Spiracles  uniform  in 
size.  Integument  of  ventral  surface  of  thorax  with  rather 
long  transverse  rows  of  spinules.  Cranium  subcircular  in 
anterior  view.  Antennae  small,  each  with  three  sensilla, 
each  of  which  bears  a spinule.  Head  hairs  few,  short 
(0.027-0.045  mm),  simple,  slightly  curved.  Labrum  small, 
short  and  broad  (breadth  3x  length)  ; subrectangular,  but 
with  the  ventral  corners  rounded;  anterior  surface  with 
about  10  sensilla ; ventral  border  with  a couple  of  isolated 
sensilla  and  with  a few  spinules  at  either  side;  posterior 
surface  with  six  sensilla.  Mandibles  small,  short  and 
rather  stout;  apex  forming  a short  slender  tooth;  two  small 
medial  teeth  arise  from  the  anterior  surface  and  one  from 
the  posterior.  Maxillae  with  the  apex  paraboloidal;  palp 
represented  by  a cluster  of  four  sensilla  (two  encapsu- 
lated and  two  bearing  a spinule  each)  ; galea  a short  frus- 
tum bearing  two  apical  sensilla.  Anterior  surface  of  labium 
spinulose,  the  spinules  minute  and  in  very  short  transverse 
rows;  palp  a cluster  of  four  sensilla  (two  encapsulated  and 
two  bearing  a spinule  each)  ; opening  of  sericteries  a short 
transverse  slit.  (Material  studied:  numerous  damaged 
larvae  from  Java.) 

Carebara  winifredae  Wheeler 
(P1.6,  figs.  19-20) 

Mature  worker  larva  : Length  about  2 mm.  Body  hairs 


Wheeler  and  Wheeler  — Myrmicine  Larvae  143 


moderately  numerous  and  short.  Of  two  types:  (1)  about 
0.036  mm  long,  deeply  bifid,  with  the  branches  curled  away 
from  each  other,  without  alveolus  and  articular  membrane, 
the  most  common  type;  (2)  a few,  0.027-0.045  mm  long, 
with  short-bifid  tip,  with  alveolus  and  articular  membrane, 
restricted  to  the  ventral  surface  of  the  abdomen  and  to 
the  ventral  and  ventrolateral  surfaces  of  the  thorax.  In- 
tegument of  ventral  surface  of  thorax  and  abdominal  so- 
mites I and  II  with  rather  long  transverse  rows  of  spinules. 
Labium  with  an  isolated  sensillum  between  each  palp  and 
the  opening  of  the  sericteries.  Otherwise  similar  to  lignata. 
(Material  studied:  a dozen  damaged  larvae  from  British 
Guiana.) 

Genus  Paedalgus  Forel 

Abdomen  spheroidal;  thorax  forming  a short  stout  neck 
which  is  arched  ventrally.  Body  hairs  short  and  moderate- 
ly numerous.  Of  two  types:  (1)  deeply  bifid,  with  the 
branches  curling  away  from  each  other,  the  most  abundant 
type;  (2)  a few  with  bifid  tip,  on  the  ventral  surface.  Head 
hairs  few  and  short,  those  above  the  antennal  level  deeply 
bifid,  those  below  with  bifid  tip.  Labrum  small  and  sub- 
rectangular  ; posterior  surface  apparently  without  spinules. 
Mandibles  short  and  stout;  anterior  surface  produced  into 
a medial  blade  which  bears  two  stout  medial  teeth ; posterior 
surface  with  one  medial  tooth.  Maxillary  and  labial  palps 
each  represented  by  a cluster  of  four  sensilla. 

Wheeler,  1922,  p.  119:  ‘That  the  salivary  glands  may 
be  important  as  exudate  organs  throughout  life  is  indicated 
by  certain  genera  of  Myrmicinae  (e.g.,  Paedalgus),  the 
larvae  of  which  have  no  exudatoria  but  greatly  developed 
salivary  glands,  though  the  latter  are  never  used  for  spin- 
ning cocoons  in  the  prepupal  stage.”  (Mentioned  by  Wheeler 
1928,  p.  233  = 1926,  p.  281.) 

Paedalgus  termitolestes  Wheeler 
(PI.  6,  figs.  24-27) 

Abdomen  spheroidal;  thorax  forming  a short  stout  neck 
which  is  arched  ventrally;  segmentation  indistinct  (ac- 
cording to  W.  M.  Wheeler).  Integument  of  ventral  surface 
of  thorax  with  rather  long  transverse  rows  of  minute 


144 


Psyche 


[December 


spinules.  Body  hairs  moderately  numerous,  uniformly  dis- 
tributed and  short.  Of  two  types:  (1)  deeply  bifid,  about 
0.036  mm  long,  with  the  branches  curling  away  from  each 
other,  the  most  abundant  type,  without  alveolus  and  articu- 
lar membrane,  absent  from  the  ventral  surface;  (2)  a few 
on  the  ventral  surface,  about  0.018  mm  long,  nearly  straight, 
with  the  tip  bifid,  with  alveolus  and  articular  membrane. 
Cranium  transversely  subelliptical  in  anterior  view,  slight- 
ly broader  than  long.  Antennae  each  with  three  sensilla, 
each  of  which  bears  a spinule.  Head  hairs  few,  short 
(about  0.027  mm),  those  dorsal  to  the  antennal  level  deep- 
ly bifid,  ventral  to  the  antennal  level  with  bifid  tip.  Labrum 
small,  short  (breadth  2.2 X length)  ; subrectangular,  but 
with  the  ventral  corners  rounded;  anterior  surface  with 
about  ten  sensilla ; posterior  surface  with  about  six  sensilla. 
Mandibles  short,  stout  and  heavily  sclerotized ; apex  slender 
and  curved  medially;  anterior  surface  produced  into  a 
medial  blade  which  bears  two  stout  medial  teeth;  posterior 
surface  with  one  medial  tooth.  Maxillae  with  the  apex 
paraboloidal;  palp  represented  by  a cluster  of  four  sensilla 
(two  encapsulated  and  two  bearing  a spinule  each)  ; galea 
a short  frustum  with  two  apical  sensilla.  Anterior  surface 
of  the  labium  with  a few  rows  of  minute  spinules;  palp 
represented  by  a cluster  of  four  sensilla  (two  encapsulated 
and  two  bearing  a spinule  each)  ; an  isolated  sensillum  be- 
tween each  palp  and  the  opening  of  the  sericteries;  the 
latter  a short  transverse  slit.  (Material  studied:  a single 
damaged  integument  from  the  Congo.) 

Bischoff  (1927,  pp.  94-95)  cited  Wheeler  (1918)  on  tro- 
phallaxis  in  this  species. 

Forel  (1922,  p.  83  = 1928,  Vol.  I,  pp.  462-463)  cited  the 
same. 

Wheeler,  1918:  “The  larva  has  a singular  shape,  being 
almost  spherical,  with  a short  neck,  small  head  and  minute, 
bidenticulate  mandibles.  The  delicate  integument  is  studded 
with  very  short,  stiff  hairs,  each  of  which  has  two  recurved 
branches.  The  larvae,  which  are  held  together  in  compact 
masses  by  the  interlocking  of  these  hooked  hairs,  are  fed 
with  liquid  food  by  regurgitation  as  is  evident  from  the 
contents  of  their  large  spherical  stomachs  and  the  very 
feeble  development  of  their  mouthparts.  Although,  like 


Wheeler  and  Wheeler  — Myrmicine  Larvae  145 


other  Myrmicinae,  they  do  not  spin  cocoons  but  form  naked 
pupae,  they  nevertheless  possess  huge  salivary  glands.  Even 
in  the  very  young  larva  the  salivary  receptacle  on  each  side 
is  full  of  a clear  liquid  secreted  by  the  large  cells  of  the  two 
branches  of  the  gland.  In  the  nearly  full-grown  female 
larva  the  glands  are  very  voluminous  and  their  lumen  and 
that  of  the  receptacle  full  of  secretion  shown  as  dark,  com- 
pact masses  in  the  figure,  which  was,  of  course,  drawn  from 
a specimen  hardened  and  dehydrated  in  alcohol.  As  such 
an  amount  of  saliva  would  hardly  be  necessary  for  digestive 
purposes  and  as  it  is  not  used  in  the  form  of  silk  by  the 
full-grown  larva,  it  probably  serves  as  a store  of  food  for 
the  nurses.  The  Paedalgm  larvae,  therefore,  would  seem 
to  resemble  the  repletes  of  honey  ants  . . . except  that  the 
food  for  the  workers  is  metabolized  and  stored  as  saliva  by 
the  larva,  instead  of  merely  being  ingurgitated  and  stored 
in  the  ingluvies,  or  crop  by  a certain  number  of  workers. 
From  the  fact  that  other  Myrmicine  ants,  although  they 
spin  no  cocoons,  often  have  well-developed  salivary  glands, 
we  may  infer  that  these  organs  have  much  the  same  func- 
tion as  in  Paedalgus”  (pp.  301-302).  Fig.  5 on  p.  303:  A, 
very  young  larva  in  side  view  showing  internal  anatomy; 
B,  nearly  mature  female  larva  in  side  view  showing  salivary 
glands. 

Wheeler,  1922:  “They  are  white,  nearly  spherical,  with 
short  neck,  small  head,  and  very  feebly  developed  mouth- 
parts,  indicating  that  they  are  fed  by  the  tiny  workers  with 
regurgitated  liquid  food.  They  are  . . . covered  uniformly 
with  short,  stiff,  sparse  hairs,  each  of  which  has  two  re- 
curved branches.  Even  in  alcohol,  the  larvae  cling  com- 
pactly together  in  masses  by  means  of  these  hooks.  When 
stained  and  cleared,  the  larvae  are  seen  to  possess  unusually 
voluminous  salivary  glands.  The  youngest  individuals, 
scarcely  0.2  mm.  long,  have  the  receptacle  full  of  clear 
secretion.  In  older  larvae,  the  secretion  after  dehydration 
forms  great  masses  in  the  receptacles  and  lumen  of  the 
glands.  As  these  organs  are  not  used  in  spinning  a cocoon, 
it  is  very  probable  that  the  secretion  ...  is  elaborated  and 
used  as  a food  for  the  workers  (trophallaxis)  ” (pp.  179- 
180).  Fig.  43  on  p.  179  = Wheeler,  1918,  Fig.  5. 

In  this  same  article  Wheeler  concluded  (pp.  118-119) 


146 


Psyche 


[December 


from  his  study  of  the  larvae  of  Pachysima  spp.  and  ''Paedal- 
gus  infimus  (vide  infra)  . . . that  the  young  larvae  are 
fed  by  regurgitation,  the  older  larvae  with  pellets  of  crushed 
insects,  and  that,  especially  during  their  younger  stages, 
the  larvae  are  so  assiduously  fed  and  cared  for  because  they 
furnish  liquid  exudates,  small  in  quantity,  to  be  sure,  but 
of  such  a quality  as  to  excite  the  appetite  of  their  nurses 
and  induce  regurgitation.  I believe  that  the  salivary  glands, 
as  soon  as  they  develop,  take  on  the  function  of  supplying 
exudates.”  Infimus  here  must  be  a lapsus  for  termitolestes, 
since  the  only  subsequent  reference  is  to  Santschi's  descrip- 
tion (see  below)  and  there  is  no  evidence  that  Wheeler 
ever  studied  the  larvae  of  infimus, 

Paedalgus  infimus  (Santschi) 

Santschi,  1914,  p.  365:  “Les  larves  sont  glabres.”  (Men- 
tioned by  Wheeler,  1922,  p.  179.) 

Wheeler,  1922,  p.  118 : See  last  paragraph  under  P.  termi- 
tolestes above. 

A Bibliography  of  the  Larvae  of  the  Tribe  Pheidologetini 
Bischoff,  H. 

1927.  Biologie  der  Hymenopteren.  viii  + 598  pp.,  244  figs.  Berlin: 
Julius  Springer. 

Eidmann,  H. 

1944.  Die  Ameisenfauna  von  Fernando  Poo.  Zool.  Jahrb.  Abt.  Syst. 
Oekol.  Geog.  Tiere,  76:  413-490,  1 pi.,  17  text  figs. 

Forel,  a. 

1922.  Le  monde  social  des  fourmis  du  globe  compare  a celui  de  Thomme. 
Tome  3.  vii  + 227  pp.,  10  pis.,  28  text  figs.  Geneve:  Librairie 
Kundig. 

1928.  The  social  world  of  ants  compared  with  that  of  men.  Translated 
by  C.  K.  Ogden.  2 vols.  551  + 445  pp.,  24  pis.,  138  text  figs. 
London  and  New  York:  G.  P.  Putnam’s  Sons,  Ltd. 

Santschi,  F. 

1914.  Formicides  de  I’Afrique  occidentale  et  australe  du  voyage  de  M. 
le  Professeur  F.  Silvestri.  Boll.  Lab.  Zool.  Gen.  Agrar.  R.  Sc. 
Sup.  Agric.  Portici,  8:  309-385,  34  figs. 

Weber,  N.  A. 

1950.  The  African  species  of  the  genus  Oligomyrmex  Mayr.  Amer. 
Mus.  Novitates  No.  1442:  19  pp.,  20  figs. 

Wheeler,  W.  M. 

1918.  A study  of  some  ant  larvae,  with  a consideration  of  the  origin 


1953] 


Wheeler  and  Wheeler  — Myrmicine  Larvae  147 


and  meaning  of  the  social  habit  among  insects.  Proc.  Amer. 
Phil.  Soc.,  57:  293-343,  12  figs. 

1922.  The  ants  collected  by  the  American  Museum  Congo  Expedition. 
Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  45:  39-269,  22  pis.,  76  text  figs., 
41  maps. 

1926.  Les  societes  d’insectes:  leur  origine  — leur  evolution,  xii  + 468 
pp.,  61  figs.  Paris:  Gaston  Doin  et  Cie. 

1928.  The  social  insects,  their  origin  and  evolution,  xviii  + 378  pp., 
79  figs.  New  York:  Harcourt,  Brace  and  Co. 


SOME  NEW  SYNONYMS  IN  CLYTRINAE 
(COLEOPTERA,  CHRYSOMELIDAE) 

By  F.  Monros 

Universidad  Nacional  de  Tucuman,  Argentina 

I list  some  new  synonyms  in  Clytrinae,  which  have  been 
established  in  the  course  of  my  work  in  connection  with 
Junk’s  second  edition  of  the  “Coleopterorum  Catalogus”. 

Not  all  the  names  in  this  list  are  plain  synonyms;  in  most 
cases  they  represent  different  color  patterns  or  minor  dif- 
ferences in  size  and  microsculpture  which  tend  to  be  lost 
in  large  series.  In  my  opinion,  none  of  these  differences  is 
of  either  specific  or  subspecific  value. 

I have  seen  specimens  (in  several  cases  types  or  speci- 
mens from  the  typical  series  and  typical  locality)  of  all 
the  names  listed  below. 

Macrolenes  (Plecomera)  quadraticollis  Lacord.  from  South 
Africa.  Lacordaire,  1848,  Mon.  Phyt.  II,  p.  105  $ . 

= M.  (P.)  varipes  Jacoby,  1901,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Bond., 
1901,  p.  217,  pi.  10,  f.  5. 

Antipus  (Gyriodera)  cruciata  (Thunb.)  from  South  Africa. 
Thunberg,  1821,  Nova  Acta  Upsala,  8,  p.  184. 

= A.  (G.)  clitellata  Lacordaire,  1848,  Mon.  Phyt.  II, 
p.  124. 

Anomoea  laticlavia  (Forst.)  from  the  United  States  and 
Central  America.  Forster,  1771,  Nov.  Spec.  Ins.,  p.  27. 
= A.  rufifrons  Lacordaire,  1848,  Mon.  Phyt.  II,  p.  135. 
= A.  villosa  Jacoby,  1888,  Biol.  Centr.  Amer.  Col.  6,  1, 
Suppl.,  p.  67,  pi.  36,  f.  17  $ . 

Diapromorpha  (Peploptera)  eckloni  Lacord.  from  south 
east  Africa.  Lacordaire,  1848,  Mon.  Phyt.  II,  p.  244. 

= D.  (P.)  dorsata  Lacordaire,  l.c.,  p.  245. 
Diapromorpha  (Peploptera)  postica  Lacord.  from  equa- 
torial Africa.  Lacordaire,  l.c.,  p.  251. 

= D.  (P.)  arcuata  Clavareau  in  Jacoby  and  Clavareau, 
1906,  Gen.  Ins.,  fasc.  49,  p.  28,  footnote. 

Diapromorpha  (Peploptera)  trilineata  Lacord.  from  South 
Africa.  Lacordaire,  1848,  Mon.  Phyt.  II,  p.  246. 

= D.  (P.)  schenklingi  Clavareau,  1909,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent. 
Belg.,  53,  p.  386. 


148 


1953] 


Monros  — Synonyms  in  Clytrinae 


149 


Diapromorpha  (Peploptera)  abyssinica  Lef.  from  Ethiopia. 
Lefevre,  1877,  Rev.  Mag.  Zool.,  (3)5,  p.  225. 

= D.  (P)  schimperi  Lefevre,  1891,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Belg., 
35,  c.r.  p.  CCLI. 

Diapromorpha  {Peploptera)  curvilinea  Jac.  from  South 
Africa.  Jacoby,  1901,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.„  1901.  p. 
222,  pi.  10,  f.  9. 

= D.  (P.)  braunsi  Jacoby,  1903,  Ent.,  36,  p.  92. 
Diapromorpha  (Aspidolopha)  spilota  (Hope)  from  Nepal 
and  Burma.  Hope  in  Gray,  1831,  Zool.  Misc.,  p.  30  (Cryp- 
tocephalus) . 

= D.  (A.)  thoracica  Jacoby,  1892,  Ann.  Mus.  Civ.  Geno- 
va, 32,  p.  879. 

Melitonoma  (M.)  decempunctata  (Oliv.),  1808,  Ent.,  6,  pi. 
2,  f.  24  from  tropical  and  equatorial  Africa. 

= M.  (M.)  patruelis  Lefevre,  1891,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Belg., 
35,  c.r.  p.  CCLii. 

= M.  (M.)  pedestris  Lefevre,  l.c.,  p.  CCLiil. 

= M.  (M.)  polysticta  Lacordaire,  1848,  Mon.  Phyt.  II, 
p.  372. 

= M.  (M.)  macidigera  Lacordaire,  l.c.,  p.  376. 

= M.  {M.)  sobrina  Lacordaire,  l.c.,  p.  377. 

= M.  (M.)  litigiosa  Lacordaire,  l.c.,  p.  378. 
Megalostomis  (Megalostomis)  amazona  Jac.  from  tropical 
America.  Jacoby,  1876,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.,  1876,  p. 
809. 

= M.  (M.)  generosa  Baly,  1877,  Cist.  Ent.,  2,  p.  181. 
= M.  (Minturnia)  mariae  Monros,  1951,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat. 
Hist.,  (12)4,  p.  1154,  f.  7-9. 

Megalostomis  {Megalostomis)  anachoreta  Lacord.  from 
Central  and  northern  South  America. 

Lacordaire,  1848,  Mon.  Phyt.  II,  p.  537. 

= M.  {Minturnia)  chuncho  Monros,  1951,  Ann.  Mag. 

Nat.  Hist.,  (12)4,  p.  1151,  f.  4^5. 

= M.  {Minturnia)  iveyrauchi  Monros,  1952,  Rev.  Brasil. 
Biol.,  12(4),  p.  350,  f.  2-3. 

Urodera  crucifera  Lacord.  from  the  United  States  to  north- 
ern Argentina.  Lacordaire,  1848,  Mon.  Phyt.  II,  p.  454. 
= U.  godmani  Jacoby,  1879,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.,  1879, 
p.  775. 


150 


Psyche 


[December 


Bahia  quadriguttata  (Oliv.)  from  the  United  States  and 
Central  America.  Olivier,  1791,  Enc.  meth.,  6,  p.  37. 

= Bahia  distinguenda  Jacoby,  1888,  Biol.  Centr.  Amer. 

Col.  6,  1,  Suppl.,  p.  82. 

= Bahia  amplicollis  Jacoby,  l.c.,  p.  83. 

= Bahia  parvula  Jacoby,  l.c.,  p.  83. 

Bahia  rufipennis  Lacord.  from  Brazil. 

Lacordaire,  1848,  Mon.  Phyt.  II,  p.  433. 

= Bahia  undahunda  Lacordaire,  l.c.,  p.  433. 


TWO  NEW  TINGIDAE  (HEMIPTERA)i 
By  Carl  J.  Drake 
Ames,  Iowa 

This  paper  contains  the  descriptions  of  two  new  species 
of  lacebugs,  one  from  Australia  and  the  other  from  the 
West  Indies.  The  specimens  were  kindly  sent  to  me  by  Dr. 
P.  J.  Darlington,  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harv- 
ard University.  The  types  have  been  returned  to  the  above 
Museum. 


Teleonemia  lustrabilis  new  sp. 

Large  broad,  blackish  fuscous  with  a slight  tinge  of 
ferrugineous.  Length,  5.15  mm;  width,  2.60  mm. 

Head  with  four  brownish  spines;  anterior  pair  short, 
porrect;  posterior  pair  appressed,  barely  attaining  base 
of  frontal  pair.  Bucculae  large,  reticulate,  contiguous  in 
front.  Rostrum  brownish  blackish  apically,  barely  reach- 
ing beyond  mesosternum;  rostral  channel  wide,  not  closed 
behind;  laminae  not  very  high,  dark  fuscous,  uniseriate, 
diverging  posteriorly  on  mesosternum,  more  widely  sep- 
arate and  cordate  on  metasternum.  Orifice  large,  very  con- 
spicuous. Legs  slender,  smooth,  moderately  long,  ferrugine- 
ous-fuscous.  Antennae  moderately  long,  moderately  stout, 
straight,  densely  clothed  with  short,  thick,  recumbent  setae ; 

^Published  with  a grant  from  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
at  Harvard  College. 

segments  i and  ll  very  short,  only  slightly  thickened,  sub- 
equal; III  rather  stout,  three  times  as  long  as  IV  (72:24), 
the  latter  barely  enlarged.  Pleura  very  coarsely  pitted. 
Thorax  beneath  dark  fuscous,  the  venter  mostly  brownish. 
Hypocostal  laminae  uniseriate,  the  areolae  rounded.  Orifice 
very  large. 

Pronotum  distinctly  transversely  convex,  coarsely  punc- 
tate, tricarinate;  each  carina  uniseriate  and  with  dorsal 
vein  strongly  incrassate;  median  carina  moderately  ele- 
vated, distinctly  arched  on  disc,  composed  of  rectangular 
areolae  (higher  than  wide) , with  two  or  three  of  the  areolae 
longitudinally  divided  in  widest  part;  lateral  carinae  less 
elevated,  with  dorsal  boundary  gradually  rounded  or  arched 

151 


152 


Psyche 


[December 


from  base  to  apex.  Hood  moderately  high,  narrow,  pro- 
jecting almost  one-third  of  its  length  over  base  of  head, 
with  median  dorsal  vein  greatly  thickened,  a little  longer 
than  high.  Paranota  moderately  wide,  widest  opposite 
humeral  angles,  there  almost  erect  and  four  cells  deep, 
only  one  cell  wide  in  front,  with  short  hind  part  back  of 
widest  part  curved  inwardly,  the  areolae  moderately  large 
and  clear.  Elytra  longer  and  wider  than  abdomen,  widest 
just  behind  apex  of  posterior  projection  of  pronotum,  broad 
and  slowly  rounded  on  hind  margin,  with  tips  partly  over- 
lapping; with  exterior  marginal  vein  considerably  enlarged; 
costal  area  wide,  with  six  dark  transverse  fasciae  (a  wide 
band  at  widest  part  of  elytron,  two  narrower  ones  in  front 
of  and  three  behind  wide  band,  the  areolae  densely  clouded 
in  bands  and  clear  between  bands)  ; areolae  larger  and  two 
deep  in  clear  areas,  smaller  and  three  deep  in  bands;  sub- 
costal area  wide,  mostly  triseriate,  the  areolae  smaller  than 
in  costal  and  considerably  clouded;  discoidal  area  large, 
extending  a little  beyond  middle  of  elytra,  narrowed  at 
both  ends,  with  outer  boundary  sinuate,  widest  at  middle, 
there  five  cells  deep;  sutural  area  large,  the  cells  becoming 
larger  apically,  with  several  clear  cells  in  apical  part. 

Holotype  (female),  Constanza,  Dominican  Republic,  West 
Indies,  3000-4000  feet  elevation.  Dr.  P.  J.  Darlington  col- 
lector. 

This  large  chocolate-colored  species  with  some  clear 
areolae  in  the  costal  area  as  the  only  characteristic  mark- 
ings is  very  distinct,  and  can  be  readily  separated  from 
its  congeners  by  the  size,  form  and  the  structures  of  the 
paranota,  carinae  and  paranota  as  noted  in  the  description. 
The  outer  vein  of  paranota,  median  vein  of  hood  and  dorsal 
veins  of  carinae  are  unusually  incrassate.  The  clear  areo- 
lae of  costal  area  of  elytra  are  arranged  largely  in  blocks 
of  two  or  four,  thus  giving  the  dark  species  a striking 
appearance. 


Australotingis  vinnula  new  sp. 

Large,  broad,  testaceous  with  areolae  hyaline.  Head 
brown,  concealed  from  dorsal  aspect  by  hood;  hind  pair  of 
cephalic  spines  long,  appressed,  testaceous,  the  median  and 
anterior  pair  wanting.  Length,  4.20  mm.;  width,  2.25  mm. 


1953] 


Drake  — Neiv  Tingidae 


153 


Rostrum  brownish  with  dark  apex,  extending  to  base 
of  mesosternum;  laminae  uniseriate,  with  inferior  edge 
finely  toothed,  testaceous,  diverging  posteriorly,  entirely 
open  behind.  Bucculae  testaceous,  areolate,  closed  in  front. 
Orifice  present.  Hypocostal  ridge  narrow,  uniseriate.  An- 
tennae very  long,  slender,  shortly  pilose;  segments  i and 
II  short,  moderately  stout,  the  latter  smaller ; iii  long,  almost 
twice  the  length  of  iv ; iv  long,  feebly  swollen,  clothed  with 
longer  hairs. 

Pronotum  moderately  convex  on  disc,  distinctly  pitted, 
fuscous-brown,  tricarinate,  the  hood,  paranota  and  carinae 
testaceous;  with  clear  cells;  lateral  carinae  parallel,  with 
dorsal  edge  rounded  or  arched  for  the  entire  length,  com- 
posed of  one  row  of  rectangular  cells ; median  carina  strong- 
ly foliaceous,  longer  but  not  as  high  as  hood,  with  dorsal 
vein  rounded,  highest  a little  back  of  the  hood,  there  biseri- 
ate;  hood  large,  moderately  compressed  laterally,  inflated, 
longer  than  high,  moderately  narrowed  anteriorly,  strongly 
sloping  downward.  In  front,  with  apex  extending  a little 
in  front  of  the  head.  Paranota  large,  semiglobose,  reflexed 
so  that  the  outer  margin  projects  almost  vertically  over 
pronotal  surface  with  anterior  and  posterior  ends  curved 
inwardly.  Elytra  almost  quadrate  in  outline,  abruptly 
widened  near  base,  much  longer  and  wider  than  abdomen, 
with  outer  margins  finely  serrate,  with  apices  broadly 
rounded  and  a little  separated;  costal  area  very  wide,  com- 
posed of  large  areolae,  six  cells  deep  in  widest  part;  basal 
part  of  subcostal  and  discoidal  areas  jointly  elevated  so  as 
to  form  a large  tumid  elevation;  discoidal  area  not  reach- 
ing middle  of  elytra,  extending  one  half  of  its  length  beyond 
apex  of  hind  pronotal  process,  five  areolae  deep  in  widest 
part,  there  more  strongly  inflated.  Wings  a little  longer 
than  abdomen,  much  shorter  than  elytra,  whitish  in  color. 

Type  (male)  and  3 paratypes  (males),  Lankelly  Creek, 
Mcllwraith  Range,  Cape  York,  Queensland,  Australia,  June 
7,  1932,  P.  J.  Darlington. 

Separated  at  once  from  the  only  other  member  of  the 
genus,  A.  franzeni  Hacker,  by  the  larger  size,  larger  hood, 
longer  antennae,  larger  paranota  and  higher  and  more 
arched  median  carina.  The  turned  in  ends  of  the  paranota 
form  a rounded-like  opening  above  the  disc  of  the  prono- 


154 


Psyche 


[December 


turn.  The  lateral  carinae  are  widely  separated  and  termin- 
ate behind  near  the  base  and  outer  corners  of  the  triangular 
pronotal  process ; anteriorly,  they  are  a little  removed  from 
the  sides  of  the  hood. 


Additional  Notes  on  Brachypanorpa.  — In  my  recent 
account  of  Brachypanorpa  (Psyche,  60:28-36,  1953),  I 
pointed  out  that  all  known  females  of  B.  carolinensis 
(Banks)  collected  from  1905  through  1920  were  short- 
winged  and  flightless,  whereas  all  those  collected  since  1951 
were  long-winged  and  able  to  fly.  I also  noted  that  I had 
not  located  any  specimens  of  this  insect  which  had  been 
collected  during  the  interval  between  1920  and  1951.  Dr. 
J.  Anthony  Downes  has  more  recently  informed  me  that 
he  collected  carolmensis  in  the  Black  Mts.,  North  Caro- 
lina, on  June  10,  1938;  the  locality  (near  Mt.  Mitchell,  Toe 
River  Gap,  elevation  5500')  is  the  one  at  which  my  long- 
winged females  were  found  in  1951  and  1952.  Dr.  Downes 
writes  me  that  the  females  were  “unable  to  fly  but  readily 
jumped  several  inches.”  One  of  the  four  females  which 
he  collected  was  sent  to  me  for  examination;  it  is  clearly 
the  short-winged  type,  like  those  originally  found  by  Banks. 
The  occurrence  of  these  four  females  in  1938  indicates  that 
the  long-winged  specimens  had  not  appeared  by  that  year 
(or  at  any  rate  that  they  were  much  in  the  minority)  and 
that  the  female  population  did  not  change  until  after  that 
time.  Since  I was  unable  to  visit  the  carolinensis  localities 
in  the  spring  of  1953,  I should  also  note  that  Mr.  P.  W. 
Fattig  collected  several  long-winged  females  at  Unicoi  Gap., 
Georgia,  on  May  31,  1953,  at  the  same  locality  that  yielded 
numerous  specimens  in  1952. 

A second  female  of  B.  montana  Carp,  was  also  recently 
sent  to  me  by  Dr.  Downes,  who  collected  it  on  Mt.  Mc- 
Loughlin,  Oregon  (June  25,  1939,  5000'  elevation).  This 
is  the  type  locality  of  the  species,  originally  described  from 
a series  of  nine  males.  The  new  specimen  agrees  with  the 
individual  illustrated  in  my  1953  paper.  — F.  M.  Car- 
penter, Harvard  University. 


CICINDELIDAE  (TIGER  BEETLES)  COLLECTED  IN 

EASTERN  NEW  GUINEA,  WITH  DESCRIPTION  OF 
A NEW  SPECIES! 

By  C.  M.  C.  Brouerius  van  Nidek 
Vogelkersstraat  28,  Bussum,  Holland 

From  material  loaned  to  me  by  the  Museum  of  Compara- 
tive Zoology,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  U.S.A.,  I have 
compiled  the  following  list,  with  notes,  of  tiger  beetles 
collected  in  New  Guinea  by  P.  J.  Darlington,  Jr.  during 
the  recent  war.^ 

1.  Cicindela  tetrachoides  Gestro 

Eight  specimens  collected  at  Dobodura,  Papua. 

2.  Cicindela  darlingtoni  n.  sp. 

(Figs.  1-3,  6-7) 

Resembles  C.  latreillei  Guer.,  but  differs  by  larger  scutel- 
lum,  longer  pronotum,  more  dense  curly  pubescence  on  the 
underside,  and  especially  by  the  hairs  on  the  side  margin 
of  the  labrum  and  the  row  of  stiff  hairs  on  the  middle  tibia 
(Figs.  1,  2).  Head  of  male  green;  labrum  strongly  pro- 
jecting, more  rounded  than  in  latreillei,  yellow  with  dark 
margin,  front  margin  with  a small  obtuse  tooth  at  centre, 
side  margin  except  anteriorly  with  a row  of  small  hooked 
hairs;  mandibles  yellow,  tips  dark;  palpi  yellow,  outer 
part  of  the  last  segment  dark  except  at  extreme  tip.  Head 
of  female  blackish;  labrum  black  with  green  luster.  Anten- 
nae with  first  4 segments  dark  metallic,  the  rest  pubescent. 
Prothorax  more  elongate  than  in  latreillei,  constricted  near 
the  base,  with  distinct  but  fine  median  line,  and  slightly 
transversely  striated;  apical  edge  with  fine  yellow  hairs, 

^Published  with  a grant  from  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at 
Harvard  College. 

^Two  additional  species,  Caledonomorpha  milneana  and  Prothyma 
papua,  have  been  described  by  Dr.  Darlington  in  Psyche,  Vol.  54,  1947, 
pp.  241-245.  Darlington’s  collecting  localities  are  shown  on  his  sketch 
map  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Vol.  107, 
1952,  p.  93. 


155 


156 


Psyche 


[December 


basal  edge  especially  at  the  angles  with  longer  gold-colored 
hairs.  Elytra  of  male  more  shining  and  less  velvety  than 
in  latreillei;  of  female  not  shining  but  dull;  of  both  sexes 
finely  and  rather  densely  punctured,  with  humeral  spot 
and  narrow  apical  margin  yellow;  epipleurae  and  apical 
third  of  suture  of  male  yellow,  of  female  scarcely  so.  Apex 
of  each  elytron  separately  rounded.  Male  below  with  coxae, 
metasternum,  and  sternites  (except  first  and  margin  of 
second)  yellow,  the- rest  shining  green;  episterna  of  pro-, 
meso-  and  metathorax,  mesosternum,  margin  of  the  meta- 
sternum, and  first  sternite  with  dense,  curly  hairs;  legs 
yellow,  femora  with  greenish  luster;  basal  % of  femora 
with  long,  curly  hairs;  tarsi  dark;  apex  of  the  protibiae 
with  stiff  hairs;  meso-tibiae  outwardly  with  a fringe  of 
short  pale  bristles;  meta-tibiae  compressed;  claws  long. 
Female  with  pubescent  parts  of  underside  metallic  green 
and  the  rest  dark;  trochanters  yellow;  legs  darker  than  in 
male,  with  tibiae  yellow.  Male  copulatory  organs  as  figured 
(Fig.  3). 

Length:  12.5  mm.  (without  labrum). 

Holotype  S and  allotype  $ in  the  Museum  of  Compara- 
tive Zoology  (Type  No.  28,997)  and  1 9 paratype  in  my 
collection  all  from  Dobodura,  Papua,  collected  by  P.  J. 
Darlington  Jr.,  for  whom,  of  course,  the  species  is  named. 

3.  Cicindela  decemguttata  urvillei  Dej. 

(Figs.  4-5) 

Of  the  six  specimens,  from  Dobodura  and  Milne  Bay, 
belonging  to  this  subspecies  only  two  have  the  typical  mark- 
ings of  urvillei  Dej.  The  other  specimens  are  aberrations 
which  need  not  be  named  but  are  worth  mentioning  here. 
They  are  (a)  two  specimens  without  the  humeral  top-fleck 
(Fig.  4)  ; and  (b)  two  specimens  with  the  discal  spot  con- 
nected with  the  upper  marginal  spot,  which  is  in  turn 
connected  with  the  lower  marginal  spot  (Fig.  5).  One 
specimen  of  “a”  has  one  elytron  as  in  “b”. 

4.  Cicindela  discreta  Schaum. 

Two  specimens  from  Dobodura,  Papua. 

Explanation  of  Plate  7 

Figs.  1-3,  Cicindela  darlingtoni,  n.  sp. — 1,  labrum;  2,  middle  tibia; 
3,  male  genitalia.  Figs.  4-5,  Cicindela  decemguttata  urvillei  Dej. 


Psyche,  1953 


VoL.  60,  Plate  7 


Van  Nidek  — New  Guinea  Cicindelidae 


[December 


158  Psyche 

5.  Cicindela  semicincta  Brulle 

Four  specimens  from  Dobodura,  Papua,  which  are  total- 
ly black.  These  are  to  be  considered  as  a nigra-form  of 
semicincta  Brulle. 


Figs.  6-7.  Cicindela  darlingtoni,  n.  sp.  Fig.  6,  male;  fig.  7,  female. 


6.  Cicindela  io  W.  H. 

Three  specimens  from  Milne  Bay,  Papua. 

7.  Cicindela  io  microgemmea  W.  H. 

Dobodura,  Papua,  four  specimens. 

8.  Cicindela  bennigsenia  W.  H. 

Walter  Horn  observed  in  Records  of  the  South  Australian 
Museum,  1932,  page  551,  that  males  of  Cicindela  bennig- 
senia collected  on  the  Mount  Lamington  Plateau  in  N.  E. 
Papua  differ  in  shape  of  labrum  from  the  specimens  de- 
scribed by  him.  A male  collected  by  Dr.  Darlington  at 
Dobodura  has  a labrum  of  the  same  shape  as  the  Mount 
Lamington  males.  The  labrum  is  rather  strongly  excavated 
at  middle,  without  the  slightest  trace  of  a sagittal  tooth. 


1953] 


van  Nidek  — Netv  Guinea  Cicindelidae 


159 


9.  Cicindela  funerata  harbata  W.  H. 

Of  this  subspecies  there  are  six  examples  from  Dobodura, 
three  from  Milne  Bay,  two  from  vicinity  of  Nadzab,  and 
thirteen  from  Morobe  District  (Surprise  Creek).  The  first 
two  of  these  localities  are  in  Papua;  the  other  two,  in 
N.E.N.G.  Specimens  from  the  different  localities  differ 
slightly  in  color.  Those  from  Milne  Bay  are  more  greenish; 
from  Nadzab,  more  reddish;  and  from  Surprise  Creek, 
darker  than  those  from  Dobodura.  In  three  examples  (one 
from  Milne  Bay  and  two  from  Surprise  Creek)  the  humeral 
lunule  is  divided  into  two  separate  spots.  The  penis,  clearly 
visible  in  several  males,  shows  slight  differences  even 
among  specimens  from  the  same  locality. 

10.  Cicindela  guineensis  umbrosa  W.  H. 

Dobodura,  Papua,  six  specimens. 

11.  Cicindela  ancorifera  W.H. 

Four  examples  from  Chimbu  Valley  (Bismarck  Rge.), 
5,000-7,500  ft.  altitude,  and  five  from  Morobe  District,  Mt. 
Misim,  6,400  ft.  (both  localities  in  N.E.N.G.).  These  speci- 
mens possess  middle  and  apical  white  spots  on  each  elytron. 
Typical  specimens  ought  to  have  three  white  spots.  Of 
about  40  examples  I have  seen  from  the  London  and  Leiden 
museums  almost  all  had  only  the  middle  spot,  and  only  a 
few  a slight  indication  of  the  apical  spot.  As  I have  already 
mentioned  in  Notes  from  the  Museum  Leyden,  I am  of  the 
opinion  that  these  are  merely  aberrations. 


THE  INDO-AUSTRALIAN  SPECIES  OF  THE  ANT 
GENUS  STRUMIGENYS  FR.  SMITH:  GROUP  OF 
DORIAE  EMERYi 

By  William  L.  Brown,  Jr. 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University 

The  Strumigenys  doriae  group  includes  three  rather  lapge 
species  of  uniform  aspect  with  a scattered  distribution  in 
the  East  Indies.  The  mandibles  are  greatly  simplified, 
evidently  through  loss  of  structures,  and  are  like  those  of 
the  Neotropical  elongata  group  in  lacking  entirely  preapical 
teeth  or  distinct  dentiform  angles  in  the  preapical  position. 
The  apical  fork  teeth  are  strong  and  spiniform,  straight 
or  nearly  so;  an  intercalary  denticle  may  be  present  or 
absent.  Mandibular  blades  straight,  slightly  narrowed  at 
insertions ; vertex  raised  and  convex ; occipital  lobes  strong- 
ly depressed;  posterior  excision  deep.  Labrum  transverse, 
with  a narrow,  apically  truncate  extension  on  each  side 
extending  laterally  beyond  the  lateral  borders  of  the  closed 
mandibles.  Legs  and  antennae  long  and  slender;  funicular 
segment  iv  elongate.  Body,  including  legs  with  very  long, 
fine  outstanding  hairs.  In  the  two  species  actually  ex- 
amined {S.  bryanti  and  S.  idcerosa) , the  sculpture  of  cer- 
tain areas  is  modified  to  include  coarse  pits  and  larger, 
shallow,  margined  crateriform  areas  in  bilaterally  paired 
positions.  These  regions  are  ordinarily  plated  or  encrusted 
with  a light-colored  granular  substance,  which,  when  re- 
moved by  soaking,  leaves  uncovered  impressed  areas  filled 
with  short,  fine  dense  pile.  The  whole  apparatus  appears 
to  be  secretory  in  function,  though  for  what  purpose,  it  is 
still  not  known. 

These  structures,  which  I refer  to  as  secretory  pits  and 
lacunae,  appear  to  be  special  intensive  developments  of  a 
widespread  general  tendency  among  strumigenite  species 
to  produce  a granular  integumental  covering.  This  cover- 
ing is  not  an  artifact,  since  it  can  be  seen  in  living  speci- 

^Published  with  a grant  from  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at 
Harvard  College. 


160 


1953] 


Brown  — I ndo- Australian  Strumigenys 


161 


mens  in  nature  and  in  the  artificial  nest  in  a certain  pro- 
portion of  individuals  in  most  colonies  at  any  given  time. 
Its  structure  is  vaguely  granular,  and  appears  to  be  too 
amorphous  to  represent  a vegetable  growth.  It  is  highly 
resistant  to  organic  solvents,  and  even  to  strong  acids  and 
bases  up  to  the  point  where  these  begin  to  attack  the  in- 
tegument itself.  It  can  sometimes  be  loosened  in  water, 
but  does  not  show  appreciable  reduction  after  prolonged 
soaking.  It  appears  most  likely  to  be  a direct  secretion  of 
a largely  proteinaceous  nature.  Similar-appearing  incrusta- 
tions are  frequent  in  the  myrmicine  tribes  Basicerotini  and 
Attini,  though  phylogenetic  relationships  between  these  and 
the  Dacetini  {Strumigenys,  etc.)  do  not  appear  to  be  very 
close.  Most  species  showing  the  secretion  in  the  Basicero- 
tini and  Dacetini  show  other  structural  and  behavioral  con- 
vergences, and  are,  generally  speaking,  members  of  the 
microgenton  of  Silvestri.  The  dacetines  feed  chiefly  upon 
certain  collembolan  families,  and  it  is  possible  that  this 
secreted  crust  has  something  to  do  with  the  predatory  habit. 
Among  undescribed  Strumigenys  from  the  New  World 
tropics,  I have  seen  other  forms  with  secretory  lacunae, 
though  placed  differently  to  those  of  the  doriae  group  and 
probably  developed  convergently. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  each  of  the  three  species  treated 
below  is  known  only  from  the  unique  type,  a situation 
which  makes  taxonomic  conclusions  somewhat  uncertain. 
The  characters  given  to  separate  the  three  are,  however, 
of  a degree  of  distinctness  equal  to  those  seen  in  related 
Strumigenys  species  known  from  considerably  more  satis- 
factory samples.  Emery’s  brief  and  somewhat  questionable 
diagnosis  with  figure  of  S.  doriae  remains  to  be  checked 
and  amplified  by  some  future  specialist  having  access  to 
the  type. 

The  measurements  and  their  abbreviations  are  those  I 
have  used  in  various  works  on  the  dacetine  ants:  tl,  total 
length,  or  sum  of  lengths  of  the  various  tagmata,  including 
the  closed  mandibles;  hl,  maximum  measurable  length  of 
head  in  dorsal  view,  including  all  of  clypeus  and  occipital 
lobes;  ml,  distance  to  which  the  closed  mandibles  project 
beyond  the  clypeal  margin,  measured  while  head  is  in  same 
position  as  for  hl  measurement;  WL,  diagonal  length  of  ali- 


162 


Psyche 


[December 


trunk  measured  from  lateral  view.  The  most  useful  indices 
are:  ci,  cephalic  index,  head  width/  hl  x 100;  Mi,  mandib- 
ulo-cephalic  index,  ml/hl  X 100. 

Strumigenys  ulcerosa  new  species 

Holotype  ivorker:  TL  4.10,  HL  1.09,  ml  0.55,  WL  1.16  mm. ; 
Cl  71,  MI  50.  Occipital  lobes  surpass  indistinct  anterior 
pronotal  margin  by  approximately  0.1  mm.;  this  overlap 
not  included  in  TL. 

In  general  habitus  resembling  Emery’s  figure  of  S.  doriae 
(see  below),  but  the  mandibles  longer  and  much  broader, 
and  the  head  less  broad  behind,  assuming  that  Emery’s 
figure  approaches  the  correct  proportions  for  doriae.  Sides 
of  head  in  front  of  occipital  lobes  feebly  concave  in  outline; 
eyes  moderate  in  size  and  convexity,  situated  distinctly 
anterior  to  the  cephalic  midlength,  visible  in  dorsal  view. 
Clypeus  triangular,  the  anterior  border  weakly  depressed 
and  very  feebly  concave.  Seen  from  the  side,  the  deepest 
part  of  the  head  is  reached  at  the  highest  point  of  the  con- 
vex vertex,  slightly  posterior  to  cephalic  midlength;  oc- 
cipital lobes  only  about  half  as  deep,  strongly  depressed. 
Scape  L 0.68,  funiculus  L 0.85  (segment  v 0.40,  iv  0.24, 
III  + n 0.10,  I 0.11  mm.). 

Mandibles  approximately  straight,  depressed,  broad 
(slightly  less  broad  than  in  S.  bryanti  holotype),  at  bases 
slightly  narrowed  and  feebly  bent  inward,  broadest  at 
about  the  apical  quarter.  Just  before  the  apical  fork,  the 
inner  border  becomes  very  feebly  concave,  but  there  is  no 
preapical  angle  marking  off  this  concavity,  and  there  is  no 
preapical  tooth  or  denticle.  Dorsal  tooth  of  apical  fork 
stoutly  spiniform,  L 0.14-0.15  mm.,  only  slightly  longer  than 
the  ventral  tooth,  which  is  blunter  and  approximately  paral- 
lel ; no  trace  of  any  intercalary  tooth  or  denticle. 

Alitrunk  slender,  pronotum  narrowly  rounded  anteriorly, 
without  humeral  angles,  but  with  a low  tubercle  on  each 
side;  anterior  pronotal  border  obsolete.  Pronotum  with  the 
entire  mesonotum  forming  one  continuous  gently  arching 
profile  as  seen  from  the  side,  sloping  posteriorly  to  the 
well-marked  metanotal  groove.  Propodeal  dorsum  sloping 
down  posteriorly  from  the  groove,  only  very  feebly  convex. 
Mesosternal  groove  very  broad  and  deep,  taking  up  ap- 


1953] 


Brown  — Indo- Australian  Strumigenys 


163 


proximately  the  anterior  half  of  the  mesosternum,  lined 
with  an  abundant  erect  pile,  apparently  related  to  some 
secretory  function.  Propodeal  teeth  reduced  to  small,  in- 
conspicuous, depressed  blunt  processes,  completely  involved 
in  the  broad,  convex  infradental  lamellae. 

Petiole  arched-claviform,  the  node  long,  low,  scarcely 
differentiated  from  its  peduncle  as  seen  from  any  view. 
Ventral  spongiform  strip  fairly  well  developed,  not  deep; 
posterodorsal  collar  rather  broad,  ending  on  each  side  in 
well  developed  posterolateral  flaps,  each  of  which  is  in  turn 
extended  as  a slender,  anteriorly  tapered  strip  forward 
along  the  sides  of  the  node  about  to  the  level  of  its  indefinite 
juncture  with  the  peduncle.  Postpetiolar  node  seen  from 
above  subcircular,  very  nearly  as  long  as  broad  and  slight- 
ly broader  than  the  petiolar  node,  convex,  closely  sur- 
rounded by  spongiform  tissue  and  with  large  ventral  spongi- 
form lobes.  Gaster  with  a conspicuous  thick  anteroventral 
pad  of  spongiform  tissue  and  fine,  short  subreclinate  hairs, 
anterodorsally  with  a flange-like  transverse  spongiform 
margin.  Basal  costulae  of  first  gastric  segment  rather  fine, 
short,  extending  about  i/i  the  length  of  the  basal  segment 
in  the  middle;  remainder  of  gaster  smooth  and  shining,  as 
are  the  mandibles. 

Head,  alitrunk  and  both  nodes  densely  and  irregularly 
punctulate-granulose,  opaque.  The  ground  punctulation  is 
relieved  at  intervals  by  larger,  more  irregular  secretory 
pits,  most  conspicuous  on  head  and  promesonotum.  The 
larger  secretory  lacunae,  bordered  by  a low  ridge  and 
usually  conspicuous  by  virtue  of  the  whitish  encrustation, 
appear  to  be  formed  of  many  confluent  secretory  pits.  The 
largest  pair  are  subcircular,  located  behind  the  humeral 
tubercles,  occupying  the  greater  part  of  the  posterolateral 
pronotal  surfaces.  Another  large  linear  pair,  deep  and 
groove-like,  follow  the  humeral  margins  on  each  side;  and 
another  pair,  adjacent  to  and  surrounding  the  lateral  open- 
ings of  the  mesosternal  groove,  are  also  of  good  size.  A 
smaller,  but  very  distinct  groove  on  each  side  of  the  pro- 
podeum  below  the  spiracle,  running  posteriorly  onto  the 
infradental  lamella.  Small  lacunae  are  also  found  on  the 
anterolateral  faces  of  the  petiolar  node,  dorsolaterally  on 
the  propodeum  at  the  bases  of  the  teeth,  and  on  each  end 


164 


Psijche 


[December 


of  the  metanotal  groove.  Legs  densely  and  finely  punctu- 
late-granulose.  Pilosity  as  described  for  S.  bryanti  (below), 
except  that  in  ulcerosa,  the  long,  fine  erect  hairs  on  the 
head  are  more  numerous,  while  those  of  the  gastric  dorsum 
are  not  so  extremely  long  (maximum  length  about  0.26 
mm.),  nor  are  those  on  the  legs  so  long  as  in  bryanti.  In 
ulcerosa,  the  longest  hairs  on  the  gastric  dorsum  are  about 
half  as  long  as  the  maximum  dorsoventral  thickness  of  the 
gaster.  The  dense,  fine  pile  present  on  alitrunk  and  nodes 
much  as  in  bryanti,  most  conspicuous  at  heavily  “glandular” 
areas,  especially  humeri  and  mesopleura. 

Color  rich  medium  ferrugineous,  appendages  and  oc- 
cipital lobes  slightly  lighter  and  more  yellowish. 

Holotype,  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  a 
unique  taken  at  700  meters  altitude,  Kananggar,  Soemba, 
Indonesia  (Dammerman,  no.  242).  This  species  does  not 
seem  to  be  the  worker  corresponding  to  the  female  of 
bryanti,  since  the  latter  has  a narrower,  not  broader,  head, 
and  has  longer  mandibles,  differently  proportioned  funicular 
segments,  longer  gastric  pilosity,  and  a minute  intercalary 
denticle  in  the  apical  fork.  If  it  be  assumed  that  Emery 
did  not  too  grossly  misfigure  his  Ambonese  species,  cloriae, 
the  latter  would  be  distinct  from  ulcerosa  in  having  shorter, 
very  much  more  slender  mandibles  and  a notably  broader 
head.  Emery’s  draftsmanship,  however,  was  such  that 
doubts  about  the  distinctness  of  ulcerosa  and  cloriae  will 
remain  until  someone  can  review  Emery’s  type. 

Strumigenys  bryanti  Wheeler 

Striimigenys  bryanti  Wheeler,  1919,  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool. 

Harvard  63:  95,  female  (original  description). 

Holotype  female,  alate:  Differs  significantly  in  propor- 
tions, especially  of  the  mandibles,  and  also  in  other  minor 
details,  from  S.  ulcerosa  and  S.  cloriae,  but  for  the  most 
part  very  similar  to  at  least  the  first  of  these.  TL  4.63,  HL 
1.08,  ML  0.60,  WL  1.25  mm.;  ci  69,  Ml  56;  occipital-pronotal 
overlap  0.1  mm.,  subtracted  from  TL.  Antennal  scapes 
straight,  slender,  L 0.70,  very  feebly  incrassate  in  the  apical 
half;  funiculus  slender,  L 0.88  (segment  v 0.40,  IV  0.31, 
II  -f  III  0.08,  I 0.09-0.10  mm.). 

Mandibles  with  apical  fork  of  two  slender  spiniform 


1953] 


Brown  — I nclo- Australian  Strumigenys 


165 


teeth,  the  dorsal  tooth  virtually  straight  in  its  apical  half, 
the  ventral  tooth  parallel  to  the  dorsal  and  about  half  as 
long,  its  extreme  tip  gently  deflected  ventrad ; a single  min- 
ute, acute  intercalary  denticle  present.  The  dorsal  apical 
tooth  is  about  0.17  mm.  long,  or  slightly  more.  Shaft  of 
mandible  straight,  broad,  depressed,  slightly  narrowed  to- 
ward base;  external  border  feebly  convex,  inner  border 
straight,  except  for  brief  weakly  concave  apical  and  basal 
stretches,  and  with  dorsal  and  ventral  subcultrate  margins. 
The  gentle  preapical  concavity,  just  at  the  point  where  it 
joins  the  straight  section  of  the  inner  border,  bears  a very 
low,  obtuse  vestige  of  a translucent  angle,  just  barely  per- 
ceptible at  higher  magnifications  and  then  only  in  certain 
views.  This  insignificant  vestige  is  probably  homologous 
with  the  preapical  tooth  or  angle  in  the  majority  of  Indo- 
Australian  Strumigenys  species.  The  reduction  of  the  pre- 
apical tooth  can  be  followed  in  the  series  honing sb erg eri, 
formosensis,  hryanti,  although  this  series  probably  does 
not  represent  the  actually  evolved  lineage. 

The  secretory  pits  and  lacunae  are  arranged  much  as 
in  the  worker  of  S.  ulcerosa,  but  those  on  the  thoracic 
sclerites  are  somewhat  restricted  by  the  different  develop- 
ment of  these  areas  accompanying  the  presence  of  the 
wings.  Scutum  intricately  and  rather  deeply  rugulose- 
punctulate.  Scutellum  with  similar  sculpture;  punctulation 
of  mesokatepisternum  partially  effaced,  the  surface  here 
more  or  less  smooth  and  shining.  Basal  costulae  of  gaster 
short  and  fine. 

Head  with  moderate  growth  of  fine,  subreclinate  ground 
hairs,  fewer  moderately  long,  fine  erect  hairs,  and  fewer 
still  very  long,  outstanding,  fine  flagellate  hairs,  the  latter 
concentrated  along  the  dorsolateral  and  posterior  occipital 
borders.  Scape  hairs  very  fine,  reclinate.  Alitrunk  with 
numerous  long,  fine  erect  hairs,  the  same,  becoming  longer 
and  flagelliform  on  both  nodes  and  gastric  dorsum  (L  up 
to  0.55  mm.),  where  some  are  as  long  as  or  nearly  as  long 
as  the  maximum  depth  of  the  gaster  itself.  Legs  with  very 
long,  fine  erect  hairs,  becoming  extremely  long  and  tapered, 
but  fewer,  on  the  posterior  surfaces  of  the  metatarsi,  where 
they  are  often  nearly  as  long  as  the  elongate  metatarsus 
itself.  Also  present  on  legs,  alitrunk,  both  nodes  and  under- 


166 


Psyche 


[December 


side  of  head  is  a dense  pile  of  very  fine,  short  reclinate 
hairs,  inconspicuous  except  on  humeral  borders,  propodeum 
and  petiolar  node;  forming  a large  anteroventral  pad  at 
the  base  of  the  gaster.  The  long  fiagelliform  hairs  are  con- 
siderably longer  than  those  of  ulcerosa. 

Color  reddish  ferrugineous,  appendages  lighter.  Fore- 
wing (l  3.1  mm.)  with  R -j-  Sc,  Rsfl,  stigma  and  2r  pres- 
ent and  distinct,  but  not  strongly  pigmented.  Other  veins 
absent  or  else  present  only  as  indistinct  folds  or  lines.  The 
holotype,  still  the  only  known  specimen,  is  in  the  Museum 
of  Comparative  Zoology;  it  was  taken  on  Mt.  Matang, 
West  Sarawak,  Borneo  (G.  E.  Bryant). 

Strumigenys  doriae  Emery 

Strumigenys  Doriae  Emery,  1887,  Ann.  Mus.  Civ.  Stor. 
Nat.  Genova,  (2)  5:  45,  pi.  2,  fig.  22,  worker  (original 
description).  1897,  Term.  Fiizetek,  20:  574,  worker,  in 
key. 

I know  this  form  only  from  Emery’s  description  and 
figure,  which  show  it  to  be  very  much  like  S.  ulcerosa  (see 
discussion  above).  The  original  description  is  very  brief, 
and  the  figure  crude  and  questionable  on  several  accounts. 
The  mandibles  are  portrayed  as  unusually  slender  for  a 
Strumigenys  species;  nevertheless,  Emery  definitely  says 
that  they  are  ‘'cylindricis”  in  his  description,  which,  if 
true,  would  make  them  quite  different  from  the  broadened 
and  depressed  jaws  of  the  two  closely  related  forms.  As 
estimated  from  the  figure,  the  Ci  would  be  about  77,  and 
the  MI  near  46.  Emery’s  figures  of  dacetines  are  known, 
however,  to  err  rather  strongly  on  occasion  in  showing  cor- 
rect proportions  of  head  and  mandibles.  Emery  also  shows 
the  petiolar  and  postpetiolar  nodes  without  differentiating 
the  spongiform  appendages  from  the  nodes  proper.  The 
total  length  is  given  as  “3V2  nim.”  This  is  probably  too 
low  a figure.  Emery  does  not  mention  the  secretory  pits 
and  lacunae  that  may  well  be  present,  but  the  elongate 
flagellate  hairs  characteristic  of  this  species  group  are 
indicated  in  the  figure.  Color  given  as  “ferruginea,  capite 
obscurior.” 

The  holotype  is  a unique  worker  taken  at  Amboina,  East 
Indies,  by  Beccari ; it  is  presumably  now  in  the  Emery  Col- 
lection, Museo  Civico  di  Storia  Naturale  in  Genoa,  Italy. 


PSYCHE 

INDEX  TO  VOL.  60,  1953 


INDEX  TO  AUTHORS 

Beatty,  G.  H.,  III.  New  England  Records  of  Ululodes  Currie  (Neuroptera: 
Ascalaphidae).  114 

Bequaert,  J.  Nemestrinidae  (Diptera)  of  Iowa  and  Missouri.  14 
Brown,  W.  L.,  Jr.  Three  New  Ants  Related  to  Strumigenys  louisianae 
Roger.  1 

An  Australian  Trapeziopelta  (Hymenoptera:  Formicidae).  51 
The  Indo-Australian  Species  of  the  Ant  Genus  Strumigenys 
Fr.  Smith:  S.  wallacei  Emery  and  Relatives.  85 
The  Indo-Australian  Species  of  the  Ant  Genus  Strumigenys 
Fr.  Smith:  Group  of  doriae  Emery.  160 
Carpenter,  F.  M.  The  Biology  of  Brachypanorpa  (Mecoptera).  28 
Additional  Notes  on  Brachypanorpa.  154 
Chamberlin,  R.  V.  Two  New  Oregon  Chilopods  of  the  Order  Geophilida. 
37 

Cheng,  F.  Y.  Three  New  Species  of  Panorpidae  (Mecoptera).  119 
Creighton,  Wm.  S.  New  Data  on  the  Habits  of  Camponotus  {Myrma- 
phaenus)  ulcerosus  Wheeler.  82 

Darlington,  P.  J.,  Jr.  Australian  Carabid  Beetles  I.  Some  Clivina  from 
Western  Australia.  52 

Australian  Carabid  Beetles  II.  Some  New  Pterostichini.  90 
Drake,  C.  J.  Two  New  Tingidae  (Hemiptera).  151 
Fairchild,  G.  B.  Tabanidae  from  the  State  of  Chiapas,  Mexico,  with 
Descriptions  of  Two  New  Species  (Diptera).  41 
Gregg,  R.  E.  Taxonomic  Notes  on  the  Ant,  Camponotus  cooperi  Gregg.  102 
Judd,  W.  W.  Larval  Mites  of  the  Genus  Eutrombidium  Attached  to  a 
Carolina  Locust.  124 

Monros,  F.  Some  New  Synonyms  in  Clytrinae  (Coleoptera,  Chrysome- 
lidae).  148 

Nidek,  C.  M.  C.  B.  van.  Cicindelidae  (Tiger  Beetles)  Collected  in  Eastern 
New  Guinea,  with  Description  of  a New  Species.  155 
Nutting,  W.  L.  Observations  on  the  Reproduction  of  the  Giant  Cockroach, 
Blaberus  craniifera  Burm.  6 

The  Biology  of  Euphasiopteryx  brevicornis  (Townsend)  (Diptera, 
Tachinidae),  Parasitic  in  the  Cone-headed  Grasshoppers  (Orthop- 
tera,  Copiphorinae).  69 

First  Records  of  the  European  Mantis  religiosa  (L.)  from  Maine.  89 
A Gregarine,  Diplocystis,  in  the  Haemocoele  of  the  Roach,  Blaberus 
craniifer  Burm.  126 

Pechuman,  L.  L.  A New  Neotropical  Chrysops  (Diptera,  Tabanidae).  115 
Shaw,  F.  R.  Some  New  Diptera  with  Remarks  on  the  Affinities  of  the 
Genus  Pnyxia  Joh.  62 

Werner,  F.  G.  Further  Notes  on  North  American  Epicauta,  with  New 
Synonymy  (Coleop.,  Meloidae).  105 

Wheeler,  G.  C.,  and  J.  Wheeler.  The  Ant  Larvae  of  the  Myrmicine  Tribe 
Pheidologetini.  129 

Wilson,  E.  O.  On  Flanders’  Hypothesis  of  Caste  Determination  in  Ants.  15 
Young,  F.  N.  Two  New  Species  of  Water  Beetles  from  Florida  (Cole- 
optera: Dytiscidae).  21 

167 


APR  2d  19^4 


[December 


168  Psyche 

INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS 

All  new  genera,  new  species  and  new  names  are  printed  in  Large  and 
Small  Capital  Type. 


Additional  Notes  on  Brachypanorpa, 
154 

Ant  Larvae  of  the  IMyrmicine  Tribe 
Pheidologetini,  129 
Ants.  1,  15,  85,  102 
Ascalaphidae,  114 
Australian  Carabid  Beetles.  52,  90 
Australian  Trapeziopelta  (H^mien- 
optera;  Formicidae),  51 
Australotingis  vinnula,  152 

Biology  of  Brachypnnorpa,  28 
Biology  of  Euphasiopteryx  hrevi- 
cornis,  69 

Blaberus  craniifer,  126 
Brachygeophilus  tampophor,  39 
Brachyponorpa,  154 
Brachypanorpa  carolinensis,  28 
Brachypanorpa  montana,  34 
Brachypanorpa  oregonensis,  33 
Brady  da  bellingeri,  67 
Brady  da  farri,  67 

Camponotiis  cnoperi,  102 
Camponotus  (M  yrmaphaenus)  id- 
c erasure,  82 

Carabid  Beetles,  52,  90 
Carebara  lignata,  142 
Carebara  u'inijredae,  142 
Caste  Determination  in  Ants,  15 
Chilopods.  37 
Chrysomelidae.  148 
C hr y sops  Patricia,  115 
Cicindela  darlingtoni,  155 
Cicindelidae  (Tiger  Beetles)  Col- 
lected in  Eastern  New  Guinea, 
with  Description  of  a New 
Species,  155 
Clivina  diluta,  54 
Clivina  frenchi,  54 
Clivina  grata,  58 
Clivina  sculpticeps,  60 
Clivina  suturalis,  58 
Clivma  wiluna,  56 
Clytrinae,  148 

Cone-headed  Grasshoppers,  69 
Copelatus  blatchlea'i,  24 
Copiphorinae,  69 

Diplocystis,  126 
Dytiscidae,  21 


Epicauta  diversipubescens,  110 
Epicauta  emarginata,  105 
Epicauta  jallax,  108 
Epicauta  junenezi,  110 
Epicauta  languida,  113 
Epicauta  ochrea,  106 
Epidapus  johannseni,  63 
Euphasiopteryx  brevicornis,  69 
Eutrombidium,  124 

First  Records  of  the  European 
Mantis  religiosa  (L.)  from  Maine, 
89 

Formicidae,  51 

Further  Notes  on  North  American 
Epicauta,  with  New  SynonAun}’’ 
((Toleop.,  Meloidae),  105 

Geophilida,  37 

Gregarine.  Diplocystis,  in  the 
Haemocoele  of  the  Roach,  Bla- 
berus craniijer  Bunn.,  126 

Habits  of  C amponotus  ulcerosus,  82 
Hydrovatus  peninsularis,  21 

Indo-Australian  Species  of  the  Ant 
Genus  Strumigenys  Fr.  Smith; 
S.  wallacei  Emerv  and  Relatives, 
85 

Indo-Australian  Species  of  the  Ant 
Genus  Strumigenys  Fr.  Smith: 
Group  of  doriae  Emery,  160 

Larval  Mites  of  the  Genus  Eutrom- 
bidium Attached  to  a Carolina 
Locust,  124 

Leiradira  alternans,  90 
Locust,  124 

Lophomyrmex  quadrispinosus,  131 

Mantis  religiosa,  89 
Mecoptera,  28,  119 
Meloidae,  105 

Nemestrinidae  (Diptera)  of  Iowa 
and  IMissouri,  14 
Xeopanorpa  baviensis,  120 
X eopanorpa  contracta,  122 
Neuroptera,  114 

New  Data  on  the  Habits  of  Cam- 


1953] 


Index 


169 


ponotus  ( M yrmaphaenus)  ulcer- 
osus  Wheeler,  82 

New  England  Records  of  Ululodes 
Currie  (Xeuroptera:  Ascalaphi- 

dae),  114 

New  Neotropical  Chrysops  (Dip- 
tera,  Tabanidae),  115 
N otonnmus  masculixus,  99 
N otonomus  spurgeoxi,  98 
N otonomus  triplicatus,  100 

Observations  on  the  Reproduction 
of  the  Giant  Cockroach,  Blaberus 
craniijera  Burm.,  6 
Oligomyrmex  jacohsoni,  140 
Oligomyrrnex  mjobergi,  140 
Oligomyrmex  pnrvicornis,  138 
Oligomyrmex  sinidaicus,  140 
Oligomyrmex  thoracicus,  140 
On  Flanders’  Hypothesis  of  Caste 
Determination  in  Ants,  15 

Paedalgus  infimus,  146 
Paedalgus  termitolestes,  143 
Panorpa  chiexsis,  119 
Pheidologetini,  129 
Pheidologeton  affinis,  138 
Pheidologeton  diversus,  135 
Pnyxia,  62 
Pterosticliini,  90 

Reproduction  of  Blaberus  craniifera, 

6 

Setalis  sloaxei,  92 
Some  Clivina  from  Western  Aus- 
tralia, 52 

Some  New  Diptera  with  Remarks 
on  the  Affinities  of  the  Genus 
Pnyxia  Joh.,  62 
Some  New  Pterosticliini,  90 
Some  New  S^monyms  in  Clytrinae 
(Coleoptera,  Chrysomelidae),  148 
Stenophilus  rothi,  38 
Stenotabaims  (Stetiotabanus)  chia- 
PASEXSIS,  45 

Stenotabanus  (Stenotabanus)  lito- 
tes, 48 


Strumigenys  bryanti,  164 
Striimigenys  clasmospoxgia,  2 
Strumigenys  doriae,  166 
Stnmiigenys  louisianae,  1 
Strumigenys  mixta,  4 
Strumigenys  nidifex,  85 
Strumigenys  opaca,  86 
Strumigenys  producta,  3 
Strurnigenys  ulcerosa,  162 
Strumigenys  wallacei,  85 

Tabanidae,  115 

Tabanidae  from  the  State  of 
Chiapas,  Mexico,  with  Descrip- 
tions of  Two  New  Species  (Dip- 
tera), 41 

Taxonomic  Notes  on  the  Ant, 
Camponotus  cooperi  Gregg,  102 
Teleonemia  lustrabilis,  151 
The  Biology  of  Euphasiopteryx 
brevicornis  (Townseml)  (Diptera, 
Tachinidae),  Parasitic  in  the 
Cone-headed  Grasshoppers  (Orth- 
optera,  Copiphorinae),  69 
Three  New  Ants  Related  to 
Strumigenys  louisianae  Roger,  1 
Three  New  Species  of  Panorpidae 
(Mecoptera),  119 
Tingidae,  151 
Trapeziopelta,  51 
Trichosternus  relictus,  94 
Trichosternus  soror,  95 
Trigonogaster  recurvispinosa  kem- 
neri,  133 

Two  New  Oregon  Chilopods  of  the 
Order  Geophilida,  37 
Two  New  Species  of  Water  Beetles 
from  Florida  (Coleoptera:  D^di- 
scidae),  21 

Two  New  Tingidae  (Hemiptera), 
151 

Ululodes,  114 
Water  Beetles,  21 
Zelmira  williami,  66 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 


A regular  meeting  of  the  Club  is  held  on  the  second  Tues- 
day of  each  month  (July,  August  and  September,  excepted) 
at  8 :00  p.m.  in  Room  B-455,  Biological  Laboratories,  Divin- 
ity Ave.,  Cambridge.  Entomologists  visiting  Boston  are 
cordially  invited  to  attend. 


BACK  VOLUMES  OF  PSYCHE 

The  Cambridge  Entomological  Club  is  able  to  offer  for 
sale  the  following  volumes  of  Psyche.  Those  not  mentioned 
are  entirely  out  of  print. 

Volumes  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  each  covering  a period  of  three 
years,  $5.00  each. 

Volumes  10,  12,  14,  17,  each  covering  a single  year,  $1.00 
each. 

Volumes  18,  19,  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25,  26,  each  covering  a 
single  year,  $1.50  each. 

Volumes  27  to  53,  each  covering  a single  year,  $2.00. 
Volumes  54  to  59,  each  covering  a single  year,  $3.00. 
Orders  for  2 or  more  volumes  subject  to  a discount  of 

10%. 

Orders  for  10  or  more  volumes  subject  to  a discount  of 

20%. 

All  orders  should  be  addressed  to 

F.  M.  Carpenter,  Editor  of  Psyche, 

Biological  Laboratories, 
Harvard  University, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 


FOR  SALE 


The  Ants  of  North  America,  by  Professor  Wm.  S. 
Creighton.  Published  in  April,  1950,  as  volume  104  of  the 
Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  with  585 
pages  and  57  plates.  Price  $10.00  (postpaid).  Send  orders 
to  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  College, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 


MCZ  ERNST  MAYR  LIBRARY 


3 2044 


28  503  661 


Date  Due